WO2019196788A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019196788A1
WO2019196788A1 PCT/CN2019/081733 CN2019081733W WO2019196788A1 WO 2019196788 A1 WO2019196788 A1 WO 2019196788A1 CN 2019081733 W CN2019081733 W CN 2019081733W WO 2019196788 A1 WO2019196788 A1 WO 2019196788A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access technology
access
indication information
network element
service flow
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/081733
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
于游洋
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201810487920.9A external-priority patent/CN110366271B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to JP2021503194A priority Critical patent/JP7118237B2/en
Priority to EP19786099.2A priority patent/EP3755117B1/en
Priority to BR112020019138-8A priority patent/BR112020019138A2/en
Priority to KR1020207027773A priority patent/KR102389683B1/en
Publication of WO2019196788A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019196788A1/en
Priority to US17/020,004 priority patent/US11445559B2/en
Priority to US17/889,824 priority patent/US11825540B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/18Selecting a network or a communication service
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/15Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H04W76/16Involving different core network technologies, e.g. a packet-switched [PS] bearer in combination with a circuit-switched [CS] bearer

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and more particularly to a communication method and communication device.
  • the 3GPP standards group developed the next generation Next Generation System network architecture at the end of 2016. It is the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5th-Generation, 5G) network architecture.
  • the 5G network architecture not only supports the wireless technology access network (Core network, CN) defined by the 3GPP standard group, for example, the Long Term Evolution (LTE) technology, the Radio Access Network (RAN) technology, etc. Access to the core network. Moreover, the 5G network architecture also supports the adoption of the Non-3GPP (Non-3GPP) access technology (Non-3GPP Interworking Function, N3IWF) or the next generation access gateway (Non-3GPP). Next Generation packet data gateway (NGPDG) accesses the core network.
  • Non-3GPP Non-3GPP
  • N3IWF Non-3GPP Interworking Function
  • N3GPP Next Generation packet data gateway
  • PDU Multiple Access Protocol Data Unit
  • PDU Packet Data Unit
  • the prior art also relates to an update procedure for a multi-access PDU session.
  • the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which can implement an update process of a multi-access PDU session.
  • a first aspect provides a communication method, including: a terminal device sends a request message to a first core network element by using a first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow; Receiving, by the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message sent by the core network element; the terminal device adopting the second access technology according to the response message Or the first access technology and the second access technology transmit the service flow.
  • the terminal device sends a request message by using a first access technology in the multiple access PDU session, requesting to add or update a service flow, that is, requesting the first core network element to be in the multiple access
  • the access technology of the PDU session allocates transmission resources for the service flow.
  • the terminal device obtains a second access technology allowed in the multiple access PDU session, or a response message that the first access technology and the second access technology transmit the service flow.
  • the communication method terminal device is configured to update, according to the multiple access PDU session, a QoS file of a second access technology that does not send a request message among multiple access technologies in the multiple access PDU session, so that the second connection
  • the incoming technology is capable of transmitting the traffic flow.
  • the traffic flow may be a new traffic flow, i.e., a traffic flow not included in the original multiple access PDU session.
  • the traffic flow may be an updated traffic flow, ie, the traffic flow is included in the original multiple access PDU session, but the transmission of the traffic flow changes.
  • the QoS parameter requirements for access technologies change.
  • the multiple access PDU session includes a first access technology (for example, 3GPP technology) and a second access technology (for example, Non-3GPP technology).
  • the terminal device may pass The above request message is transmitted by 3GPP technology or Non-3GPP technology.
  • the first core network element may be a session management function (SMF) network element.
  • SMS session management function
  • the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow.
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and The indication information of the second access technology is described.
  • the request message includes first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology,
  • the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow;
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, The indication information of the second access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  • the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow.
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, the indication information of the second access technology, and the The indication information of the second access technology is described.
  • the request message sent by the terminal device includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the first access technology and/or the second access technology, requesting to use the first access technology and/or The second access technology transmits the traffic flow.
  • the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow.
  • the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the second access technology.
  • the terminal device transmits the service by using the first access technology and the second access technology. flow.
  • the terminal device can accurately determine which access technology transmission is based on the correspondence between the traffic flow and the access technology.
  • the request message includes a first identifier for determining a service flow, because the service flow has not yet obtained a transmission resource, at a stage of requesting allocation of a transmission resource.
  • the terminal device carries corresponding identification information, indicating which service flows of the first core network element are the newly added or updated service flows.
  • the above request message includes a PDU session Modification Request message.
  • the above response message may be a PDU session modification command message.
  • the first identifier information includes: at least the description information of the service flow, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the PDU session identifier.
  • the description information of the service flow includes: at least the description information of the service flow, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the PDU session identifier.
  • the information included in the request message sent by the terminal device for determining the service flow may be different indication information.
  • the flow description information may further include description information of multiple service flows, the multiple service flows are referred to as service flow templates, and the multiple service flow description information may be referred to as service flow description templates.
  • the service flow can be determined according to the service flow description template.
  • the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a second access type; or the indication information of the first access technology is a quality of service QoS rule corresponding to the first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type Or the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
  • the indication information indicating the first access technology and/or the second access technology may directly be a QoS rule indicating an access type or indicating a different access technology.
  • the access technology passed through is indicated in a number of ways.
  • the request message further includes: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can be Modify the access technology through which the service flow passes.
  • the terminal device may carry the first indication information in the request message, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify the request of the terminal device.
  • the first core network element can select a more appropriate access technology transmission for the service flow. For example, the terminal device requests the service flow to be transmitted by using the first access technology, and the first core network element may allocate resources for the service flow on the second access technology according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device requests the service flow to pass the second access
  • the first core network element is allowed to instruct the service flow to be transmitted through the first access technology
  • the response message includes a traffic distribution rule
  • the terminal device determines, according to the traffic distribution rule, that the service flow passes the first connection The amount of data transmitted by the ingress technology and the second access technology; the terminal device transmitting the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the response message, including: The terminal device transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the data volume.
  • the offloading rule includes an amount of data and/or the service flow that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology.
  • the amount of data transmitted by the second access technology; or the offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow through the first access technology and/or the service flow passes the second access technology a bandwidth value of the transmission;
  • the traffic distribution rule includes a ratio of a ratio of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the amount of data transmitted by the second technology or a bandwidth value.
  • the first core network element indicates, in addition to which access technology of the multiple access PDU session the terminal device transmits the service flow, and indicates the amount of data that the access technology can support, The terminal device is enabled to correctly transmit the foregoing service flow on multiple access technologies.
  • the first core network element indicates the amount of data supported by the first access technology and the second access technology, respectively.
  • the first access technology can support the data volume transmission of the bandwidth A
  • the second access technology can support the data volume transmission of the bandwidth B.
  • the first core network element indicates a data amount ratio of the first access technology and the second access technology respectively supporting transmission.
  • the first access technology can support the bandwidth and the second access technology can support the bandwidth ratio A/B. If the total transmission volume of the service flow is M, the first access technology transmits M*A/(A+ B), M*B/(A+B) is transmitted on the second access technology.
  • the second aspect provides a communication method, including: the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to delete the second connection in the multiple access PDU session.
  • the receiving device receives the response message of the request message from the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the response message is used to indicate the first in the multiple access PDU session.
  • the second access technology is deleted successfully.
  • the request message further includes at least one of a deletion indication and an indication information of a second access technology, where the deletion indication indicates deleting the multiple access The second access technology in the PDU session, the indication information of the second access technology is used to indicate the second access technology.
  • the terminal device may directly send a deletion indication, indicating that the second access technology is deleted.
  • the request message may include indication information indicating the second access technology.
  • the response message includes a first identifier and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier is used to indicate that the service flow passes the The first access technology transmission, where the service flow is a service flow transmitted by the second access technology when the second access technology is not deleted.
  • the third aspect provides a communication method, including: the access network device sends network state information to the first core network element, where the network state information is used to indicate a data transmission state of the access network device; The access network device receives the indication information sent by the first core network element, where the indication information includes a quality of service QoS file corresponding to the network status information that is sent to the access network device.
  • the access network device may also instruct the first core network element to update the quality of service QoS file of the corresponding access technology.
  • the first core network element can configure the QoS file of the first access technology and the second access technology according to the network status information after the access network device reports the network status according to the state.
  • the network state information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the first access network device.
  • the network status information reported by the access network device may be the amount of data that the first access technology can currently support, or the first access technology cannot currently support the transmission of a certain service flow.
  • the first core network element may configure the QoS file of the first access technology according to the information.
  • a fourth aspect provides a communication method, including: a first core network element receives a request request message from a terminal device by using a first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow; a core network element sends a response message of the request message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology; the response message is used to indicate that the terminal device passes the The second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology transmit the service flow.
  • the terminal device sends a request message by using a first access technology in the multiple access PDU session, requesting to add or update a service flow, that is, requesting the first core network element to be in the multiple access
  • the access technology of the PDU session allocates transmission resources for the service flow.
  • the terminal device obtains a second access technology allowed in the multiple access PDU session, or a response message that the first access technology and the second access technology transmit the service flow.
  • the communication method terminal device is configured to update, according to the multiple access PDU session, a QoS file of a second access technology that does not send a request message among multiple access technologies in the multiple access PDU session, so that the second connection
  • the incoming technology is capable of transmitting the traffic flow.
  • the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow.
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and The indication information of the second access technology is described.
  • the request message includes first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology,
  • the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow;
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, The indication information of the second access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  • the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow.
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, the indication information of the second access technology, and the The indication information of the second access technology is described.
  • the request message sent by the terminal device includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the first access technology and/or the second access technology, requesting to use the first access technology and/or The second access technology transmits the traffic flow.
  • the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow.
  • the first core network element instructs the terminal device to transmit the service flow by using the second access technology, where the response message includes the first identifier.
  • the first core network element instructs the terminal device to transmit the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology .
  • the first identifier information includes: at least one of description information of the service flow, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier.
  • the information included in the request message sent by the terminal device for determining the service flow may be different indication information.
  • the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a second access type;
  • the indication information of the first access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type, or the first
  • the indication information of the access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
  • the indication information indicating the first access technology and/or the second access technology may directly indicate a QoS rule corresponding to an access type or a different access technology.
  • the request message further includes: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can be Modify the access technology through which the service flow passes.
  • the terminal device may carry the first indication information in the request message, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify the request of the terminal device.
  • the first core network element can select a more appropriate access technology transmission for the service flow. For example, the terminal device requests the service flow to be transmitted by using the first access technology, and the first core network element may allocate resources for the service flow on the second access technology according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device requests the service flow to pass the second access
  • the first core network element is allowed to instruct the service flow to be transmitted through the first access technology
  • the response message includes a traffic distribution rule, where the traffic distribution rule is used to determine that the service flow passes the first access technology and The amount of data transmitted by the second access technology.
  • the offloading rule includes an amount of data and/or the service flow that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology.
  • the amount of data transmitted by the second access technology; or the offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow through the first access technology and/or the service flow passes the second access technology a bandwidth value of the transmission;
  • the traffic distribution rule includes a ratio of a ratio of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the amount of data transmitted by the second technology or a bandwidth value.
  • the first core network element indicates, in addition to which access technology of the multiple access PDU session the terminal device transmits the service flow, and indicates the amount of data that the access technology can support, The terminal device is enabled to correctly transmit the foregoing service flow on multiple access technologies.
  • the method further includes: the first core network element acquires policy information of the service flow; the first core network element sends the The response message includes: transmitting the response message according to the policy information.
  • the first core network element may obtain the policy information from a policy control function (PCF) network element, and determine an access technology for transmitting the service flow according to the policy information.
  • PCF policy control function
  • the policy information includes: an amount of data that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology, and/or that the service flow passes the second The amount of data transmitted by the access technology; or the bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow through the first access technology and/or the bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow through the second access technology; the service flow A ratio of ratios or bandwidth values of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technique and by the second technique.
  • the policy information may be in various forms, and only needs to be able to determine how to transmit the service flow from the access technology.
  • the SMF network element may determine the amount of transmission data corresponding to each access technology according to its own network status.
  • the first core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information is A QoS file is included, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow.
  • the second access technology needs to send the second indication information to the second access network device, indicating the second
  • the access network device updates the QoS file of the second access technology, where the QoS file includes the QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow, and refers to updating the current QoS parameter of the second access technology, so that the updated QoS parameter corresponds to the service flow, and can Transmit the traffic flow.
  • the response message is sent by the first core network element to the terminal device through the first access technology.
  • the first core network element can feed back the response message through the first access technology and update the QoS parameter of the second access technology, and the second access technology is an access technology different from the first access technology.
  • the first core network element sends the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology
  • the third indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow;
  • the first core network element sends a second indication to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology.
  • Information, the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow.
  • the first core network element determines that the service flow is transmitted by using the first access technology and the second access technology
  • the first access technology needs to send the third to the first access network device. And indicating the information, sending the second indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology.
  • the response message is sent by the first core network element to the terminal device through the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
  • the first core network element can update the QoS parameters of the first access technology and the second access technology, and feed back the response message by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes: The first core network element sends a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and the second indication information, and the second access technology
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the second indication information is sent to the second access network device by using the second access technology.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes: The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the third indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the second The indication information of the access technology, the second indication information in the third message, and the indication information of the second access technology, used to indicate to the second access by using the second access technology The network device sends the second indication information.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology includes: The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information, the first access technology The indication information is used to indicate that the third indication information is sent to the first access network device by using the first access technology.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes: The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the third indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and The indication information of the second access technology, the third indication information in the third message, and the indication information of the first access technology, used to indicate that the first access technology is used to the first The access network device sends the third indication information.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology includes: The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information, the first access technology The indication information is used to indicate that the third indication information is sent to the first access network device by using the first access technology.
  • the first core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages to the second core first.
  • the network element of the second core network sends the two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively, or the first core network element sends a message to the second core network.
  • the network element is divided into two messages according to different access technologies by the second core network element, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively.
  • the first core network element may be an SMF network element
  • the second core network element may be an AMF network element.
  • the first core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, where the first core network element sends the first message to the second core network element.
  • the first message includes the indication information of the first access technology and the response message
  • the second core network element performs the first access technology according to the indication information of the first access technology to the The terminal device sends the response message.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology includes: the first core network element to the second core network element Sending a third message, where the third message includes the response message, indication information of the first access technology, and the second indication information, indication information of the second access technology, where the response message is Corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology, where the second indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the first access technology according to the corresponding relationship Sending the response message to the terminal device.
  • the first core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages first.
  • the second core network element sends two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device, and the first core network element sends a message to the first core network element.
  • the second core network element is divided into two messages by the second core network element by using different access technologies, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network respectively. device.
  • the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the response message, indication information of the first access technology, and the The second indication information, the indication information of the second access technology, where the response message corresponds to the indication information of the first access technology, where the second indication information is related to the second access technology
  • the second core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology includes: the first core network element to the second core network element Sending a third message, where the third message includes the response message, indication information of the first access technology, and the second indication information, indication information of the second access technology, where the response message is Corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology, where the second indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the first access technology according to the corresponding relationship Sending the response message to the terminal device.
  • a fifth aspect provides a communication method, including: a first core network element receives a request message from a terminal device by using a first access technology, where the request message is used to request to delete a second connection in a multiple access PDU session.
  • the first core network element sends a response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, where the response message is used to indicate that the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session is deleted. success.
  • the request message carries a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine to delete the second access technology.
  • the first core network element receives the request message through the first access technology in the multiple access PDU session, and deletes the second access technology according to the request message.
  • the first core network element can delete the access technology of the multiple access technologies in the multiple access PDU session that does not send the request message on the basis of the multiple access PDU session.
  • the request message further includes at least one of a deletion indication and an indication information of a second access technology, where the deletion indication indicates deleting the multiple access The second access technology in the PDU session, the indication information of the second access technology is used to indicate the second access technology.
  • the terminal device may directly send a deletion indication, indicating that the second access technology is deleted.
  • the response message includes a first identifier and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier is used to indicate that the service flow passes the The first access technology transmission, where the service flow is a service flow transmitted by the second access technology when the second access technology is not deleted.
  • an access technology in which a request is deleted is carried in a multiple access PDU session.
  • the service flow can be transmitted through an undeleted access technology. It can ensure that even if one access technology is deleted in a multi-access PDU session, it does not affect the normal transmission of service flows.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology includes: The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the response message, and the second core network element is based on The indication information of the first access technology sends the response message to the terminal device by using a first access technology; or the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element.
  • the third message includes the response message, the indication information of the first access technology, and the access network resource release message and the indication information of the second access technology, where the response message is related to the first Corresponding to the indication information of the access technology, where the second indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the first access technology according to the correspondence To the terminal Preparation of transmitting the response message.
  • the first core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages to the first The second core network element, the second core network element sends two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively, or the first core network element sends a message to the second
  • the core network element is divided into two messages according to different access technologies by the second core network element, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively.
  • the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the response message, indication information of the first access technology, and the The access network resource release message and the indication information of the second access technology, where the response message corresponds to the indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information and the second access technology
  • the second core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the first core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, where the first core network element is sent to the second core network element.
  • Sending a third message where the third message includes the response message, the indication information of the first access technology, and the access network resource release message, and the indication information of the second access technology, where the response message is Corresponding to the indication information of the second access technology, where the access network resource release message corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the first The second access technology sends the response message to the terminal device.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication method, including: receiving, by a first core network element, network status information from a first access network device by using a first access technology; the first core network element according to the network status Configuring a QoS file corresponding to the first access technology; the first core network element sends a fourth indication information to the first access network device by using a first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate The first access network device updates a corresponding QoS file of the first access technology.
  • the access network device may also instruct the first core network element to update the QoS parameter corresponding to the corresponding access technology.
  • the first core network element can configure the QoS parameters corresponding to the first access technology and the second access technology according to the network status information after the access network device reports the network status information according to the status.
  • the network state information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the first access network device.
  • the network status information reported by the access network device by using the first access technology may be the amount of data that the first access technology can currently support, or may not be supported by the first access technology.
  • the first core network element can configure the QoS parameters corresponding to the first access technology according to the information.
  • the method further includes: configuring, by the first core network element, the second access technology according to the network state information The QoS file, the second access technology is an access technology other than the first access technology in the access technology of the multiple access PDU session.
  • the network status information reported by the access network device by using the first access technology may be used to indicate other access technologies in the access technology for configuring the multi-access PDU session of the first core network element.
  • the first core network element updates the QoS parameter corresponding to the second access technology according to the network status information.
  • the method further includes: the first core network element passes the second access technology to the second access network The device sends a fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the second access network device to update the QoS file corresponding to the second access technology.
  • the first network state information reported by the access network device by using the first access technology may be used to indicate that the first core network element configures the access technology of the multiple access PDU session.
  • the first core network element may update the QoS parameter corresponding to the second access technology according to the first network state information.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology includes: The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the fourth indication information, and the second core network The network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using a first access technology; or the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element.
  • the third message includes the fourth indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, and the indication information of the fifth indication information and the second access technology, where the fourth indication information is related to the first Corresponding to the indication information of the access technology, where the fifth indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element according to the correspondence relationship passes the first access technology to the first An access network device sends the first Instructions.
  • the first core network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages to the first
  • the second core network element sends the two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device, and the first core network element sends a message to the second network element.
  • the core network element is divided into two messages according to different access technologies by the second core network element, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively.
  • the first core network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology: the first core network element sends the second core network element to the second core network element. a first message, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the fourth indication information, where the second core network element sends the first access network technology to the first access network device The fourth indication information.
  • the first core network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology, where the first core network element is sent to the second core network.
  • the network element sends a third message, where the third message includes the fourth indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, and the indication information of the fifth indication information and the second access technology, where the The fourth indication information corresponds to the indication information of the first access technology, where the fifth indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the corresponding relationship according to the correspondence An access technology sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device.
  • the first core network element sends the fifth indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology
  • the first core network element sends a fifth message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and the fifth indication information, where the second
  • the core network element sends the fifth indication information to the second access network device by using a second access technology; or the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element.
  • the third message includes the fourth indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, and the indication information of the fifth indication information and the second access technology, where the fourth indication information is Corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology, where the fifth indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element communicates with the second access technology according to the corresponding relationship Second access network device transmitting station
  • the fifth finger indicates information.
  • the first core network element sends the fifth indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages first.
  • the second core network element sends two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device, and the first core network element sends a message to the first core network element.
  • the second core network element is divided into two messages by the second core network element by using different access technologies, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network respectively. device.
  • the seventh aspect provides a communication method, including: receiving, by the access network device, a first data packet sent by the terminal device, where a packet header of the first data packet carries a fifth identifier, where the fifth identifier is used to indicate The first data packet supports multiple access technology offloading; the access network device sends a second data packet to the first core network network element, and the packet header of the second data packet includes a sixth identifier; The identifier is used to indicate that the second data packet supports multiple access technology offloading, and the second data packet includes data content of the second data packet.
  • the fifth identifier or the sixth identifier is used to indicate that the data packet supports multiple access technologies, and the fifth identifier or the sixth identifier is used to indicate that the data packet supports the TFCP protocol.
  • the data includes a TFCP header, or a sequence number of the packet.
  • the acquiring, by the first core network element, the data packet according to the sixth identifier includes: the first core network element parsing the TFCP header according to the sixth identifier or sorting the data packet.
  • the terminal device determines to perform the service flow multiple access offload.
  • the terminal device encapsulates the data packet of the service flow into the first data packet, and sends the data packet to the access network device, indicating that the service flow is a service flow that supports packet granularity.
  • the access network device encapsulates the sixth identifier information and the first data packet in the second data packet header and sends the information to the first core network element, where the first core network element is parsed according to the sixth identifier in the second data packet header.
  • the first core network element can parse the corresponding data packet based on the indication.
  • the eighth aspect provides a communication method, including: the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a third service flow or for Requesting to establish a PDU session; the terminal device receives a response message sent by the first core network element by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, where the terminal device sends the message according to the response message
  • the three traffic flows or the PDU session are transmitted through multiple access technologies.
  • the request message or the response message further includes a third identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication, where the multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate
  • the terminal device requests to determine, for the third identity, the third service flow or the PDU session to perform multi-access technology transmission or perform TFCP protocol encapsulation.
  • the third identifier includes: at least one of a service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a packet data unit PDU session identifier. .
  • the multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, or a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granularity distribution indication
  • the terminal device is based on the QFI.
  • the data is determined to contain the TFCP header, or the PDU session determination data according to the data packet belongs to the TFCP header, or the data received after determining the End marker data packet based on the end identifier End marker data packet includes the TFCP header.
  • the form indicating that the data packet is a multiple access transmission may also be multiple.
  • the data received after determining the End marker data packet based on the end identifier End marker data packet includes a TFCP header indicating that the service stream does not carry the TFCP header at the beginning, and when the data packet needs to be offloaded, the End marker data packet indication is sent.
  • the latter data contains TFCP.
  • the above End marker data packet can also identify the following data packets to support the offloading, and does not limit the subsequent data to include the TFCP.
  • the first access technology and the second access technology may be two different access technologies in a multiple access PDU session.
  • the terminal device sorts the data packet based on a sequence number included in a TFCP packet header.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication method, including: a first core network element receives a request message from a terminal device by using a first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a third service flow or for Requesting to establish a PDU session; the first core network element sends a response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, where the response message is used to indicate the third service flow or The PDU session allows for multiple access technology transmissions.
  • the request message or the response message further includes a third identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication, where the multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate the terminal
  • the device requests to determine, for the third identity, that the third service flow or PDU session is for multiple access technology transmission or for TFCP protocol encapsulation.
  • the third identifier includes at least one of a service flow description information, a QoS flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier.
  • the multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granularity offload indication.
  • the first core network element sends a fourth identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication to the user plane network element.
  • the fourth identifier is at least one of service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier or an N4 session identifier. .
  • the QFI is used by the terminal device to determine that the data includes a TFCP header, or the tunnel identifier is used by the terminal device. Determining that the data of the PDU session includes a TFCP header, or the end identifier End marker data packet is used by the terminal device to determine that the data received after the End marker data packet includes a TFCP header.
  • the sequence number included in the TFCP header is used to sort the data packet.
  • a tenth aspect provides a communication method, including: a parameter that a data sending network element sends a plurality of link transmission data to a data receiving network element; and the data sending network element receives a plurality of chains sent by the data receiving network element Confirmation information of the road transmission data.
  • data can be transmitted through a plurality of links.
  • the data sending network element sends, by the data sending network element, parameters of the multiple link transmission data, including: the data sending network Transmitting, by the user, the parameter of the multiple link transmission data to the data receiving network element; or the data sending network element sending, by the user, the parameter of the multiple link transmission data to the data receiving network element .
  • the parameter for transmitting the multiple link transmission data may be directly sent through the user plane, or may be sent through the control plane.
  • the parameter of the multiple link transmission data includes: identifier information of the data, and indicating that the data passes through multiple links Instructions for transmission.
  • the parameter of the multiple link transmission data further includes: a first window length, where the first window length is used to indicate The length of the transmission window of the data transmission network element.
  • the identifier information of the data description information of the service flow, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the packet data unit PDU session identifier or the N4 session At least one of the identities.
  • the indication information includes: a data flow control protocol TFCP indication, a TFCP encapsulation indication, a packet granularity distribution indication, a fusion tunnel indication, and a fusion tunnel At least one of the identifier or the network element protocol IP address, wherein the fused tunnel indication is used to indicate that a fused tunnel is established for the service flow, and the network element IP address is a data sending network element or/and a data receiving network element IP address .
  • the data sending network element is a terminal device, the data receiving network element is a user plane network element, or the data is sent.
  • the network element is the user plane network element, the data receiving network element is the terminal device, or the data sending network element is a session management function network element, and the data receiving network element is the terminal device and the User plane network element.
  • the confirmation information of the multiple link transmission data includes parameters of the multiple link transmission data; or, the multiple The confirmation information of the link transmission data includes a confirmation message.
  • the multiple links include a 3GPP link and a non-3GPP link; or, the multiple links specifically include different connections.
  • a communication method including: a data sending network element determining a link state of a first link and/or a link state of a second link; the data sending network element according to the first a link state of the link and/or a link state of the second link, the first data packet is transmitted through the first link, and the second data packet is transmitted through the second link, where the A data packet and the second data packet belong to the same service flow, the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, the first TFCP header includes a sequence number of the first data packet, and the second data packet A second TFCP header is included, and the second TFCP header includes a sequence number of the second data packet.
  • the communication method further includes: the data sending network element determining a first round trip time RTT of the first link And the second RTT of the second link meets the first preset condition; or the data sending network element determines that the first link delay and the second link delay meet the second preset condition.
  • the first preset condition includes: a difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is less than or equal to
  • the first preset threshold includes: the second preset condition includes: a difference between the first link delay and the second link delay is less than or equal to a second preset threshold.
  • the first data packet and the second data packet are the same data packet.
  • the communication method further includes: if the first link and the second link are offloaded in the offloading policy The ratio is 100%, and the data sending network element determines that the first data packet and the second data packet are the same data packet.
  • a communication method includes: receiving, by a data receiving network element, a first data packet sent by a data sending network element from a first link, where the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, where a TFCP header includes a sequence number of the first data packet; the data receiving network element receives a second data packet sent by the data transmission network element from a second link, and the second data packet includes a second TFCP header
  • the second TFCP header includes a sequence number of the second data packet, where the first data packet and the second data packet belong to the same service flow; and the data reception network element is configured according to the first data The sequence number of the packet and the sequence number of the second data packet buffer the first data packet and/or the second data packet.
  • the data receiving network element is configured according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the serial number of the second data packet. Cache the first data packet and/or the second data packet, including: the data receiving network element, according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the sequence number of the second data packet, the first The data packet and the second data packet are stored in the buffer area by serial number.
  • the communication method further includes: the data receiving network element determining a state of the data packet in the buffer area.
  • the state of the data packet includes a lost state
  • the communication method further includes: if the data receiving network element exceeds a predetermined The data packet is not received by the duration, and the data receiving network element determines that the state of the data packet is a lost state.
  • the communication method further includes: the data receiving network element according to the first link and/or the second chain The link delay of the path determines the predetermined duration; or the data receiving network element determines the predetermined duration according to the round trip time RTT of the first link and/or the second link.
  • the exceeding the predetermined duration is the duration of the survival
  • the duration of the survival is the difference between the current time and the estimated reception time of the data packet.
  • the data packet estimated reception time is obtained based on a previous data packet reception time of the data packet or/and a reception time of the subsequent data packet, or the startup of the preset duration timer is based on a previous data packet reception time of the data packet. Or / and the receipt time of the next packet.
  • the preset duration timer is started when a packet before the packet is received.
  • the preset duration timer is started when a packet is received after the data packet is received.
  • the preset duration timer is started at any time before receiving the data packet and the previous data packet.
  • the data receiving network element is configured according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the serial number of the second data packet. Cache the first data packet and/or the second data packet, including: if the first data packet and/or the second data packet are included in the buffer area, the data receiving network element discards Decoding the first data packet and/or the second data packet; or, if the sequence number of the first data packet and/or the second data packet is smaller than a minimum data packet sequence number in the buffer area, The data receiving network element discards the first data packet and/or the second data packet.
  • a communication device that can be used to perform the operations of the communication device in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the communication device comprises a first communication device for performing the steps or functions described in the first aspect above, which may be the first aspect.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device for use in performing the operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the second aspect above.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device that can be used to perform the operations of the communication device in any of the third and third possible implementations.
  • the communication device includes a first communication device for performing the steps or functions described in the above third aspect, which may be the third aspect.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device that can be used to perform the operations of a communication device in any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect and the fourth aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the fourth aspect above.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication apparatus for use in performing the operations of the signaling device in any of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect and the fifth aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the fifth aspect above.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device that can be used to perform the operations of a communication device in any of the possible implementations of the sixth and sixth aspects.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the sixth aspect above.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication apparatus for use in performing the operations of a communication device in any of the possible implementations of the seventh aspect and the seventh aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the seventh aspect above.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication apparatus for use in performing the operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementations of the eighth aspect and the eighth aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the eighth aspect above.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device that can be used to perform the operations of a communication device in any of the possible implementations of the ninth and ninth aspects.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the ninth aspect above.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device for use in performing the operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementations of the tenth and tenth aspects.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the above-described tenth aspect.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device that can be used to perform the operations of a communication device in any of the eleventh and eleventh possible implementations.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the eleventh aspect above.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication apparatus for use in performing the operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementations of the twelfth aspect and the twelfth aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the twelfth aspect above.
  • the steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device comprising: a processor, a memory for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the communication device performs the first to A communication method in any of the possible implementations of the twelfth aspect.
  • the processor is one or more, and the memory is one or more.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor or the memory can be separate from the processor.
  • the communication device also includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication device in one possible design, includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program for calling and running the computer program from the memory such that the communication device performs the first to twelfth aspects or the first to tenth.
  • a system comprising the above communication device.
  • a computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as a code, or an instruction) that, when executed, causes the computer to perform the first aspect described above.
  • a computer program also referred to as a code, or an instruction
  • a twenty-eighth aspect a computer readable medium storing a computer program (which may also be referred to as a code, or an instruction), when executed on a computer, causing the computer to perform the first aspect described above
  • a computer program which may also be referred to as a code, or an instruction
  • a chip system comprising a memory and a processor for storing a computer program for calling and running the computer program from the memory such that the communication device with the chip system is installed.
  • the communication method and the communication device of the embodiment of the present invention can implement an update process of a multi-access PDU session.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture applied to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a multiple access PDU session
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a second embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a third embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a fourth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a fifth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a sixth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device
  • Figure 15 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device
  • Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device
  • Figure 17 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device
  • Figure 18 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • Time Division Duplex Time Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • 5G future 5th Generation
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment, an access terminal, a user network element, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, and a user agent. Or user device.
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), with wireless communication.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • a wearable device which can also be called a wearable smart device, is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design and wear wearable devices such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are more than just a hardware device, but they also implement powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-size, non-reliable smartphones for full or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and focus on only one type of application, and need to work with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various smart bracelets for smart signs monitoring, smart jewelry, etc.
  • the terminal device or the access device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), a Memory Management Unit (MMU), and a memory (also referred to as a main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through a process, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, contacts, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is not particularly limited as long as the program of the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run by using the program according to the present application.
  • the method can be communicated.
  • the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a core network device, or a function module that can call a program and execute a program in the terminal device or the core network device.
  • the term "article of manufacture” as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or media.
  • the computer readable medium may include, but is not limited to, a magnetic storage device (eg, a hard disk, a floppy disk, or a magnetic tape, etc.), such as a compact disc (CD), a digital versatile disc (Digital Versatile Disc, DVD). Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drivers, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, without limitation, a wireless channel and various other mediums capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the network system architecture and the multi-access PDU session in the architecture are described in detail in the following with reference to FIG. 1 and FIG.
  • FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the architecture diagram includes three parts: a terminal device 116, an access network device 220, and a core network device 102. The three sections are detailed below.
  • the terminal device 116 may include a variety of possible forms as described above, and details are not described herein again.
  • the access network device 220 may be a Radio Access Network (RAN) device of the 3GPP access technology and/or Non-3GPP. Access network devices and/or access gateway devices of the Non-3GPP access technology are collectively referred to as access network devices.
  • the radio access network of the above 3GPP access technology includes, but is not limited to, a Next Generation RAN (NG-RAN), an LTE network, and the like.
  • the corresponding access network device may be a Next Generation-Radio Access Node (NG-RAN) or an evolved Node B (eNB or eNodeB).
  • the access network of the Non-3GPP access technology includes, but is not limited to, a trusted WLAN access network, a non-trusted WLAN access network, a fixed access network, and a wired access network.
  • the corresponding access network device may be an access point (AP), an N3IWF network element, or an NGDDG.
  • the terminal device 116 can access the core network (5G Core Network, CN) using 3GPP wireless technology.
  • the terminal device 116 can also access the core network through the N3IWF network element or the NGPDG using the Non-3rd Generation Partnership Project Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the system architecture shown in Figure 1 can also support access to core network devices for non-trusted Non-3GPP access technologies.
  • the non-trusted Non-3GPP access technology accessing the core network device may be accessed through a Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN).
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • the trusted Non-3GPP access core network device is similar to the non-trusted Non-3GPP access core network device.
  • the access network device of the non-trusted Non-3GPP access technology may be replaced with the access network device of the trusted Non-3GPP access technology, and the N3IWF is replaced with a trusted access gateway. Or when the trusted Non-3GPP access gateway does not exist, the access network device is a trusted non-3PGP access network device.
  • the first core network element may be a point-to-point interface protocol or a 3GPP access core network.
  • a consistent architecture with a serviced interface may be
  • the 3GPP access network device is an NG-RAN
  • the non-3GPP access network device is an N3IWF network element.
  • the core network device 102 is divided into a user plane function (UPF) network element and a control plane network element (CP) network element according to functions.
  • UPF user plane function
  • CP control plane network element
  • the user plane function network element is mainly responsible for packet data packet forwarding, quality of service (QoS) control, and accounting information statistics.
  • the control plane network element function network element is mainly responsible for terminal device registration authentication, mobility management, and sending a packet forwarding policy and a QoS control policy to the user plane function network element.
  • control plane network element function network element can be further subdivided into: access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) network element and session management function (SMF) network element.
  • AMF access and Mobility Management Function
  • SMF session management function
  • the AMF network element is responsible for the registration process when the terminal device accesses the core network device and the location management during the terminal device movement process.
  • the SMF network element is responsible for establishing a corresponding session connection for the core network device when the terminal device initiates the service, and provides a specific service for the terminal device.
  • the service includes an interface between the SMF network element and the UPF network element, and sends a packet forwarding policy and a quality of service (QoS) policy to the UPF network element.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the core network device also includes an Authentication Server Function (AUSF) network element, a unified User Data Management (UDM) network element, a Policy Control Function (PCF) network element, and an application function.
  • Application Function AF
  • Data Network DN
  • NSSF Network Slice Selection Function
  • NEF Network Exposure Function
  • NRF NF Repository Function
  • the AUSF network element is responsible for authenticating terminal devices and determining the legitimacy of the terminal devices.
  • the UDM network element is mainly used to store terminal device subscription data.
  • the PCF network element is mainly used to deliver service-related policies to AMF or SMF.
  • the AF is used to send application related requirements to the PCF, so that the PCF generates a corresponding policy.
  • NSSF is used for network slice selection.
  • NEF is used to open 5G network capabilities to third-party networks.
  • the NRF is used to select the network function network element mentioned above.
  • a Data Network is used to provide services to user equipment. For example, providing mobile operator services, Interent services, network services or third party services.
  • the embodiment of the present application mainly relates to the terminal device, the access network device (including the first access network device NG-RAN and the second access network device N3IWF) in FIG. 1 and the SMF network element and the AMF network in the core network device. Yuan, PCF network element and UPF network element.
  • core network device described in FIG. 1 may further include other functional network elements, which is not limited in this application.
  • multiple access PDU sessions can be established in the prior art, where multiple access refers to a PDU session accessing a core network through multiple access network devices, and different accesses.
  • Network devices can correspond to different access technologies and can also correspond to the same access technology.
  • multiple access includes accessing the core network device through the first access network device NG-RAN and the second access network device N3IWF.
  • the first access technology corresponding to the NG-RAN access core network device is the 3GPP access technology or the NG-RAN access technology
  • the second access technology corresponding to the N3IWF access core network device is Non-3GPP. Access technology or non-trusted WLAN access technology.
  • the terminal device When the service flow is changed in the multiple access PDU session or the service flow in the session is changed, the terminal device sends an update request to the core network device by using the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, and completes the first The QoS file creation or update process of the access network device. Alternatively, the terminal device sends an update request to the first core network element by using the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, and completes a QoS file creation or update process of the second access network device.
  • the following embodiment takes an example in which a terminal device sends an update request through a first access network device.
  • the terminal device needs to add the service flow 1 in the multiple access PDU session, and the terminal device sends an update request to the first core network element through the NG-RAN, requesting to transmit the service flow 1 through the NG-RAN using the 3GPP access technology.
  • the first core network element updates the QoS file of the NG-RAN according to the request message. It is assumed that the above QoS file can support 5 megabytes of service stream transmission before the update, and service stream 1 requires 5 megabytes of resource transmission, and the updated QoS file supports 10 megabytes of service stream transmission.
  • the first access technology is any one of the multiple access PDU session access technologies.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a multiple access PDU session.
  • the access technology 310 (including the access technology 310a and the access technology 310b as shown in FIG. 2), wherein the access technology refers to the terminal device 116 and the user plane function network element 330 transmitting the service flow data packet in the PDU session.
  • the access technology refers to the terminal device 116 and the user plane function network element 330 transmitting the service flow data packet in the PDU session.
  • the access technology 310 may be an access technology that accesses through the foregoing 3GPP access or Non-3GPP.
  • the access technology 310 may also be an access technology such as LTE access, NG-RAN access, trusted Non-3GPP access, non-trusted Non-3GPP access, WLAN access, and fixed network access.
  • the application does not limit the specific mode of the access technology.
  • the access technology 310a and the access technology 310b are respectively different access technologies, or the same access technology but different access network devices.
  • the user plane tunnel 320 refers to a user plane tunnel between the access network device and the UPF. Different user plane tunnels 320a and 320b are established between different access network devices and the same UPF.
  • the access network device and the UPF allocate their own tunnel identifiers, and send their own tunnel identifiers to the peer device for storage. For example, the access network device 1 allocates the tunnel identifier 1 of the user plane tunnel 320a, and sends the tunnel identifier 1 to the UPF storage.
  • the UPF allocates the user plane tunnel 320a tunnel identifier 2, and sends the tunnel identifier 2 to the access network device for storage.
  • the tunnel identifier 1 and the tunnel identifier 2 are tunnel identifiers of the user plane tunnel 320a between the access network device 1 and the UPF.
  • the tunnel identifier of the user plane tunnel 230b is similar to the tunnel identifier of the user plane tunnel 320a.
  • the access network device 2 allocates the user plane tunnel 320b tunnel identifier 3, and the UPF assigns the user plane tunnel 320b tunnel identifier 4.
  • the tunnel identifier 2 of the user plane tunnel 320a and the tunnel identifier 4 of the user plane tunnel 320b may be the same or different, and the application is not limited.
  • a PDU session refers to a session between a terminal and a UPF.
  • the user plane tunnels 320a and 320b described above belong to the same PDU session.
  • the foregoing access technologies 310 are different access technologies of the same PDU session, or different access network devices of the same technical technology of the same PDU session.
  • the 5G network architecture supports multiple access, and a multi-access PDU session can be established.
  • a multi-access PDU session can implement traffic splitting of different granularities. That is, different access network devices that use different access technologies, or different access network devices that use the same access technology, can transmit different service flows.
  • the following describes different access network devices with different access technologies as an example. For different access network devices of the same access technology, the following description replaces the access technology with the access network device.
  • the minimum split granularity of the service flow is the packet granularity. That is, different data packets of the same service flow can be transmitted through different access technologies.
  • the multiple access PDU session shown in FIG. 2 needs to transmit all service flow data packets of the foregoing PDU session, or all service flow data packets belonging to one QoS flow, or belong to the same
  • a Traffic Flow Control Protocol (TFCP) header is added to all packets of a service flow.
  • the TFCP protocol is a user plane protocol layer between the UE and the UPF, and is used to carry a packet sequence number or to perform link state detection between the UE and the UPF.
  • This patent does not limit the protocol type of the above protocol layer. For example, it may also be a Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) protocol or other protocol types. The following description uses the TFCP protocol as an example.
  • GRE Generic Routing Encapsulation
  • the update service flow includes a change in the QoS parameter of the service flow, or a change in the access technology of the service flow.
  • the terminal device transmits an update request for the multiple access PDU session through the first access technology illustrated in FIG. 2. For example, increase traffic flow 1.
  • the first core network element transmits the service flow 1 to the first access technology that sends the update request, and requests the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology to update the current QoS parameter.
  • the terminal device transmits an update request for the multiple access PDU session through the second access technology shown in FIG. 2. For example, increase traffic flow 1.
  • the first core network element transmits the service flow 1 to the second access technology that sends the update request, and requests the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology to update the current QoS parameter.
  • the existing multi-access PDU session is updated in the 5G network architecture.
  • the QoS of the access network device (for example, the first access network device) that sends the update request can only be updated, and the QoS of the other network access device (for example, the second access network device) in the multiple access PDU session cannot be updated. .
  • the terminal device when a new service flow 1 needs to be transmitted, the terminal device sends a request message for requesting the transmission of the service flow 1 from the first access technology, corresponding to updating the QoS parameter of the first access technology, so that the first access technology can transmit Traffic 1 is, but the QoS parameters of the second access technology cannot be updated, so that the second access technology transmits traffic 1.
  • the traffic needs to be transmitted in the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the prior art needs to send an update request message in the first access technology and the second access technology, respectively, so that the service flow 1 corresponds to the update access technology one, and the service flow 2 corresponds to the update access technology 2.
  • the prior art does not support packet granularity offloading.
  • the other side access technology cannot provide a transmission service for this service flow.
  • some embodiments of the present application propose a communication method capable of updating multiple access technologies in a multiple access PDU session on the basis of a multiple access PDU session.
  • TFCP encapsulation can support multiple granularity of TFCP encapsulation to achieve packet granularity offloading.
  • the above various granular TFCP encapsulations include TFCP encapsulation of PDU session granularity, TFCP encapsulation of QoS flow granularity, or TFCP encapsulation of service flow granularity or service flow template granularity.
  • the TFCP encapsulation of the service flow granularity or the service flow template granularity only needs to add the TFCP header encapsulation in the service flow or all the service flows corresponding to the service flow template, and does not need each service flow in the same QOS flow. Both add TFCP header packages.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • S110. The terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element.
  • Case 1 The terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow.
  • the request message includes a first identifier, where the first identifier is used to determine the service flow.
  • the foregoing service flow may be one service flow or multiple service flows.
  • the first identifier includes at least one of description information of the service flow, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier.
  • the terminal device includes a third identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication correspondence relationship to the first core network element in the request message.
  • the third identifier may be the same as the first identifier, and is used to determine a service flow. Or the third identifier is the same as the second identifier, which is a PDU session ID, used to determine the PDU session. Or the third identifier is a QoS flow identifier (QFI) for determining the QoS flow.
  • QFI QoS flow identifier
  • the multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the terminal device requests the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform multi-access technology transmission, or is used to indicate that the terminal device requests the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform TFCP protocol encapsulation. .
  • the multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granularity offload indication.
  • the service flow may be understood as a service flow that changes in a multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element, or a newly added service flow.
  • the changed service flow may be a change in the QoS parameter of the service flow or a change in the access technology of the service flow.
  • the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the first access technology
  • the terminal device requests the first core network element to allocate transmission resources for the service flow on the first access technology, so that The traffic is transmitted on the first access technology.
  • the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the second access technology
  • the terminal device requests the first core network element to allocate transmission resources for the service flow on the second access technology.
  • the traffic is transmitted on the second access technology.
  • the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology and the second access technology
  • the terminal device requests the first core network element in the first access technology and the first
  • the second access technology allocates transmission resources for the service flow, so that the service flows are transmitted on the first access technology and the second access technology, respectively.
  • the first identifier information is a service flow description or a service flow template, and all service flows in the service flow or the service flow template support packet granularity.
  • the request message is used to request to update the QoS file of the access technology in the multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element, so that the terminal device is in the first access technology and / or the second access technology can transmit traffic.
  • the multi-access PDU session refers to that the PDU session can access the core network device through multiple access technologies, and one access technology can correspond to one access network device.
  • the multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element is taken as an example, and the first access technology of the two access technologies is different from the second access technology.
  • the first access technology of the two access technologies is different from the second access technology.
  • the access technology that does not limit the multiple access PDU session in the embodiment of the present application is only two access technologies, and the multiple access PDU session may include two or more access technologies, and each access technology different.
  • the foregoing first access technology is different from the second access technology in a specific implementation manner, and an access technology may be corresponding to two access network devices.
  • the "access technology” in the following description is replaced with the "access network device”, that is, different access technologies are replaced with different access network devices.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology and the second access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the first access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the first access technology is an NG-RAN access technology
  • the second access technology is a WLAN access technology
  • first access technology and the second access technology may be a 3GPP access technology, a Non-3GPP access technology, an LTE access technology, an NG-RAN access technology, a trusted Non-3GPP access technology, Any one of access technologies such as non-trusted Non-3GPP access technology, WLAN access technology, and fixed network access technology.
  • the request message in step 301 is used to request to add or update a service flow to a multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element.
  • the QoS file of the first access technology and/or the second access technology may be updated.
  • the new service flow can be transmitted on the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
  • the request message carries a second identifier, and the second identifier is the multiple access PDU session identifier (PDU session ID).
  • the PDU session identifier is used to indicate a multiple access PDU session. Because there may be multiple multiple access PDU sessions between the terminal device and the UPF network element, there is a corresponding session identifier for each multi-access PD session.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit how to generate the foregoing multi-access PDU session identifier.
  • the embodiment of the present application is to update the multi-access PDU session based on the established multi-access PDU session.
  • the request message in step 301 includes a first identifier, where the first identifier is used to determine the service flow.
  • the first identifier may be a packet filter (Packet Filters) may be used to describe a service flow, and may also be referred to as a service flow description, or the first identifier may be a service data flow (SDF) template, and the service data.
  • a flow template is a collection of service flow descriptions, that is, a Packet Filter set, and thus may also be referred to as a service flow description.
  • the first identifier is used to describe the service flow, that is, to describe a service flow added or modified in a multiple access PDU session.
  • the first core network element may determine the service flow according to the first identifier.
  • the traffic flow description includes a source network protocol (IP) address and a destination IP address of the traffic flow.
  • IP network protocol
  • the service flow description includes a source port number and a destination port number of the service flow.
  • the service flow description information includes a protocol type of the service flow.
  • the service flow description information includes an application type of the service flow.
  • the service flow description information includes at least one of a source IP address and a destination IP address, a source MAC address and a destination MAC address, a source port number and a destination port number, a protocol type, or an application type of the foregoing service flow.
  • service flow description information is only an example form, and the service flow description information may further include other service flows that can be used to describe new or updated traffic in the multiple access PDU session.
  • the request message further includes indication information of the access technology and a first identifier, where the service flow is indicated to be transmitted by the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
  • the first identifier corresponds to an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
  • the service flow is a service flow determined by the first identifier, and the access technology is an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
  • the first core network element determines the access technology corresponding to the service flow according to the access technology corresponding to the service flow requested by the terminal device and/or the traffic off policy of the core network.
  • the access technology corresponding to the foregoing service flow is a 3GPP access technology.
  • the access technology corresponding to the foregoing service flow is a Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the access technologies corresponding to the foregoing service flows are 3GPP access technologies and Non-3GPP access technologies.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the first access technology and the second access technology are other
  • the access technology corresponding to the foregoing service flow may also be other types of access.
  • LTE access Long Term Evolution (LTE) access
  • 5GRAN access trusted Non-3GPP access
  • non-trusted Non-3GPP access WLAN access
  • fixed network access and the like.
  • the request message may further include a quality of service QoS rule, wherein the QoS rule includes a QoS parameter required by the traffic flow.
  • the first identifier has a corresponding relationship with the QoS rule.
  • the above QoS parameters include at least one of bandwidth, guaranteed bandwidth, maximum bandwidth, and QoS classification (5QI).
  • the sending, by the terminal device, the request message to the first core network element includes: sending, by the terminal device, the request message to the access network device, where the access network device sends the request message to the first core network element.
  • the sending, by the terminal device, the request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology includes:
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the terminal device sends a request message on the 3GPP access technology to request to update the multi-access PDU session. That is, the terminal device sends a request message to the access network device through the 3GPP access technology.
  • the first access network device is an NG-RAN.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, and the terminal device first sends a request message to the NG-RAN, and the NG-RAN sends the request message to the first core network element.
  • the first access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology
  • the terminal device sends a request message on the Non-3GPP access technology to request to update the multi-access PDU session. That is, the terminal device sends a request message to the access network device through the Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the access network device is an N3IWF.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, and the terminal device first sends a request message to the N3IWF, and the N3IWF sends the request message to the first core network element.
  • the manner in which the terminal device sends the request message is that the mode 1 and the mode 2 are only examples.
  • the first access technology is an access technology other than the foregoing 3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is other access technologies than the above-mentioned Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the sending, by the terminal device, the request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology may be other than the foregoing manners 1 and 2.
  • the corresponding information including the first identifier and the access technology in the request message includes the following situations:
  • the first type the first identifier and the access technology carried in the request message.
  • the first identifier indicates a new or updated service flow
  • the access technology is an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
  • the service flow 1 corresponding to the first identifier carried in the request message sent by the terminal device corresponds to the 3GPP access technology.
  • the service flow 2 corresponding to the first identifier carried in the request message sent by the terminal device corresponds to the Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the first identifier is Packet Filter(s)
  • Packet Filter 1 is used to describe service flow 1
  • Packet Filter 2 is used to describe service flow 2.
  • the first core network element determines an access technology corresponding to the added or updated service flow according to the first identifier carried in the request message and the access technology.
  • the terminal device may send the foregoing correspondence to the first core network element in the traffic distribution rule parameter.
  • the traffic distribution rule may be an ATSSS rule (Access Traffic Splitting, Switching, Steering rule).
  • the second type the request message carries a correspondence between the service flow description information and the traffic distribution rule.
  • the offloading rule is a traffic distribution rule that can be sent to the first core network element by the terminal device, or can be a traffic distribution rule sent by the first core network element to the terminal device.
  • the first core network element has established a correspondence between the offloading rule and the access technology.
  • the request message sent by the terminal device carries the description information of the service flow 1 and the traffic distribution rule 1.
  • the request message sent by the terminal device carries the description information of the service flow 2 and the traffic distribution rule 2.
  • the corresponding relationship between the traffic distribution rule established by the network element side of the first core network and the access technology is: the traffic distribution rule 1 corresponds to the access technology 3GPP.
  • the traffic distribution rule 2 corresponds to the access technology Non-3GPP.
  • the first core network element may determine the access technology corresponding to the added or updated service flow according to the service flow description information carried in the request message.
  • the third type the relationship between the service flow and the quality of service rule (QoS rule), the service data flow template (SDF), or the quality of service flow (QoS flow), where the service The flow is a service flow determined by the first identifier carried in the request message.
  • QoS rule quality of service rule
  • SDF service data flow template
  • QoS flow quality of service flow
  • the service flow 1 determined by the first identifier sent by the terminal device belongs to the QoS rule 1 or the SDF template 1 or the QoS flow 1; the service flow 2 determined by the first identifier sent by the terminal device belongs to the QoS rule 2 or the SDF template 2 or the QoS flow 2 .
  • QoS rule1 or SDF template 1 or QoS flow1 corresponds to the access technology 3GPP.
  • QoS rule 2 or SDF template 2 or QoS flow 2 corresponds to the access technology Non-3GPP.
  • the first core network element determines the new or updated service flow according to the first identifier in the request message, and the first core network element knows the QoS rule, or the access technology corresponding to the SDF template or the QoS flow. Then, the first core network element can determine the access technology corresponding to the modified or added service flow.
  • the fourth type the correspondence between the first identifier carried in the request message and the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
  • the service flows in the multiple access PDU session can implement service splitting of different granularities.
  • the traffic granularity of the service flow includes: quality of service flow (QoS flow) granularity, flow granularity, or packet granularity. These types of traffic distribution methods are described in detail below.
  • QoS flow granularity Indicates that different QoS flows can be assigned to different access technologies.
  • the QoS parameters of service flow 1 and service flow 2 are similar, and traffic flow 1 and service flow 2 can be aggregated into QoS flow1.
  • the QoS flow1 can be identified by the QoS flow ID1 (QFI1).
  • the QoS parameters of the service flow 3 and the service flow 4 are similar, and the service flow 3 and the service flow 4 can be aggregated into the QoS flow 2.
  • the QoS flow2 can be identified by the QoS flow ID 2 (QFI2).
  • the service flow corresponding to the QFI1 is transmitted on the first access technology, and the service flow corresponding to the QFI2 is transmitted on the second access technology.
  • the service flow corresponding to QFI1 is transmitted on the second access technology; the service flow corresponding to QFI2 is transmitted on the first access technology.
  • the similarity of the QoS parameters of the foregoing service flow includes: the values of at least M of the N parameters of the QoS parameters of the service flow are the same or similar, where N is a positive integer, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N.
  • Flow granularity splitting Indicates that different traffic flows can be assigned to different access technologies. Among them, the service flow may belong to the same QoS flow mentioned above.
  • the traffic flow 1 and the traffic flow 2 corresponding to the QFI1 described above are transmitted on the first access technology, and the service flow 2 is transmitted on the second access technology.
  • traffic 1 is transmitted over the second access technology; traffic 2 is transmitted over the first access technology. That is, different access technologies are allocated according to different service flows, and the traffic is not split by the QoS parameters of the traffic flow.
  • the flow granularity splitting further comprises: SDF module offloading.
  • the SDF module is configured to divide the service flow 1 and the service flow 2 as an SDF module 1 according to the flow description information, corresponding to the first access technology; the service flow 3 and the service flow 4 as an SDF module 2, corresponding to the foregoing Second access technology.
  • Service Flow 1, Service Flow 2, Service Flow 3, and Service Flow 4 belong to the same QoS flow.
  • Packet granularity offload Different data packets in the traffic flow can be assigned to different access technologies.
  • traffic 1 includes packet 1 and packet 2.
  • the data packet 1 is transmitted on the first access technology, and the data packet 2 is transmitted on the second access technology.
  • the data packet 1 is transmitted on the second access technology described above; the data packet 2 is transmitted on the first access technology.
  • the service flow 1, the service flow 2, and the first access technology and the second access technology are only examples, and the scope of protection of the present application cannot be limited.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the first core network element.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify the access technology through which the service flow passes.
  • the foregoing first indication information may be included in the request message sent by the terminal device to the first core network element;
  • the service flow description information in the terminal device request message is determined according to the request message, and the service flow 1 corresponds to the first access technology.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the first core network element. That is, when the terminal device instructs the first core network element to modify the correspondence between the service flow 1 and the first access technology sent by the terminal device, for example, the first core network element may modify the service flow 1 and the first access technology. Therefore, the service flow 1 corresponds to the second access technology.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element, requesting the first core network element to use the first access technology to transmit the added or updated service flow 1.
  • the first core network element determines that the first access technology does not meet the transmission requirement of the service flow 1, and the first core network element can use the second access technology to transmit the service flow 1, the first core network The meta changed the request of the terminal device.
  • the first core network element uses the first access technology and the second access technology to simultaneously transmit the service flow.
  • the terminal device requests access through the WLAN, but the first core network element determines that the current WLAN network quality cannot provide the terminal device access request. If the terminal device sends the first indication information to the first core network element, the first core network element may allocate the terminal device to access through the NG-RAN.
  • Case 2 the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to delete the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session;
  • the request message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is used to identify the second access technology.
  • the terminal device may initiate deletion to the first core network element from another side access technology. Request for side access technology.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, requesting to delete the second access technology.
  • the request message includes a second access technology and a first identifier for deleting the second access technology.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology, requesting to delete the second access technology.
  • the request message includes a second access technology and a first identifier for updating the multiple access PDU session to the single access PDU session, where the first identifier is a deletion indication, and is used to indicate that the second access technology is deleted.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology, requesting to delete the second access technology.
  • the foregoing request message includes indication information of the first access technology and a first identifier for updating the multiple access PDU session to the single access PDU session, where the first identifier is a reservation indication, indicating that the first access technology is reserved.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology, requesting to delete the second access technology.
  • the request message is a delete message or a release connection message, and the request message carries an access technology.
  • the first identifier included in the request message is the second access technology
  • the connection on the second access technology side of the multiple access PDU session is deleted.
  • the first identifier is the first access technology, it indicates that the connection on the first access technology side of the multiple access PDU session is deleted.
  • the terminal device may send a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, requesting to delete the first access technology.
  • the request message does not need to include the indication information of the access technology, and the first core network element deletes the access technology of the current transmission request message.
  • the terminal device may also send a request message to the first core network element by using the second access technology, requesting to delete the first access technology.
  • the present application is not limited to which side of the access technology initiates the update of the multiple access PDU session to a single access PDU session.
  • the terminal device receives a response message from the first core network element.
  • the response message is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted from the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology, and is described with reference to the following case 1.
  • the response message is used to indicate that the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session is successfully deleted, refer to the description in the following case 2.
  • Case 1 the terminal device receives, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message sent by the core network element;
  • the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology, according to the response message.
  • the response message received by the terminal device includes a third identifier and a multi-access technology transmission indication correspondence.
  • the foregoing correspondence is used to indicate that the first core network element allows or authorizes the third service flow determined according to the third identifier to perform multi-access technology transmission, or indicates that the first core network element allows or authorizes the third identifier to be determined.
  • the service flow is TFCP encapsulated.
  • the third identifier is a Packet Filter (s) or a Service Data Flow (SDF) template or a QFI or PDU Session ID.
  • the multiple access technology transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication or a packet granularity offload indication.
  • the determining the third service flow for performing the multiple access technology transmission may also be the communication method shown in FIG. 4.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Includes S111 and S112.
  • the data sending network element sends the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the data receiving network element.
  • the data transmission network element may be the terminal device shown in FIG. 2.
  • the data receiving network element may be a User plane function (UPF) network element as shown in FIG. 2.
  • UPF User plane function
  • the parameter that the terminal device sends the plurality of link transmission data to the UPF may be that the parameter of the multiple link transmission data is included in the request message described in FIG.
  • the parameters of the multiple link transmission data include identification information of the data and indication information indicating that the data is transmitted through multiple links.
  • the transmission data may be the third service flow described in FIG.
  • the identification information of the data may be at least one of description information of the data, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a packet data unit PDU session identifier.
  • the description information of the data is equivalent to the foregoing service flow description information, and the foregoing description information for the data, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the packet data unit PDU session identifier have been described in detail, and are not described herein again;
  • the indication information includes: at least one of a data flow control protocol TFCP indication, a TFCP encapsulation indication, a packet granular offload indication, a converged tunnel indication, a converged tunnel identifier, or a network element protocol IP address, where the converged tunnel indication is used to indicate A converged tunnel is established for the service flow, and the IP address of the network element is a data transmission network element or/and a data receiving network element IP address.
  • a data flow control protocol TFCP indication e.g., a TFCP encapsulation indication, a packet granular offload indication, a converged tunnel indication, a converged tunnel identifier, or a network element protocol IP address
  • the converged tunnel indication is used to indicate A converged tunnel is established for the service flow
  • the IP address of the network element is a data transmission network element or/and a data receiving network element IP address.
  • TFCP protocol may be a Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) protocol, a Multi Path Transmission Control Protocol (MPTCP), an Internet Protocol (IP), or a fast UDP network connection (Quick).
  • GRE Generic Routing Encapsulation
  • MPTCP Multi Path Transmission Control Protocol
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • Qick fast UDP network connection
  • UDP Internet Connection (QUIC) protocol Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) protocol, or other protocol types, where UDP is User Datagram Protocol (UDP).
  • GRE Generic Routing Encapsulation
  • MPTCP Multi Path Transmission Control Protocol
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • Qick fast UDP network connection
  • UDP Internet Connection (QUIC) protocol Internet Protocol Security
  • IPSec Internet Protocol Security
  • UDP User Datagram Protocol
  • the present application is not limited to the type of the TFCP protocol, and may be any of the above protocols.
  • the fused tunnel indication establishes a fused tunnel for the transmission data, where the fused tunnel corresponds to the PDU session identifier, that is, a fused tunnel is established for the PDU session, or a QFI corresponding to the fused tunnel is established, that is, a fused tunnel is established for the QoSflow, or a fusion tunnel is established.
  • the service flow identifier corresponding to the tunnel that is, the convergence tunnel is established for this service flow.
  • the corresponding converged tunnel identity can also indicate the converged tunnel.
  • the network element protocol IP address is the IP address of the data sending network element or/and the data receiving network element.
  • the IP address corresponds to the PDU session identifier, that is, the IP encapsulation is performed for the PDU session, or the IP address corresponds to the corresponding QFI, that is, the IP encapsulation is performed for the QoS flow, or the corresponding service flow identifier is corresponding to the IP address, that is, The service flow performs the above IP encapsulation.
  • the parameter of the multiple link transmission data further includes a first window length, where the first window length is used to indicate a transmission window length of the terminal device.
  • the length of the first window may be set to the length of the transmission window of the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) protocol layer of the terminal device.
  • TCP Transmission Control Protocol
  • the first window length is used when the UPF receives the parameters of the plurality of link transmission data, and sets the receiving window length value of the UPF.
  • the receiving window length value of the UPF may be greater than or equal to the first window length.
  • the terminal device may directly send the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the UPF, or the terminal device transmits the data to the multiple links.
  • the parameters are sent to the SMF, and the SMF sends the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the UPF.
  • the terminal device sends the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the SMF, and the SMF sends the N4 interface message to the UPF, where the N4 message carries the parameters of the multiple link transmission data.
  • the identifier information of the data in the parameters of the multiple link transmission data may be the description information of the data, the quality of service flow identifier QFI or the packet data. At least one of a unit PDU session identifier or an N4 session identifier.
  • the confirmation information of the plurality of link transmission data includes parameters of the plurality of link transmission data; or the confirmation information of the plurality of link transmission data includes an acknowledgement message.
  • the UPF sends the acknowledgment information of the plurality of link transmission data to the terminal device, where the acknowledgment information may include the identification information of the data confirmed by the UPF and the indication information indicating that the data is transmitted through multiple links.
  • the confirmation information includes an acknowledgement message for confirming a parameter that the terminal device transmits the plurality of link transmission data.
  • the confirmation information may further include a transmission window length of the UPF.
  • the foregoing multiple links may be transmission links corresponding to different access technologies described in the foregoing, and may be 3GPP links and non-3GPP links;
  • the two transmission links are included, the first one is a transmission link corresponding to the access technology, and the second one is a transmission link corresponding to the access technology Non-3GPP, that is, corresponding to different access technologies.
  • the transmission link transmits data.
  • the foregoing multiple links may also be links of different access network devices of different access technologies
  • the first one transmits data through 5GRAN, the second one transmits data through N3IWF; or, includes two transmission links, the first one is through W-5GAN (Wireline 5GAN wired access)
  • the network transmits data, and the second one transmits data through 5GRAN.
  • the foregoing multiple links may also be links of the same access technology and different access network devices;
  • the first one transmits data through the 5GRAN device 1 for the above 3GPP access technology
  • the second one transmits data through the 5GRAN device 2 for the above 3GPP access technology
  • the first one transmits data through N3IWF1 for the above Non-3GPP access technology
  • the second one transmits data through N3IWF2 for the above Non-3GPP access technology
  • the same access technology transmits data through N different access network devices, Where N can be a positive integer greater than two.
  • the data transmission network element may be a User plane function (UPF) network element as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the data receiving network element may be the terminal device shown in FIG. 2.
  • UPF User plane function
  • the request message sent by the terminal device to the UPF may not need to carry the parameters of the multiple link transmission data, and the UPF initiates the multiple access transmission indication.
  • the parameters of the data transmitted by multiple links are similar to the case 1, and are not described here.
  • the first window length is used to indicate the length of the sending window of the UPF.
  • the first window length may be set to a transmission window length of the UPF Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) protocol layer.
  • TCP Transmission Control Protocol
  • the first window length is used to set the receiving window length value of the terminal device when the terminal device receives the parameter of the plurality of link transmission data.
  • the receiving window length value of the terminal device may be greater than or equal to the first window length.
  • the data transmission network element may be a Session Management Function (SMF) network element as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the data receiving network element may be the terminal device and the User plane function (UPF) network element shown in FIG. 2.
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • UPF User plane function
  • the parameters of the plurality of link transmission data described above may be sent by the SMF to the terminal device and the UPF.
  • the SMF carries the parameters of the multiple link transmission data in the command message and sends the parameters to the terminal device, and carries the parameters of the multiple link transmission data in the N4 message and sends the parameters to the UPF.
  • the data receiving network element sends the acknowledgement information of the received link transmission data to the data sending network element.
  • the UPF transmits an acknowledgment message to the terminal device, wherein the acknowledgment information includes the parameters of the plurality of link transmission data described above.
  • the confirmation information includes an acknowledgement message for confirming the parameter of receiving the plurality of link transmission data.
  • the confirmation information further includes a second window length for indicating a transmission window length of the UPF.
  • the terminal device transmits an acknowledgement message to the UPF, wherein the acknowledgement information includes the parameters of the plurality of link transmission data described above.
  • the confirmation information includes an acknowledgement message for confirming the parameter of receiving the plurality of link transmission data.
  • the confirmation information further includes a second window length for indicating a sending window length of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends an acknowledgement message to the SMF, wherein the acknowledgement information includes the first acknowledgement information sent by the terminal device to the SMF, wherein the first acknowledgement information includes the plurality of link transmission data described above. parameter. Or the first acknowledgement information includes a first acknowledgement message for confirming that the parameter of the multiple link transmission data is received.
  • the first confirmation information further includes a second window length for indicating a sending window length of the terminal device
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology.
  • the terminal device receives the response message from the first core network element by using a first access technology.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology.
  • the terminal device receives the response message from the first core network element by using a second access technology.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology.
  • the terminal device receives the response message from the first core network element by using the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the response message is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology, and specifically includes the following situations:
  • the response message includes the first identifier and the indication information of the second access technology, which is understood to correspond to the first identifier and the second access technology, and is used to indicate that the service flow is from the second access Technically transmitted.
  • the first identifier is the service flow description information
  • the corresponding service flow is the service flow 1. Then, when the terminal device has the service flow 1 that needs to be transmitted, it is transmitted from the second access technology.
  • the response message includes the first identifier and the first access technology and the second access technology, and the first identifier and the first access technology and the second interface
  • the service flow is indicated to be transmitted from the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the first identifier is the service flow description information
  • the corresponding service flow is the service flow 1. Then, when the terminal device has the service flow 1 and needs to be transmitted, the service flow 1 is respectively from the first access technology and the second access technology. Transfer on.
  • the response message includes a correspondence between the first identifier and a quality of service QoS rule
  • the QoS rule is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access technology
  • the QoS rule is the An QoS rule corresponding to the second access technology by an access technology.
  • the response message may be request message instruction information.
  • the response message is a PDU session modification command, and is used to indicate that the added or updated service flow of the terminal device is transmitted by using the second access technology or the first access technology and the second access technology. .
  • the response message includes the foregoing service flow description information and the second access technology authorized by the first core network element, or the service flow description information and the first access technology and the second access technology authorized by the first core network element.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology, and needs to be sent by the first access network device. For example, the terminal device first sends the request message to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, and then the first access network device sends the request message to the first core network element.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the second access technology, and needs to be sent by the second access network device. For example, the terminal device first sends the request message to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, and then the second access network device sends the request message to the first core network element.
  • the terminal device receives a response message from the first core network element, and needs to pass through the first access network device and/or the second access. The sending of the network device.
  • the first core network element first sends a response message to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, and then the first access network device sends the request message to the terminal device.
  • the first core network element first sends a response message to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, and then the second access network device sends the request message to the terminal device.
  • the first core network element first sends the response message to the first access network device and the second access network device corresponding to the first access technology and the second access technology, and then the first access network device and the first access network device The second access network device sends the foregoing request message to the terminal device.
  • the response message further includes a traffic distribution rule, where the traffic distribution rule is used to indicate that the first access technology and the second access technology respectively support the amount of data transmitted, or respectively support the transmitted bandwidth value or support. The ratio of the amount of data transferred or the ratio of the bandwidths that support the transmission, respectively.
  • the offloading rule is used to indicate respective available bandwidth values of the first access technology and the second access technology, or the offloading rule is used to indicate the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the size of the bandwidth that can be supported by the first access technology and the second access technology may be considered, respectively, in the first access technology and The second access technology transmits data packets of different bandwidth values.
  • the foregoing service flow supports packet granularity offloading, that is, the traffic flow can be transmitted from the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the available bandwidth value of the first access technology is A
  • the available bandwidth value of the second access technology is B.
  • the foregoing service flow supports packet granularity offloading, that is, the traffic flow can be transmitted from the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the sum of the available bandwidth values of the first access technology and the second access technology is A, and the ratio of the available bandwidth values of the first access technology and the second access technology is a:b. According to the above, A and a:b are available:
  • the available bandwidth value of the first access technology is A*a/(a+b);
  • the available bandwidth value of the second access technology is A*b/(a+b);
  • Case 2 the terminal device receives a response message from the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the response message is used to indicate that the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session is deleted. success.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device requests to delete the second access technology to update the multiple access PDU session to the single access PDU session, the first core network element needs to delete the result after deleting the second access technology. Inform the terminal device.
  • the response message is further configured to indicate that the service flow is transmitted from the first access technology, where the service flow is not deleted in the second access technology, in the second The traffic flow transmitted on the access technology.
  • the second access technology currently transmits service flow 1 and service flow 2.
  • the above service flow 1 and service flow 2 need to be transmitted on the first access technology that has not been deleted. That is, the description of the service flow 1 and the service flow 2 and the first access technology are used to indicate that the terminal device transmits the service flow 1 and the service flow 2 through the first access technology.
  • the terminal device After receiving the response message sent by the first core network element, the terminal device needs to send a response message. For example, the terminal device sends a response message to the first core network element, and the response message is a reply message of the response message.
  • the response message is used by the terminal device to confirm, by the first core network element, the correspondence between the service flow and the access technology included in the response message sent by the first core network element.
  • the terminal device sends an acknowledgement indication of the response message to the first core network element, where the terminal device accepts the service included in the response message sent by the first core network element. Correspondence between flow and access technology.
  • the confirmation indication of the foregoing correspondence is that the terminal device returns the received and accepted correspondence to the first core network element.
  • the first core network element indicates that the terminal device deletes the second access technology and successfully deletes the following two methods.
  • the first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes the indication information and the response message of the first access technology.
  • the first message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is N2 session management information (N2 SM management information), where the QoS file is included.
  • the QoS file is a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow transmitted from the second access technology to the first access technology; the first access network device sends a response message to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device when receiving the N2 interface session management information, stores the N2 interface session management information.
  • the first core network element sends a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes the second access technology indication information and the N2 resource release request.
  • the foregoing N2 resource release request includes a second identifier, that is, a PDU session ID.
  • the N2 resource release request is used to instruct the second access network device to release the PDU session resource.
  • the second access network device releases the PDU session resource based on the N2 resource release request.
  • Manner 2 The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the first access technology indication information and the response message, and the optional first correspondence relationship of the N2 interface session management information. And a second correspondence between the indication information of the second access technology and the N2 resource release request.
  • the second core network element sends a response message and optional N2 interface session management information to the first access network device corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology based on the first correspondence.
  • the above N2 interface session management information includes a QoS file.
  • the QoS file is a QoS parameter related to the traffic flow transmitted from the second access technology to the first access technology.
  • the first access network device sends a response message to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device stores the N2 interface session management information.
  • the second core network element sends and sends an N2 resource release request to the second access network device corresponding to the indication information of the second access technology, based on the second correspondence.
  • the foregoing N2 resource release request includes a second identifier, that is, a PDU session ID.
  • the N2 resource release request is used to instruct the second access network device to release the PDU session connection resource.
  • the second access network device releases the PDU session resource based on the N2 resource release request.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes:
  • the access network device sends network state information to the first core network element.
  • the access network device sends network state information to the first core network element, where the network state information is used to indicate a data transmission state of the access network device.
  • the access network device sends the network status information to the first core network element, and the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology sends the first network status information to the first core network element.
  • the first network state information is used to indicate that the first access technology supports at least one of a data volume or a bandwidth or a delay or a packet loss rate or a signal strength.
  • the access network device sends the network status information to the first core network element, and the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology sends the second network status information to the first core network element.
  • the second network state information is used to indicate that the second access technology supports at least one of a data volume or a bandwidth or a delay or a packet loss rate or a signal strength.
  • the network status information is a bandwidth value parameter that the access network device can provide for a multiple access PDU session.
  • the first access technology corresponding to the first access network device may provide data transmission with a bandwidth value of A.
  • the network status information is a delay parameter that the access network device can provide for the multiple access PDU session. For example, if the first access technology delay corresponding to the first access network device is 1 ms, the first access technology may provide data transmission with a delay requirement greater than 1 ms.
  • the network status information is a bandwidth value and a delay parameter that the access network device can provide for the multiple access PDU session.
  • the first access technology corresponding to the first access network device may provide a bandwidth value of A and a delay of 1 ms.
  • the network status information is a transmission resource that the access network device can release the traffic flow.
  • the current access quality of the first access technology does not support the normal transmission of the service flow 1, that is, the first access technology releases the transmission resource of the service flow 1.
  • the network status information is a packet loss rate or signal strength corresponding to the access network device.
  • the network status information can be at least one of load, bandwidth, delay, packet loss rate, or signal strength of the access network device.
  • the following is an example in which the first access network device in the access network device sends the network status information to request to update the QoS file of the access technology in the multiple access PDU session.
  • the network status information includes service flow identification information, where the service flow identification information is used to indicate a service flow deleted on the first access technology. It should be understood that when only one service flow is transmitted on the first access technology, the service flow identification information is not required to indicate the corresponding service flow.
  • the foregoing first network state information includes multiple access PDU session identification information, where the multiple access PDU session identification information is used to indicate which multi-access PDU session is deleted on the first access technology. . It should be understood that when only one multiple access PDU session is included between the terminal device and the UPF network element, the multiple access PDU session identification information is not required to indicate the corresponding multiple access PDU session.
  • the first access network device sends the first network state information to the first core network element by using the first access technology, and indicates that the resource used for transmitting the service flow on the first access technology is released by the first access network device.
  • the first network state information is further used to indicate that the first core network element configures a QoS file of the second access technology, where the second access technology is between the terminal device and the UPF network element.
  • the first core network element configures the QoS of the second access technology to be 15 megabytes.
  • the access network device receives the indication information from the first core network element.
  • the access network device receives the indication information sent by the first core network element, where the indication information is used to request the access network device to allocate a QoS parameter corresponding to the network status information.
  • the first access network device receives the fourth indication information from the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the first access network device updates the first access technology QoS file.
  • the updating the QoS file of the first access technology includes:
  • the first access network device sets the bandwidth of the first access technology to a, and a is less than or equal to the above A.
  • the updating the QoS file of the first access technology includes:
  • the delay of the first access network device setting the first access technology is x ms, and x ms is less than or equal to the above 1 ms.
  • the updating the QoS file of the first access technology includes:
  • the first access network device sets the bandwidth value of the first access technology to a and the delay requirement to be x ms, and a is less than or equal to the above A and x ms is less than or equal to the above 1 ms.
  • the first access network device receives the fourth indication information from the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted from the second access technology.
  • the service flow is a service flow corresponding to the service flow description information, where the service flow description information is information that is sent by the terminal device to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the first connection is
  • the ingress technology and the second access technology are access technologies for multiple access PDU sessions between the terminal device and the UPF network element.
  • the receiving, by the second access network device, the fifth indication information from the first core network element includes:
  • the second access network device receives the fifth indication information that is sent by the network element of the first core network, where the fifth indication information is used to request the second access network device to allocate the information corresponding to the first network state information.
  • the first core network element may update the QoS file of the second access technology according to the first network state information reported by the first access network device, where the QoS file includes related QoS parameters.
  • the second The access network device receives the fifth indication information from the first core network element by using the second access technology, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the second access network device updates the second access technology
  • the QoS file enables the second access technology to transmit the traffic flow.
  • the first access network device deletes the transmission resource of the transport service flow 1 on the first access technology, and sends the network status information to notify the first A core network element.
  • the first core network element needs to set the QoS file of the second access technology, so that the second access technology can transmit the service flow 1 to ensure normal transmission of the service flow 1.
  • the current QoS file of the second access technology includes a QoS parameter of QoS1, and QoS1 needs to be updated to QoS2 to satisfy the normal transmission of service flow 1.
  • the fifth indication information sent by the first core network element includes QoS2, and the second access device receives the fifth indication information, and can update QoS1 to QoS2.
  • the second access network device can send the second network state information to the first core network element.
  • the second network state information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the second access network device.
  • the first core network element needs to process the request message of the terminal device and the indication message of the access network device, and returns a corresponding response message.
  • the present application is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 and FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes:
  • the first core network element receives a request message from the terminal device.
  • the first core network element receives the request message from the terminal device by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow, where the request message includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine The business flow.
  • the first access technology and the second access technology are two different access technologies in a multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element, and the request message is
  • the request message described in FIG. 3 is consistent, and can carry a variety of information, and details are not described herein again.
  • the method further includes determining, by the first core network element, an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
  • the first core network element determines, according to the request message and the first core network element policy, that the service flow is transmitted by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the core network policy is the traffic split policy information configured on the PCF or SMF.
  • the PCF configures the offload policy
  • the PCF sends the offload policy to the SMF.
  • the PCC (Policy and Charging Control) rule sent by the PCF to the SMF includes the foregoing traffic off policy.
  • the foregoing traffic distribution policy includes a packet flow (Packet Filter(s)) or a service flow template (SDF template) corresponding to an access technology, and an optional routing factor.
  • the foregoing access technology is a first access technology, or a second access technology, or a first access technology and a second access technology, or multiple access indications.
  • the foregoing first access technology and the second access technology or multiple access indications are used to indicate that the service flow can be transmitted in any one or two of the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • a routing factor is also included for each access technology.
  • the routing factor is set to "NULL/empty", it means that the amount of data transmitted by each access technology is not limited.
  • the routing factor is a specific value (such as a:b), it indicates the specific transmission data magnitude, or bandwidth value, or data volume ratio or bandwidth ratio of each access technology.
  • the routing factor corresponding to the first access technology is a
  • the routing factor corresponding to the second access technology is b
  • the first access technology transmits the total data volume or the total bandwidth.
  • the second access technology transmits the total amount of data or b / (a + b) of the total bandwidth.
  • the same offloading policy information described above can also be configured on the SMF.
  • the first access technology and the second access technology are indicated by the PCF in the offloading policy information, and the routing factor of each access technology is determined by the SMF based on the network link status.
  • the terminal device requests to transmit a traffic flow on the first access technology. Then, if the terminal device allows the first core network element to modify the request, the first core network element allocates a resource transmission service flow on the second access technology.
  • the terminal device requests to transmit a traffic flow on the second access technology.
  • the first core network element allocates a resource transmission service flow on the second access technology.
  • the terminal device requests to transmit the traffic flow on the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the first core network element allocates a resource transmission service flow on the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the first core network element receives the correspondence between the third identifier included in the request message and the multiple access technology transmission indication.
  • the first core network element supports the TFCP protocol
  • the first core network element allows the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform multi-access technology transmission or allows the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform TFCP encapsulation.
  • the first core network element sends a response message to the terminal device.
  • the first core network element sends a response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, where the response message includes the first identifier information and the second access technology Instructions; or,
  • the response message includes the first identifier information, the indication information of the first access technology, and the indication information of the second access technology, to indicate that the service flow passes the second access technology, Or the first access technology and the second access technology are transmitted.
  • the response message includes a third identifier and a multi-connection technology transmission indication.
  • the foregoing third identifier and multiple access technology transmission indication indicates that the first core network element allows/authorizes the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform multi-access technology transmission or allows/authorizes the third service determined by the third identifier.
  • the stream is TFCP encapsulated.
  • the third identifier is a Packet Filter (s) or a Service Data Flow Template (SDF Template) or a QFI or PDU Session ID.
  • the multiple access technology transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication or a packet granularity offload indication.
  • the sending, by the first core network element, the response message to the terminal device includes: the indication information of the first/second access technology described below may also be defined as the first/second access technology indication or the first One/two access technology identification.
  • the first core network element (such as the SMF network element shown in FIG. 2) sends a first message to the second core network element (such as the AMF network element shown in FIG. 2), where the first message includes the first access technology.
  • Instructions and response messages ;
  • the second core network element sends the response message to the first access network device according to the indication information of the first access technology, and the first access network device sends the response message to the terminal device.
  • the first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the second access technology and a response message;
  • the second core network element sends the response message to the second access network device according to the indication information of the second access technology, and the second access network device sends the response message to the terminal device.
  • the first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes a second access technology and a first access technology correspondence relationship and a response message;
  • the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes a correspondence between the first access technology and the response message, and a correspondence between the second access technology and the second indication information.
  • the second core network element sends the response message to the first access network device based on the first access technology and the response message, and the first access network device sends the response message to the terminal device. .
  • the second core network element may correspond to the corresponding relationship.
  • the access network device sends a response message.
  • the transmitting, by the second access technology, the service flow comprises:
  • the first core network element sends a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and second indication information.
  • the second indication information may be N2 Session Management Information (N2 SM management information).
  • the second indication information includes a QoS file
  • the QoS The file includes QoS parameters related to the service flow
  • the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the indication information of the first access technology and the response message, and the technical indication information and the second indication of the second access Information correspondence.
  • the second core network element sends a second indication information to the second access network device according to the mapping between the indication information of the second access technology and the second indication information, and instructs the second access network device to update the second access technology.
  • the QoS parameters enable the traffic flow to be transmitted by the second access network device.
  • the transmitting, by the first access technology and the second access technology, the service flow includes:
  • the first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology, third indication information, and a response message.
  • the third indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow.
  • the third indication information may be N2 Session Management Information (N2 SM management information) for indicating that the QoS parameter of the first access technology is updated.
  • N2 SM management information N2 Session Management Information
  • the first core network element sends a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and second indication information.
  • the second indication information may be used by the session management information (SM information) to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second access technology is updated.
  • SM information session management information
  • the second core network element sends a third indication information and a response message to the first access network device, instructing the first access network device to update the QoS parameter of the first access technology, so that the service flow can pass the The first access network device transmits.
  • the response message is continuously sent by the first access network device to the terminal device.
  • the second core network element sends second indication information to the second access network device, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow. Instructing the second access network device to update the QoS parameters of the second access technology, so that the service flow can be transmitted by the second access network device.
  • the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the first correspondence between the indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information and the response message, and the second access The second correspondence between the technology and the second indication information.
  • the second core network element sends a third indication information and a response message to the first access network device corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology, and indicates that the first access network device updates the first connection.
  • the QoS parameters of the incoming technology enable the traffic flow to be transmitted by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device sends a response message to the terminal device.
  • the second core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the indication information of the second access technology, and the second access network device is configured to update the second access technology.
  • the QoS parameters enable the traffic flow to be transmitted by the second access network device.
  • the first core network element may also be used to send an N4 session message to the third core network element (such as the UPF network element shown in FIG. 1), and the N4 session message includes the S4 network element (such as the SMF network element shown in FIG. 1).
  • the N4 session has a one-to-one correspondence with the PDU Session.
  • the multiple access technology transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication or a packet granularity offload indication.
  • the UPF stores a correspondence between the fourth identifier and the multiple access transmission indication, and the UPF performs TFCP header parsing on the user plane data based on the foregoing relationship.
  • the user plane network element UPF includes the TFCP header based on the QFI determination data received by the user plane, or determines that the data of the PDU session includes the TFCP header based on the user plane tunnel identifier, or determines the end marker according to the end identifier End marker data packet.
  • the data received after the packet contains the TFCP header.
  • the user plane network element UPF sorts the data packets based on the sequence numbers contained in the TFCP header.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes:
  • the first core network element receives network state information from the access network device.
  • the first core network element receives the network status information from the access network device, where the network status information is used to indicate the data transmission status of the access network device;
  • the first core network element receives the first network state information from the first access network device.
  • the first core network element receives second network state information from the second access network device.
  • the first network state information is used to indicate that the first access technology currently supports the amount of data or transmission bandwidth that is transmitted. For example, indicating that the first access technology can support at least one of a bandwidth value of transmission or a delay or packet loss rate or signal strength.
  • the first network state information is used to indicate that the first access technology releases a transmission resource of a service flow, where the service flow is any service flow transmitted on the first access technology. For example, indicating that the first access technology does not support the transmission of the traffic flow 1 due to quality reasons, the transmission resource of the traffic flow 1 is released.
  • the method also includes the first core network element determining a QoS file corresponding to the network status information.
  • the first core network element determines a QoS file of the access network device according to the network status information.
  • the first core network element configures a QoS file of the first access technology, for example, a bandwidth value or a delay value of the first access technology, according to the network status information.
  • the first core network element configures a QoS file of the second access technology, for example, a bandwidth value or a delay value of the second access technology, according to the network status information.
  • the first core network element configures the QoS file of the second access technology according to the network state information, so that the second access technology can transmit the service corresponding to the resource released by the first access technology. flow.
  • the first core network element sends the indication information to the access network device.
  • the first core network element sends the indication information to the access network device, where the indication information includes a quality of service QoS file corresponding to the network status information that is sent to the access network device.
  • the first core network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the first access network device to update the A QoS file for access technology.
  • the fourth indication information includes a bandwidth value or a delay value of the first access technology.
  • the fourth indication information includes a QoS file of the first access technology after the transmission resource corresponding to the release service flow of the first access technology.
  • the first core network element sends the fifth indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the second access network device is updated.
  • the QoS file of the second access technology is used to indicate that the second access network device is updated.
  • the fifth indication information includes a bandwidth value or a delay value of the second access technology.
  • the fifth indication information includes the transmission resource corresponding to the release service flow of the first access technology
  • the QoS parameter of the second access technology, and the QoS of the second access technology are configured.
  • the second access technology can support the transmission of the service flow.
  • the first core network element sends the fourth indication information and sends the fifth indication information. Similar to the sending of the response message to the terminal device shown in FIG. 6, the first core network (SMF) network element may send two messages to the second core network (AMF) network element, and the second core network element sends the corresponding connection.
  • SMF first core network
  • AMF second core network
  • the first core network element sends a message to the second core network element, and the second core network element is based on the correspondence between the indication information and the access technology in the message sent by the first core network element, The indication information in the message is sent to the corresponding access network device.
  • 3-7 illustrate the roles played by various parts of the communication system in different embodiments from the perspectives of the terminal device, the access network device, and the first core network element.
  • the first access network device is an NG-RAN
  • the second access network device is an N3 IWF
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the service flow is an example of a new or updated service flow 1 in a multiple access PDU session.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a first embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device initiates a modify PDU session request message through the 3GPP access technology, so that the terminal device can transmit the service flow 1 through the Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the NG-RAN, where the request message is a PDU session Modification Request message.
  • the PDU session Modification Request message may be carried in a Non-Access-Stratume transport (NAS Transpor) message.
  • NAS Transpor Non-Access-Stratume transport
  • the PDU Session Modification Request message may be the request message described in FIG.
  • the request message includes at least one of a first identifier, a second identifier, a requested QoS parameter, a requested access technology, or a QoS rule identifier.
  • the first identifier is the flow description information of the service flow 1
  • the second identifier is the PDU session ID
  • the access technology is the Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the request message further includes first indication information that allows the SMF to modify the correspondence between the service flow 1 and the access technology.
  • the service flow description or the QFI or PDU session identifier is associated with the multiple access technology transmission indication.
  • the NG-RAN sends a request message to the AMF network element.
  • the NAS transport sends the request message to the AMF, and the NAStransport message.
  • the AMF network element receives the NAS transport message and sends a request message to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element allows the service flow 1 to be transmitted through the Non-3GPP access technology side according to the PDU session modification request message and the SMF policy, and the SMF updates the QoS profile of the Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the above SMF policy includes a locally configured traffic distribution rule or a traffic distribution rule sent by the PCF.
  • the SMF sends the QoS file of the Non-3GPP access technology, enabling the Non-3GPP access technology to transmit the new or updated service flow 1.
  • the SMF policy information is obtained from the PCF, and the acquisition mode is similar to the existing information transmission, and is not shown in the figure.
  • the SMF After receiving the request message and determining the QoS profile of the Non-3GPP access technology, the SMF needs to notify the N3IWF to update the QoS profile of the corresponding Non-3GPP access technology, and send a PDU session modification response message to the terminal device.
  • the PDU session modification response message includes a first identifier and an authorized access technology, and the authorized access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology.
  • the foregoing message includes a service flow description or a correspondence between a QFI or PDU session identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication, and is used to indicate that the network side allows/authorizes the corresponding service flow or the QFI or PDU session to perform multiple access technology transmission, or performs TFCP package.
  • the process includes:
  • the SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element.
  • the first message includes the access technology type set to 3GPP access, PDU session modification command (PDU session Modification command) message.
  • PDU session modification response message includes a correspondence between the flow description information of the service flow 1 and the Non-3GPP access technology or a correspondence relationship with the QoS rule 1.
  • the above QoS rule 1 is a QoS rule on the Non-3GPP side.
  • the service flow description or the QFI or PDU session identifier and the multiple access technology transmission indication correspondence are included.
  • the multi-access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the data packet of the corresponding service flow or QFI or PDU session supports multiple access technology transmission, or supports TFCP protocol encapsulation, or supports packet granularity distribution.
  • the SMF network element sends a second message to the AMF network element, where the second message includes the access technology type set to Non-3GPP, N2 Session Management Information (N2 SM information), and the N2 SM information is included QoS profile configured by Non-3GPP.
  • N2 Session Management Information N2 SM information
  • the AMF network element sends a first N2 session request message to the NG-RAN according to the 3GPP access, where the PDU session modification response message is included.
  • the AMF network element sends a second N2 session request message to the N3IWF, where the N2 SM information in the foregoing S460 is included. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS profile of the Non-3GPP side, so that the service flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP.
  • the SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element.
  • the third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the 3GPP access and the PDU session modification response message, and the access technology type is set to correspond to the Non-3GPP access and the N2 SM information.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the PDU session modification response message according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the PDU session modification response message is included.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the N2 SM information according to the type of the access technology, and sends an N2 session request message, which includes the N2 SM information, to the N3IWF. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS profile of the Non-3GPP side, so that the service flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP.
  • the NG-RAN sends a PDU session modification response message to the terminal device.
  • the PDU session modification response message includes a correspondence between the flow description information of the service flow 1 and the Non-3GPP or a corresponding relationship with the QoS rule, and the correspondence is used to indicate that the service flow 1 added by the terminal device is transmitted from the Non-3GPP.
  • the PDU session modification response message includes a service flow description or a correspondence between a QFI or PDU session identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication.
  • the multi-access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the data packet of the corresponding service flow or QFI or PDU session supports multiple access technology transmission, or supports TFCP protocol encapsulation, or supports packet granularity distribution.
  • the NG-RAN sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element.
  • the NG-RAN is instructed to successfully receive the N2 Session Request message.
  • the terminal device sends a PDU session modification response response message to the SMF network element. Indicates that the terminal device successfully completed the update request.
  • the SMF network element sends an N4 session new or update request message to the UPF network element to determine that the PDU session has been modified.
  • the foregoing N4 session new or update request message includes a service flow description or a service flow template or at least one of a QFI or PDU session ID or an N4 session identifier and a multi-access technology transmission indication correspondence.
  • the multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the data packet of the corresponding service flow or service flow template or QFI or PDU session supports multiple access technology transmission, or supports TFCP protocol encapsulation, or supports packet granularity distribution.
  • FIG. 8 is only a specific embodiment.
  • the foregoing service flow 1 and the request message sent from the 3GPP are only examples, and the scope of protection of the present application cannot be limited.
  • it may also be an access technology that needs to update the session when the traffic flow 1 in the original multiple access PDU session changes.
  • a request message may also be sent from Non-3GPP requesting to update the 3GPP QoS profile.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for initiating an update of a request message from a 3GPP to update a Non-3GPP. The following describes a flow of an access technology in an access multi-access PDU session initiated by an access network device.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a second embodiment of the present application.
  • the NG-RAN initiates a Non-3GPP modification request message in the multi-access PDU session by the 3GPP, so that the Non-3GPP can transmit the schematic diagram of the service flow 1 deleted on the 3GPP.
  • the NG-RAN sends a request message to the AMF network element, where the request message is an N2 request message, for example, the 3GPP quality is degraded, and the normal transmission of the service flow 1 cannot be supported, and the N2 request message includes the 3GP P side of the NG-RAN release. Transmit the resources of service flow 1.
  • the request message is an N2 request message, for example, the 3GPP quality is degraded, and the normal transmission of the service flow 1 cannot be supported, and the N2 request message includes the 3GP P side of the NG-RAN release.
  • the AMF network element notifies the SMF network element of a state change of the NG-RAN access network device.
  • the SMF network element sends the N2 SM information to the N3IWF, where the updated Non-3GPP QoS file is carried. Enables Non-3GPP to transmit the traffic stream 1. And, the QoS file of the non-3GPP side is configured based on the QoS parameter of the NG-RAN released 3GPP transport service stream 1.
  • Updating the QoS profile of the Non-3GPP side and the 3GPP side by the SMF network element includes notifying the N3 IWF to modify the QoS profile of the corresponding Non-3GPP, and notifying the NG-RAN to modify the QoS profile of the corresponding 3GPP.
  • the process includes:
  • the SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element.
  • the first message includes an access technology type set to 3GPP access, and optionally, a PDU session modification response message and a first update message, where the first update message is N2 Session Management information (N2 SM) Information), the first SM information includes a QoS profile configured for 3GPP.
  • N2 SM N2 Session Management information
  • the SMF sends a second message to the AMF, where the second message includes an access technology type set to Non-3GPP access, and an optional PDU session modification response message and a second update message, where the second update message is the second N2.
  • the N2 SM management information includes a QoS profile configured for the Non-3GPP in the second N2 SM information.
  • the PDU Session Modification Response message exists only in S540 or S550.
  • the S550 does not include the PDU session modification response message.
  • the AMF network element sends the first N2 SM information to the NG-RAN. It is used to instruct the NG-RAN to update the current QoS parameters of the 3GPP.
  • the AMF network element sends the second N2 SM information to the N3IWF. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS parameters of Non-3GPP, so that the traffic flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP.
  • the received PDU session modification response message NG-RAN or N3IWF continues to transmit the PDU session modification response message to the terminal device.
  • the SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element.
  • the third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the first N2 SM information, and the access technology type is set to be Non-3GPP access corresponding to the second N2 SM information.
  • the PDU Session Modification Response message corresponds to 3GPP access or to non-3GPP access.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the first N2 SM information according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, including the first N2 SM information. If the PDU session modification response message corresponds to the 3GPP access, the N2 session request message further includes a PDU session modification response message.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the second N2 SM information according to the access technology type, and send an N2 session request message to the N3IWF, including the second N2 SM information. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS parameters of Non-3GPP, so that the traffic flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP. If the PDU session modification response message corresponds to the non-3GPP access, the N2 session request message further includes a PDU session modification response message.
  • the N3IWF sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element, and is used to reply to the N2 session request message, indicating that the QoS parameter of the Non-3GPP has been updated.
  • the NG-RAN network element sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element, and is used to reply to the N2 session request message, indicating that the QoS parameter of the 3GPP has been updated.
  • S591 The SMF network element sends an N4 session new or modified message to the UPF network element to determine that the multiple access PDU session has been modified.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for initiating a request message for updating a Non-3GPP from a 3GPP, and a flow of a request message for a terminal device to initiate an update of 3GPP and Non-3GPP from a 3GPP is briefly described below with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a third embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device initiates a PDU session modification request message by using the 3GPP technology, so that, in the case that the service flow 1 supports the packet offload, the terminal device can simultaneously transmit the service flow 1 through the 3GPP technology and the Non-3GPP technology.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the NG-RAN through the 3GPP, where the request message is a PDU session modification request message.
  • the PDU session Modification Request can be carried in the NAS transport message.
  • the multi-access PDU session modification request message is the request message described in FIG. Specifically, the request message includes a PDU session ID, a flow description information of the service flow 1, a requested QoS parameter, a correspondence between the service flow 1 and the requested 3GPP access technology and the Non-3GPP access technology, or corresponding to the requested QoS rule1. relationship.
  • the above QoS rule 1 is a QoS rule applicable to the 3GPP access technology and the Non-GPP access technology side.
  • the NG-RAN sends the NAS transport message to the AMF network element, where the PDU session modification request message is included.
  • the AMF network element receives the NAS tansport message, and sends the PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element.
  • Network element
  • the SMF network element determines, according to the PDU session modification request message and the first core network element policy, that the service flow 1 can be transmitted on the 3GPP and the Non-3GPP side, and the SMF updates the QoS profile of the 3GPP and the Non-3GPP.
  • the SMF determines the routing factor according to the offloading policy delivered by the PCF or according to at least one of the local policy or the network status of the two sides, that is, determining the 3GPP access technology and its routing factor a, the Non-3GPP access technology and its routing factor. b.
  • the QoS files of the 3GPP side and the Non-3GPP side are set, so that the 3GPP and the Non-3GPP access technology can simultaneously transmit the newly added service flow 1.
  • the guaranteed bandwidth required by the service flow 1 is A
  • the routing factor of the 3GPP side and the Non-3GPP access technology side is a:b
  • the guaranteed bandwidth in the QoS file of the 3GPP access technology side is A*a/( a+b)
  • the guaranteed bandwidth in the Non-3GPP access technology side QoS file is A*b/(a+b).
  • the SMF network element After receiving the PDU session modification request message and determining the QoS profile of the 3GPP access technology and the Non-3GPP access technology, the SMF network element needs to notify the NG-RAN and the N3 IWF to modify the QoS profile of the corresponding 3GPP side and the Non-3GPP side, and Give the terminal device a PDU session modification response message.
  • the PDU session modification response message includes a correspondence between the first identifier and the first access technology and the second access indication.
  • at least one of a routing factor of the first access technology and a routing factor of the second access technology can be set to null or a specific value a:b.
  • the process includes:
  • the SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element.
  • the first message includes an access technology type set to 3GPP access, a PDU session modification command, and first update information, where the first update information may be the first N2 session management information (N2). SM information).
  • the SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element.
  • the first message includes an access technology type set to Non-3GPP access and second update information, and the second update information may be N2Session Management information (N2 SM information).
  • N2 SM information N2Session Management information
  • PDU session Modification command may be carried in the first message and/or the second message, which is taken as an example in the first message.
  • the AMF network element sends an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the first update information and the PDU session modification response message are included.
  • the QoS profile for instructing the NG-RAN to update the corresponding 3GPP side has transmitted a PDU session modification response to the terminal device.
  • the AMF network element sends an N2 session request message to the N3IWF, where the second update information is included. Used to indicate that the N3IWF updates the corresponding QoS profile of the Non-3GPP side.
  • the SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element.
  • the third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the first update information and the PDU session modification response message, and the access technology type is set to correspond to the second update information.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the first update information and the PDU session modification response message according to the access technology type, and send an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the first update information and the PDU session modification response message are included. It is used to instruct the NG-RAN to update the current QoS file of the 3GPP, so that the service flow 1 can be transmitted through 3GPP. And, instructing the NG-RAN to send a PDU session modification response message to the terminal device.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the second update information according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the N3IWF. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS file of Non-3GPP, so that the service flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP.
  • the NG-RAN sends a PDU session modification response message to the terminal device.
  • the PDU session modification response message includes a correspondence between a flow description of the traffic flow 1 and a 3GPP access technology and a Non-3GPP access technology, or a flow description of the traffic flow 1 and a QoS rule1, where the QoS rule 1 is applicable to the 3GPP side and the Non. - QoS rule on the 3GPP side.
  • the correspondence is used to indicate that the service flow 1 added by the terminal device is transmitted from 3GPP and Non-3GPP.
  • a flow description or a QFI or PDU session ID and a multiple access transmission indication correspondence are also included.
  • the multi-access transmission indication is used to indicate that the network side allows the corresponding service flow or the data packet of the QoS flow or PDU session to perform multi-access technology transmission, or performs TFCP encapsulation.
  • the NG-RAN sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element.
  • the NG-RAN is instructed to successfully receive the N2 Session Request message.
  • the terminal device sends a PDU session modification response response message to the SMF network element. Indicates that the terminal device successfully completed the update request.
  • the SMF network element sends an N4 session creation or modification request message to the UPF network element to determine that the PDU session has been modified.
  • the message carries a flow description or a flow template or a QFI or PDU session ID or a N4 session identifier and a multi-access technology transmission indication correspondence.
  • the multiple access technology transmission indication is a Traffic Flow Control Policy (TFCP) indication, or a packet granularity distribution indication.
  • TFCP Traffic Flow Control Policy
  • the function of the foregoing parameter is to indicate that the service flow corresponding to the user plane function network element UPF or the data packet of the QoS flow or PDU session supports transmission in multiple access technologies, or the network element supports TFCP header encapsulation.
  • the terminal device transmits uplink data to the NG-RAN.
  • the terminal device sends a service flow data packet to the NG-RAN on the user plane.
  • the access network device may be an NG-RAN on the 3GPP side or an N3IWF on the Non-3GPP side, or a trusted access gateway or a fixed network access gateway device (Access Gateway). Function, AGF), etc.
  • Traffic 1 supports packet granularity, ie traffic 1 can be transmitted from multiple access technologies. Traffic 1 supports TFCP encapsulation, that is, all packets of service flow 1 carry the TFCP header.
  • the service flow granularity indicates that all data packets of the relevant service flow are subjected to packet granularity or TFCP protocol header encapsulation.
  • the QoS flow granularity indicates that all data flows of the relevant QoS flow are subjected to packet granularity splitting or TFCP protocol header encapsulation.
  • the PDU session granularity indicates that all data flows in the relevant PDU session are subjected to packet granularity splitting or TFCP protocol header encapsulation.
  • Execution granularity 1 packet granularity of service flow granularity or TFCP protocol header encapsulation
  • the terminal device decides to perform the traffic flow 1 multiple access offload, and the terminal device encapsulates the data packet of the traffic flow 1 in the TFCP header.
  • the terminal device sends the TFCP indication information to the NG-RAN.
  • the TFCP indication information indicates that the data packet of the service flow 1 is encapsulated by the TFCP header, or the TFCP indication information indicates that the upper layer protocol of the data packet is the TFCP protocol.
  • the terminal device determines to perform the traffic flow 1 multiple access offload, and the terminal device sends the sequence number of the data packet of the service flow 1 to the NG-RAN.
  • the serial number can indicate the order of the data packets in traffic flow 1.
  • the service flow 1 includes the data packet 1 and the data packet 2, and the order of the data packet 1 is the first data packet, the sequence number 1 of the data packet 1 is sent to the NG-RAN, and the order of the data packet 2 is the second. For each data packet, the sequence number 2 of the data packet 2 is sent to the NG-RAN.
  • the receiving data terminal can determine the order of the data packet according to the serial number of the data packet, and correctly receive the data packet.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element, requesting that the data packet be transmitted by using multiple access technologies.
  • the request message includes a third identifier and a multiple access transmission indication correspondence, where the third identifier is used to determine a service flow that performs packet granularity offloading or performs TFCP protocol header encapsulation, where the multiple access transmission indication is used for The service flow is indicated to support multiple access technology transmissions.
  • the multiple access transmission indication may be a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granularity offload indication.
  • the NG-RAN sends the foregoing data packet.
  • the NG-RAN sends the above data packet and the TFCP indication to the UPF. Specifically, after the NG-RAN obtains the TFCP indication, the NG-RAN adds a TFCP indication to the packet header sent to the UPF.
  • the UPF learns that the upper layer protocol of the protocol layer is the TFCP protocol based on the TFCP indication, or the UPF learns that the inner layer data packet is encapsulated by the TFCP based on the TFCP indication. Subsequent UPFs will parse the packets according to the TFCP protocol.
  • the NG-RAN sends the above data packet and the packet sequence number to the UPF. Specifically, after the access network device obtains the data packet sequence number, the NG-RAN adds the data packet sequence number to the UPF in the message header sent to the UPF. The UPF reorders the data packets based on the above sequence number, and correctly parses the traffic flow 1.
  • the S694 and S695 data are used as an example.
  • the multi-access offload indication is added to the uplink message, and the service flow is performed to indicate the packet granularity.
  • the downlink data is similar to the uplink, and will not be described here.
  • Execution granularity 2 QoS flow granularity packet granularity or TFCP protocol header encapsulation
  • the terminal device transmits uplink data to the NG-RAN.
  • the terminal device sends a service flow data packet to the NG-RAN on the user plane.
  • the terminal device sends the QoS flow identifier to which the data packet belongs, that is, QFI, to the NG-RAN.
  • the NG-RAN sends the foregoing data packet.
  • the NG-RAN sends the above data packet to the UPF and simultaneously sends the QFI to the UPF. Specifically, when the NG-RAN obtains the QFI, the NG-RAN adds a QFI to the packet header sent to the UPF. Based on the QFI, the UPF learns that the upper layer protocol of the protocol layer is the TFCP protocol, or the UPF learns that the inner layer data packet is encapsulated by the TFCP protocol header based on the QFI. The subsequent UPF will parse the data packet according to the TFCP protocol. Specifically, the UPF obtains the data packet sequence number in the TFCP protocol header, and performs data packet ordering based on the above sequence number.
  • the downlink data is similar to the uplink, and will not be described here.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element, requesting that the data packet be transmitted by using multiple access technologies.
  • the request message includes a third identifier and a multiple access transmission indication correspondence.
  • the third identifier is the QoS flow identifier QFI.
  • the multiple access transmission indication may be a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granular offload indication.
  • the third identifier is used to determine a QoS flow for packet granularity splitting or TFCP protocol header encapsulation, and the multiple access transmission indication is used to indicate that all service flows of the QoS flow support multiple access technology transmissions.
  • the terminal device transmits uplink data to the NG-RAN.
  • the terminal device sends a service flow data packet to the NG-RAN on the user plane.
  • the terminal device sends the data packet to the NG-RAN on the access side connection corresponding to the PDU session to which it belongs.
  • the NG-RAN sends the foregoing data packet.
  • the NG-RAN sends the above data packet to the UPF. Specifically, the NG-RAN sends the foregoing data packet to the UPF on the user plane tunnel corresponding to the PDU session to which the data packet belongs.
  • the UPF identifies the PDU session to which the data packet belongs based on the tunnel identifier, and determines that the upper layer protocol is the TFCP protocol based on the PDU session, or the UPF learns that the inner layer data packet is encapsulated by the TFCP based on the PDU session.
  • the subsequent UPF will parse the data packet according to the TFCP protocol. Specifically, the UPF obtains the data packet sequence number in the TFCP protocol header, and performs data packet ordering based on the above sequence number.
  • the downlink data is similar to the uplink, and will not be described here.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element, requesting that the data packet be transmitted by using multiple access technologies.
  • the request message includes a third identifier and a multiple access transmission indication correspondence.
  • the third identifier is a PDU session ID.
  • the multiple access transmission indication may be a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granular offload indication.
  • the third identifier is used to determine a PDU session for packet granularity splitting or TFCP protocol header encapsulation, and the multiple access transmission indication is used to indicate that all service flows of the PDU session support multiple access technology transmissions.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an embodiment in which the RAN initiates a request message for updating Non-3GPP from 3GPP.
  • the flow of the RAN to initiate the update of 3GPP and Non-3GPP from the 3GPP is briefly described below with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a fourth embodiment of the present application.
  • the NG-RAN initiates a network status report from the 3GPP technology side, and is used to update the schematic diagrams of 3GPP and Non-3GPP.
  • the NG-RAN sends network status information to the AMF network element. It is used to indicate the current network connection status of the 3GPP side corresponding to the NG-RAN. For example, it may be at least one of a bandwidth value or a delay value that the NG-RAN supports transmission, or a packet loss rate or a signal strength.
  • the AMF network element sends the foregoing network state information to the SMF network element.
  • the session management function network element needs to modify the QoS files of 3GPP and Non-3GPP according to the first network state information, and notify the NG-RAN and the N3 IWF.
  • the process includes:
  • the SMF sends a first message to the AMF network element, where the first message includes an access technology type set to 3GPP access, a first update message, and the first update message is the first N2 session management information (N2).
  • N2 session management information N2
  • the first N2 SM information includes a QoS profile configured for the 3GPP based on the first network state information.
  • the SMF sends a second message to the AMF network element, where the second message includes an access technology type set to Non-3GPP access, a second update message, and the second update message is a second N2 session management information (Session Management information, N2 SM information), the second N2 SM information includes a QoS profile configured for Non-3GPP.
  • the second N2 SM information includes a QoS profile configured for the non-3GPP based on the first network state information.
  • the PDU session modification command may also be carried in the first message or the second message.
  • the foregoing message carries a correspondence between the service flow and the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the routing factor corresponding to each access technology is based on the first network state information setting.
  • the AMF network element sends the first N2 SM information to the NG-RAN. It is used to instruct the NG-RAN to update the current QoS file of the 3GPP.
  • the AMF network element sends the second N2 SM information to the N3IWF. Used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS file of Non-3GPP.
  • the PDU session Modification command is sent by the NG-RAN or N3IWF to the UE.
  • the SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element.
  • the third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the first N2 SM information, and the access technology type is set to correspond to the second N2 SM information.
  • the PDU session Modification command may also correspond to 3GPP access or non-3GPP access.
  • the foregoing message carries a correspondence between the service flow and the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the routing factor corresponding to each access technology is based on the first network state information setting.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the first N2 SM information according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the first N2 SM information is included.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the second N2 SM information according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the N3IWF, where the second N2 SM information is included.
  • the N3IWF sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element, and is used as a reply of the N2 session request message, indicating that the QoS file of the Non-3GPP has been updated.
  • the NG-RAN network element sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element for replying to the N2 session request message, indicating that the 3GPP QoS file has been updated.
  • the PDU session Modification command is sent by the NG-RAN or N3IWF to the UE.
  • S790 The SMF network element sends a session modification message to the UPF network element to determine that the multi-access PDU session has been modified.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a request for a terminal device to initiate a request to update a second access technology from a first access technology. The following is a brief description of a request for a terminal device to initiate a second access technology deletion from a first access technology. The flow of the message.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a fifth embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device initiates a PDU session modification request message or a PDU session release request message by using the 3GPP access technology, and is used to delete the connection on the Non-3GPP side in the multiple access PDU session, so that the multiple access PDU session Updated as a schematic diagram of a single access PDU session.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the NG-RAN through the 3GPP side, where the request message is a PDU session modification request message or a PDU session release request message, where the message is used to delete the Non-3GPP side connection.
  • the PDU session modification request message is a specific embodiment of the request message described in FIG. Specifically, the request message includes a first identifier, and an optional deletion indication. The first identifier indicates the deleted Non-3GPP access, and the deletion indication indicates that the session connection on the access technology side indicated by the first identifier is deleted.
  • the NG-RAN sends the foregoing PDU session modification request message or PDU session release request message to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element sends the foregoing PDU session modification request message or PDU session release request message to the SMF network element.
  • Network element
  • the SMF network element deletes the session connection on the Non-3GPP side according to the foregoing PDU session modification request message or the PDU session release request message.
  • the SMF network element receives the request message and deletes the session connection on the Non-3GPP side, including notifying the N3IWF to delete the corresponding session resource and sending a response message to the terminal device.
  • the process includes:
  • the SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element.
  • the first message includes an access technology type set to 3GPP access, a PDU session modification response message, or a PDU session release response message.
  • the SMF network element sends a second message to the AMF network element, where the second message includes the access technology type set to Non-3GPP access and the N2 resource release request.
  • the above N2 resource release request includes a PDU session ID.
  • the N3IWF determines the deleted PDU session resource based on the PDU session ID.
  • the AMF network element sends a first N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message is carried.
  • the service flow is transmitted on the Non-3GPP, and after the Non-3GPP needs to be deleted, the service flow is transmitted on the 3GPP.
  • the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message includes a correspondence between the flow description information of the service flow and the 3GPP, and indicates that the service flow is transmitted on the 3GPP.
  • the AMF network element sends a second N2 session request message to the N3IWF, where the N2 resource release request is carried. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to delete the session resources of the Non-3GPP side.
  • the above N2 resource release request includes a PDU session ID.
  • the N3IWF determines the deleted PDU session resource based on the PDU session ID.
  • the SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element.
  • the third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message, and the access technology type is set to correspond to the Non-3GPP access and the N2 resource release request.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message according to the access technology type, and send a PDU session modification response message or a PDU session release response message to the NG-RAN.
  • the AMF network element is configured to correspond to the N2 resource release request according to the access technology type, and send an N2 resource release request to the N3IWF. Used to instruct the N3IWF to delete the session connection on the Non-3GPP side.
  • the above N2 resource release request includes a PDU session ID.
  • the N3IWF determines the deleted PDU session resource based on the PDU session ID.
  • S890 The NG-RAN sends a PDU session modification response message or a PDU session release response message to the terminal device, to indicate that the terminal device Non-3GPP has been deleted.
  • the traffic flow transmitted on the Non-3GPP is also instructed to be transmitted from the 3GPP.
  • the NG-RAN sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF. It is used to identify that the NG-RAN receives the N2 session request message sent by the AMF.
  • the terminal device sends a response message of the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message to the SMF network element.
  • S893 The SMF network element sends session modification information to the UPF network element to determine that the multi-access PDU session has been modified.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a service flow offloading method in conjunction with FIG.
  • the service flow here refers to the service flow in the foregoing PDU session, or the service flow in the above flow, or the newly added service flow.
  • the service flow offloading in this embodiment may be a packet granularity splitting of a service flow granularity, or a packet granularity splitting of a QoS flow granularity, or a packet granularity splitting of a PDU session granularity.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a sixth embodiment of the present application.
  • the data sending network element 1210, the data receiving network element 1220, and the steps S1210 to S1230 are included.
  • the data sending network element 1210 can be a terminal device, and the data receiving network element 1220 can be a UPF. Alternatively, the data sending network element 1210 may be a UPF, and the data receiving network element 1220 may be a terminal device.
  • S1210 The data sending network element determines a link status.
  • the data transmitting network element determines a link state of the first link and/or a link state of the second link. It should be understood that the data transmission network element is streamed before the data packet is sent. First, it is determined whether the multiple links of the data packet to be transmitted satisfy the state of the offload transmission.
  • the data sending network element determines that a first round trip time (RTT) of the first link and a second RTT of the second link satisfy a first preset condition.
  • the first preset condition may be that a difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is less than or equal to a first preset threshold.
  • the first preset threshold is a value greater than or equal to zero.
  • the data sending network element determines that the first link delay of the first link and the second link delay of the second link meet the second preset condition.
  • the second preset condition may be that the difference between the first link delay and the second link delay is less than or equal to a second preset threshold.
  • the second preset threshold is a value greater than or equal to zero.
  • the data sending network element determines that the difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, and the initial time that the data sending network element sends the data packet passes through the first link and the second chain.
  • the road transmits the same amount of data, and then increases the amount of transmitted data of the first link and the second link, respectively. Until the RTT of the first link and the second link changes, or the difference is greater than or close to the first predetermined threshold, or until the RTT value of the first link or the second link is close to the maximum RTT acceptable for the traffic flow.
  • the first preset threshold may be set to 0. When the difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is equal to 0, the first link and the second link can be used to offload the service flow.
  • the data sending network element determines that the difference between the first link delay and the second link delay is less than or equal to the second preset threshold, and the initial time that the data sending network element sends the data packet passes the first The link and the second link transmit the same amount of data, and then increase the amount of transmitted data of the first link and the second link, respectively. Until the link delay difference of the first link and the second link is greater than or close to the first preset threshold, or until the link delay value of the first link or the second link is close to the acceptable traffic flow Maximum link delay.
  • the second preset threshold may be set to 0, and when the first link delay and the second link delay difference are equal to 0, the first link and the second link can be used for the offload transmission.
  • the business flow may be set to 0, and when the first link delay and the second link delay difference are equal to 0, the first link and the second link can be used for the offload transmission.
  • S1220 The data sending network element sends a data packet.
  • the first data packet includes a first TFCP header
  • the first TFCP header includes the first data packet a sequence number
  • the second data packet includes a second TFCP header
  • the second TFCP header includes a sequence number of the second data packet
  • the data packet needs to carry identification information indicating the order of the data packet in the service flow.
  • the first data packet and the second data packet may be the same data packet.
  • the data sending network element sends the service flow on the two links at the same time.
  • the method for sending the service flow can be applied to the service flow, which is a service flow with high reliability requirements.
  • the traffic flow is a transition from the state of being transmitted from the first side link to the state of being transmitted from the second side link as described in FIG. 3 above, and the traffic flow is moved from the first side link to the first
  • the data sending network element needs to send the data packet of the service flow on both sides of the link at the same time.
  • the data sending network element sends an End Marked data packet as the last data packet transmitted on the first side link.
  • the data sending network element is sent on the first link side or/and the second link side.
  • End Marked packet as an indication of the start or/and end of simultaneous transmission.
  • the data transmission network element determines whether the first side link completes the transmission, and may be the foregoing sending the End Marked data packet, or may be the duration of the first side link transmission data reaching the first pre-preparation. Set the duration.
  • the terminal device determines the first data packet and the second data.
  • Package is the same packet
  • S1230 The data receiving network element caches the data packet.
  • the data sending network element when the data sending network element sends the data packet through multiple links, the data receiving network element should correctly follow the order of the data packet in the service flow according to the identification information indicating the sequence of the data packet in the received data packet.
  • the received data packet is buffered to correctly receive the service flow composed of the data packet.
  • the data receiving network element buffers the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the sequence number of the second data packet, including: the data receiving network element according to The sequence number of the first data packet and the sequence number of the second data packet store the first data packet and the second data packet in a buffer area by a sequence number.
  • the data sending network element sends the first and third data packets of the sequence number from the first link, and the second and fourth data packets of the serial number are sent from the second link, and the data receiving network element is based on the first link.
  • the serial number of the data packet sent by the second link when buffering, according to the serial number of the data packet, the data packets of the serial number 1, 2, 3, and 4 are sequentially cached.
  • the data receiving network element caches the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet.
  • the data receiving network element discards the first data packet and/or the second data packet.
  • the data receiving network element receives the first data packet and/or the second data packet with the sequence number 1, the first data packet and/or the first data packet is discarded. Two packets.
  • the data receiving network element sets the length of the buffer area to L, and stores the sequence number X of the data packet of the cached minimum sequence number of the buffer area, and X is a positive integer.
  • the data receiving network element caches the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet.
  • the data receiving network element discards the first data packet and/or the The second data packet.
  • the sequence number X of the data packet with the smallest sequence number of the buffer in the buffer area if the data receiving network element receives the first data packet and/or the second data packet with the sequence number M, and M is smaller than X, then The first data packet and/or the second data packet are discarded.
  • first data packet and the second data packet data packet may be a plurality of data packets, which are referred to as first and second only to distinguish transmissions from the first link or the second link.
  • the data receiving network element determines the status of the data packet in the buffer area.
  • the status of the packet includes the lost state and the cache state.
  • the data receiving network element determines that the state of the data packet is a lost state.
  • the data receiving network element determines the predetermined duration according to the link delay of the first link and/or the second link; or the data receiving network element is configured according to the first link and/or the The round trip time RTT of the two links determines the predetermined duration.
  • the predetermined duration may be set to be half the duration of the first RRT; or, the predetermined duration may be set to be half the duration of the second RRT; or, the predetermined duration may be set to a half duration of the first RRT and the second RRT The maximum of half the length.
  • the predetermined duration be L1
  • the first RRT be RRT1
  • the second RRT be RRT2
  • L1 max(RTT1/2, RTT2/2).
  • the predetermined duration may be set to the link delay D1 of the first link; or, the predetermined duration may be set to the delay D2 of the second link; or, the predetermined duration may be set to be the maximum of the two link delays. value.
  • the predetermined duration is longer than the predetermined duration
  • the lifetime is the difference between the current time and the estimated reception time of the data packet
  • the data packet estimation reception time is based on a previous packet reception time or/and of the data packet. The reception time of the latter packet is obtained.
  • the data receiving network element records the receiving time of the previous data packet of the data packet as T1, and/or the data receiving network element records the receiving time of the next data packet of the data packet as T2.
  • the survival time length L2 is greater than or equal to the predetermined time length L1, it is determined that the data packet is in a lost state.
  • the data receiving network element starts the subscription duration timer according to the reception time of the previous data packet of the data packet or/and the reception time of the next data packet of the data packet, and when the subscription duration timer expires, the data packet In a lost state.
  • the receiving time of the previous data packet of the data packet is T1
  • the subscription duration timer of the data packet is started at T1.
  • the receiving time of the next data packet of the data packet is T2
  • the subscription duration timer of the data packet is started at T2.
  • start the packet duration timer at any time between T1 and T2.
  • the data packet with the sequence number N when the data packet with the sequence number N is buffered by the data receiving network element in the buffer area, the data packet with the sequence number N and the first N-1 of the data packet with the sequence number N need to be sequentially output.
  • the third data packet if there is a missing third data packet among the N data packets, the third data packet is considered to be in a lost state, and N is a positive integer.
  • the lifetime L2 of the third data packet is less than or equal to the predetermined duration L1, and the data receiving network element is no longer waiting to receive the third data packet.
  • the data receiving network element outputting the data packet in the buffer area includes:
  • the data receiving network element receives the data packet with the sequence number Y, buffers the data packet with the serial number Y, and the data packet whose serial number is smaller than Y is in the buffer area, and the data receiving network element will use the serial number in the buffer area as Y.
  • the data receiving network element updates the above X to the above Y+1.
  • the data receiving network element receives the data packet with the sequence number Y, and the data packet whose serial number is smaller than Y is in the buffer area, and the data receiving network element outputs all the data packet output buffers whose sequence number is smaller than Y in the buffer area, where Y Greater than or equal to the above X.
  • the data receiving network element will be in the buffer area.
  • the data receiving network element updates the above X to the above Y.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced from the execution actions of a single device and the interaction behavior between the devices, respectively, in conjunction with FIG. 3 and FIG.
  • the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to FIG. 14 to FIG.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 100.
  • the device 100 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 100 may be a chip, or a terminal device or the like.
  • the communication device 100 includes one or more processing units 110.
  • the processing unit 110 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like.
  • it can be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processor can be used to control communication devices (eg, base stations, terminals, or chips, etc.), execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
  • the communication device may include a transmitting unit 120 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 120 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used for a terminal device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, and the sending unit 120 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit 130 for implementing input (reception) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 120 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used for a terminal device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, and the receiving unit 130 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device 100 includes one or more of the processing units 110, and the one or more processing units 110 can implement a communication method of the terminal devices in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 13. include:
  • a sending unit configured to send, by using the first access technology, a request message to the first core network element, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message sent by the first core network element
  • the sending unit is further configured to use the second access technology according to the response message, or the first access technology and the second access technology to transmit the service flow.
  • the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identification information is used to determine the service flow;
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology
  • the response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  • the request message includes first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine The service flow;
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology
  • the response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  • the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow;
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology
  • the response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  • the request message further includes:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
  • the first identification information includes:
  • the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type
  • the indication information of the second access technology is a second access type
  • the indication information of the first access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the first access type
  • the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type
  • the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
  • the response message includes a traffic distribution rule
  • the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the traffic distribution rule, data that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the transmitting unit transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the response message, including:
  • the sending unit transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the data amount.
  • the offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology;
  • the offloading rule includes a ratio of a ratio of data amounts or bandwidth values of the traffic flow transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology.
  • the communication device 100 shown in FIG. 14 implements the communication method of the terminal device in each embodiment shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
  • a sending unit configured to send, by using the first access technology, a request message to the first core network element, where the request message is used to request to delete the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive, by using the first access technology, a response message of the request message from the first core network element, where the response message is used to indicate a second connection in the multiple access PDU session The technical deletion was successful.
  • the request message further includes at least one of a deletion indication and an indication information of the second access technology, where the deletion indication indicates deleting the second connection in the multiple access PDU session.
  • the indication information of the second access technology is used to indicate the second access technology.
  • the response message includes a first identifier and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted by using the first access technology, where the service flow is A service flow transmitted by the second access technology when the second access technology is not deleted.
  • the communication device 100 shown in FIG. 14 implements the communication method of the terminal device in each embodiment shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
  • a sending unit configured to send, by using the first access technology, a request message to the first core network element, where the request message is used to request to add or update a third service flow or to request to establish a PDU session;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message sent by the first core network element
  • the sending unit is further configured to transmit the third service flow or the PDU session by using multiple access technologies based on the response message.
  • the third identifier includes at least one of a service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a packet data unit PDU session identifier.
  • the multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, or a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granular offload indication.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the data includes a TFCP header based on the QFI, or to determine that the data includes a TFCP header based on the PDU session to which the data packet belongs, or determine the End based on the end identifier End marker data packet.
  • the data received after the marker packet contains the TFCP header.
  • the processing unit is configured to sort the data packets based on a sequence number contained in a TFCP header.
  • the communication device 100 may also include a storage unit 140 for storing corresponding instructions.
  • the processing unit executes the instructions in the storage unit to implement the operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 200.
  • the device 200 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 200 can be a chip, or an access network device or the like.
  • the communication device 200 includes one or more processing units 210.
  • the processing unit 210 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like. For example, it can be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processor can be used to control communication devices (eg, base stations, terminals, or chips, etc.), execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
  • the communication device may include a transmitting unit 220 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 220 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used for access network devices.
  • the communication device may be an access network device, and the sending unit 220 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit 230 for implementing input (reception) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 120 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used for access network devices.
  • the communication device may be an access network device, and the receiving unit 230 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device 200 includes one or more of the processing units 210, and the one or more processing units 210 can implement a communication method of an access network device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 13. include:
  • a sending unit configured to send network state information to the first core network element, where the network state information is used to indicate a data transmission state of the access network device;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive indication information sent by the first core network element, where the indication information includes a quality of service QoS file that is sent to the access network device and that corresponds to the network status information.
  • a processing unit configured to update the QoS according to the indication information.
  • the network state information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the first access network device.
  • the indication information includes the first identifier and the indication information of the access technology, and is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted by the access technology indicated by the indication information of the access technology, where the first identifier is used for Determine the business flow.
  • the communication device 200 shown in FIG. 15 can implement the communication method of the access network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a first data packet sent by the terminal device, where a packet header of the first data packet carries a fifth identifier, where the fifth identifier is used to indicate that the first data packet supports multiple access technologies Diversion
  • a sending unit configured to send a second data packet to the first core network element, where a packet header of the second data packet includes a sixth identifier, and the sixth identifier is used to indicate that the second data packet supports multiple access
  • the technology is offloaded, and the second data packet includes data content of the second data packet.
  • the fifth identifier or the sixth identifier is used to indicate that the data packet supports multiple access technology offloading, including: the fifth identifier or the sixth identifier is used to indicate The data packet supports the TFCP protocol, or the data includes a TFCP header, or a sequence number of the data packet.
  • the acquiring, by the first core network element, the data packet according to the sixth identifier includes: the first core network element parsing the TFCP packet header according to the sixth identifier or Sort the packets.
  • the communication device 200 may also include a storage unit 240 for storing corresponding instructions.
  • the processing unit executes the instructions in the storage unit to implement the operation of the access network device in the above method embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 300.
  • the device 300 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 300 can be a chip, or a core network device or the like.
  • the communication device 300 includes one or more processing units 310.
  • the processing unit 310 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like.
  • the central processing unit can be used to control a communication device (eg, a base station, a terminal, or a chip, etc.), execute a software program, and process data of the software program.
  • the communication device may include a transmitting unit 320 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 320 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used in a core network device.
  • the communication device may be a core network device, and the sending unit 320 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit 330 for implementing input (reception) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 320 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used in a core network device.
  • the communication device may be a core network device, and the receiving unit 330 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device 300 includes one or more processing units 310, and the one or more processing units 310 can implement the communication method of the first core network element in the core network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. . include:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive, by using a first access technology, a request message from a terminal device, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow;
  • a sending unit configured to send, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message to the terminal device;
  • the response message is used to indicate that the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identification information is used to determine the service flow;
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology
  • the response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  • the request message includes first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine The service flow;
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology
  • the response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  • the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow;
  • the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology
  • the response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  • the request message further includes:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
  • the first identification information includes:
  • the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type
  • the indication information of the second access technology is a second access type
  • the indication information of the first access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the first access type
  • the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type
  • the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
  • the response message includes a traffic distribution rule
  • the terminal device determines, according to the traffic distribution rule, the amount of data that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology.
  • the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the response message, including:
  • the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the data volume.
  • the offloading rule includes an amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or an amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology;
  • the offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by using the second access technology;
  • the offloading rule includes a ratio of a ratio of data amounts or bandwidth values of the traffic flow transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology.
  • the processing unit 330 is further configured to acquire policy information of the service flow.
  • the sending unit is configured to send, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message to the terminal device:
  • the policy information includes:
  • the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and/or the amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology are selected from the first access technology and/or the amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology.
  • the ratio of the ratio of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology or the bandwidth value is the ratio of the ratio of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology or the bandwidth value.
  • the transmitting the service flow by using the second access technology includes:
  • the sending unit is configured to send second indication information to a second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow. .
  • the transmitting the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology includes:
  • the sending unit is configured to send third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, where the third indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow. ;
  • the sending unit is configured to send second indication information to a second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow. .
  • the sending, by the sending unit, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes:
  • the sending unit is configured to send a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and the second indication information, and the indication of the second access technology
  • the information is used to send the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology.
  • the sending, by the sending unit, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes:
  • the sending unit is configured to send a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes third indication information, indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the second access Technical instructions;
  • the second indication information in the third message and the indication information of the second access technology are used to send the second indication to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology.
  • the sending, by the sending unit, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology includes:
  • the sending unit is configured to send a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information, and the indication of the first access technology
  • the information is used to send the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology.
  • the sending, by the sending unit, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology includes:
  • the sending unit is configured to send a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the third indication information, indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the second Indication information of the access technology;
  • the third indication information in the third message and the indication information of the first access technology are used to send the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology to send the first Three instructions.
  • At least one of the first message, the second message, and the third message includes the response message.
  • the response message is included.
  • the communication device 300 shown in FIG. 16 can implement the communication method of the first core network element in the core network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive, by using a first access technology, a request message from a terminal device, where the request message is used to request to delete a second access technology in a multiple access PDU session;
  • a sending unit configured to send, by using the first access technology, a response message to the terminal device, where the response message is used to indicate that the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session is successfully deleted.
  • the request message further includes at least one of a deletion indication and an indication information of the second access technology, where the deletion indication indicates deleting the second connection in the multiple access PDU session.
  • the indication information of the second access technology is used to indicate the second access technology.
  • the response message includes a first identifier and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted by using the first access technology, where the service flow is A service flow transmitted by the second access technology when the second access technology is not deleted.
  • the communication device 300 shown in FIG. 16 can implement the communication method of the first core network element in the core network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive network state information from the first access network device by using the first access technology
  • a processing unit configured to configure, according to the network state information, a QoS file corresponding to the first access technology
  • a sending unit configured to send fourth indication information to the first access network device by using a first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the first access network device to update the first access The corresponding QoS file for the technology.
  • the network status information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the first access network device.
  • the communication device 300 shown in FIG. 16 can implement the communication method of the first core network element in the core network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive, by using a first access technology, a request message from a terminal device, where the request message is used to request to add or update a third service flow or to request to establish a PDU session;
  • a sending unit configured to send, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message, where the response message is used to indicate that the third service flow or the PDU session allows multiple connections Into technology transmission.
  • the request message or the response message further includes a third identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication, where the multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the terminal device requests to determine the third identifier for the third identifier.
  • the service flow or PDU session is transmitted by multiple access technologies or encapsulated by TFCP protocol.
  • the third identifier includes at least one of service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier.
  • the multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granular offload indication.
  • the sending unit is configured to send a fourth identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication to the user plane network element.
  • the fourth identifier is at least one of service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier or an N4 session identifier.
  • the QFI is used by the terminal device to determine that the data includes a TFCP header
  • the tunnel identifier is used by the terminal device to determine that the data of the PDU session includes a TFCP header, or an end identifier.
  • the end marker data packet is used by the terminal device to determine that the data received after the End marker data packet includes a TFCP header.
  • the sequence number contained in the TFCP header is used to order the packets.
  • the communication device 300 may also include a storage unit 340 for storing corresponding instructions.
  • the processing unit executes the instructions in the storage unit to implement the operation of the first core network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 400.
  • the device 400 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 400 can be a chip, or a data transmission network element or the like.
  • the communication device 400 includes one or more processing units 410.
  • the processing unit 410 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like.
  • the central processing unit can be used for communication devices (e.g., terminal devices, or UPFs, or SMFs) to control, execute software programs, and process data for software programs.
  • the communication device may include a transmitting unit 420 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 420 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used in a core network device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, or a UPF, or an SMF, and the sending unit 420 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit 440 for implementing input (reception) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 420 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used in a core network device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, or an UPF, or an SMF, and the receiving unit 440 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device 400 includes one or more of the processing units 410, and the one or more processing units 410 can implement a communication method of data transmission network elements in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 and 13. include:
  • a sending unit configured to send, to the data receiving network element, a parameter of the plurality of link transmission data.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the acknowledgement information of the plurality of link transmission data sent by the data receiving network element.
  • the sending unit is configured to send, by the data receiving network element, a parameter of the multiple link transmission data, specifically:
  • the sending unit sends the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the data receiving network element by the user.
  • the parameters of the multiple link transmission data include: identification information of the data and indication information indicating that the data is transmitted through multiple links.
  • the parameters of the multiple link transmission data further include: a first window length, where the first window length is used to indicate a transmission window length of the data transmission network element, where the data is sent.
  • the network element is the terminal device, the data receiving network element is a user plane network element, or the data sending network element is the user plane network element, and the data receiving network element is the terminal device, or
  • the data sending network element is a session management function network element, and the data receiving network element is the terminal device and the user plane network element.
  • the identification information of the data at least one of description information of the data, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a packet data unit PDU session identifier or an N4 session identifier.
  • the indication information includes: at least one of a data flow control protocol TFCP indication, a TFCP encapsulation indication, a packet granular offload indication, a converged tunnel indication, a converged tunnel identifier, or a network element protocol IP address, where
  • the fused tunnel indication is used to indicate that a fused tunnel is established for the service flow, and the network element IP address is a data sending network element or/and a data receiving network element IP address.
  • the acknowledgement information of the plurality of link transmission data includes parameters of the plurality of link transmission data; or the acknowledgement information of the plurality of link transmission data includes an acknowledgement message.
  • the data sending network element is a terminal device
  • the data receiving network element is a user plane network element
  • the data sending network element is the user plane network element
  • the data receiving The network element is the terminal device, or the data sending network element is a session management function network element
  • the data receiving network element is the terminal device and the user plane network element.
  • the multiple links include a 3GPP link and a non-3GPP link; or, the multiple links specifically include links of different access network devices of different access technologies; or The multiple links specifically include links of the same access technology and different access network devices.
  • the communication device 300 shown in FIG. 17 can implement the communication method of the data transmission network element in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 4 and 13. Specific implementations include:
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine a link state of the first link and/or a link state of the second link.
  • the sending unit is further configured to transmit, by using the first link, the first data packet according to the link state of the first link and/or the link state of the second link, by using the second Transmitting a second data packet, wherein the first data packet and the second data packet belong to a same traffic flow, the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, and the first TFCP header includes the first data packet a sequence number of a data packet, the second data packet includes a second TFCP header, and the second TFCP header includes a sequence number of the second data packet.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine that the first round trip time RTT of the first link and the second RTT of the second link meet a first preset condition; or the data sending network element determines the first A link delay and the second link delay satisfy a second preset condition.
  • the first preset condition includes: a difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is less than or equal to a first preset threshold; or, the second preset condition includes The difference between the first link delay and the second link delay is less than or equal to a second preset threshold.
  • the first data packet and the second data packet are the same data packet.
  • the processing unit determines the first data packet and the second data The package is the same packet.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 500.
  • the device 500 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 500 can be a chip, or a data receiving network element or the like.
  • the communication device 500 includes one or more processing units 510.
  • the processing unit 510 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like.
  • the central processing unit can be used for communication devices (e.g., terminal devices, or UPFs, or SMFs) to control, execute software programs, and process data for software programs.
  • the communication device may include a transmitting unit 520 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 520 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used in a core network device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, or a UPF, or an SMF, and the sending unit 520 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit 550 for implementing input (reception) of a signal.
  • the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 520 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface.
  • the chip can be used in a core network device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, or an UPF, or an SMF, and the receiving unit 550 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
  • the communication device 500 includes one or more of the processing units 510, which can implement the communication method of the data receiving network elements in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 and 13.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive, by the first link, a first data packet sent by the data sending network element, where the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, and the first TFCP header includes a sequence number of the first data packet
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive, by the second link, a second data packet sent by the data sending network element, where the second data packet includes a second TFCP header, and the second TFCP header includes the second data packet a serial number of the data packet, wherein the first data packet and the second data packet belong to the same service flow;
  • a processing unit configured to cache the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet.
  • the processing unit is configured to cache the first data packet and/or the second data according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet.
  • Package including:
  • the processing unit is configured to store the first data packet and the second data packet in a buffer area according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet by a sequence number.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine a status of the data packet in the buffer area.
  • the state of the data packet includes a lost state, and if the receiving unit does not receive the data packet for more than a predetermined length of time, the processing unit determines that the state of the data packet is a lost state.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the predetermined duration according to a link delay of the first link and/or the second link; or, the data receiving network element is configured according to the first link and / or the round trip time RTT of the second link, determining the predetermined duration.
  • the predetermined duration is a duration of survival
  • the lifetime is a difference between a current time and an estimated reception time of the data packet
  • the data packet is estimated to be received based on a previous data of the data packet.
  • the packet reception time or / and the reception time of the latter packet are obtained.
  • the processing unit configured to cache the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the sequence number of the second data packet, including:
  • the receiving unit discards the first data packet and/or the second data packet;
  • the receiving unit discards the first data packet and/or the second data pack.
  • the processing unit may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and dedicated integration.
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory unit in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic randomness synchronous dynamic randomness.
  • Synchronous DRAM SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous DRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium can be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium can be a solid state hard drive.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution sequence, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be applied to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the network element is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple network elements or components may be used. Combinations can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or network element, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
  • the network elements described as the separate components may or may not be physically separated.
  • the components displayed as network elements may or may not be physical network elements, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple networks. On the network element. Some or all of the network elements may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • the function network elements in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing network element, or each network element may exist physically separately, or two or two network elements may be integrated into one network element.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software function network element and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present application which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a first core network element, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • a computer device which may be a personal computer, a server, or a first core network element, etc.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a removable hard disk, a read only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and a communication apparatus. The communication method comprises: a terminal device sends a request message to a first core network element by means of a first access technology, the request message being used for requesting to add or update service flow; the terminal device receives, by means of the first access technology and/or a second access technology, a response message sent by the first core network element, and the terminal device transmits the service flow by means of the second access technology, or by means of the first access technology and the second access technology. The communication method according to the embodiments of the present application can implement an update process of a multi-access PDU session.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求了2018年4月10日提交的、申请号为201810317721.3、发明名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国申请的优先权,以及2018年5月21日提交的、申请号为201810487920.9、发明名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims the priority of the Chinese application filed on April 10, 2018, with the application number 201810317721.3, the invention name is "communication method and communication device", and the application number is 201810487920.9 submitted on May 21, 2018. The title of the invention is the priority of the Chinese application of the "Communication Method and Communication Device", the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and more particularly to a communication method and communication device.
背景技术Background technique
为了应对无线宽带技术的挑战,保持第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)网络的领先优势,3GPP标准组在2016年底制定了下一代移动通信系统(Next Generation System)网络架构,称为第五代移动通信技术(5th-Generation,5G)网络架构。In order to meet the challenges of wireless broadband technology and maintain the leading edge of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) network, the 3GPP standards group developed the next generation Next Generation System network architecture at the end of 2016. It is the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5th-Generation, 5G) network architecture.
5G网络架构不但支持3GPP标准组定义的无线技术接入核心网(Core network,CN),例如,采用长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)技术、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)技术等接入核心网络。而且5G网络架构还支持采用非第三代合作伙伴计划(Non 3rd Generation Partnership Project,Non-3GPP)接入技术通过Non-3GPP转换功能(Non-3GPP Interworking Function,N3IWF)或下一代接入网关(Next Generation packet data Gateway,NGPDG)接入核心网。The 5G network architecture not only supports the wireless technology access network (Core network, CN) defined by the 3GPP standard group, for example, the Long Term Evolution (LTE) technology, the Radio Access Network (RAN) technology, etc. Access to the core network. Moreover, the 5G network architecture also supports the adoption of the Non-3GPP (Non-3GPP) access technology (Non-3GPP Interworking Function, N3IWF) or the next generation access gateway (Non-3GPP). Next Generation packet data gateway (NGPDG) accesses the core network.
基于上述5G网络架构支持的多接入技术,引入了多接入协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU)会话(也可以称为分组数据单元(Packet Data Unit,PDU)会话)。然而,现有技术并涉及多接入PDU会话的更新流程。Based on the multi-access technology supported by the above 5G network architecture, a Multiple Access Protocol Data Unit (PDU) session (which may also be referred to as a Packet Data Unit (PDU) session) is introduced. However, the prior art also relates to an update procedure for a multi-access PDU session.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法和通信装置,能够实现多接入PDU会话的更新流程。The present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which can implement an update process of a multi-access PDU session.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流;所述终端设备通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术接收所述核心网网元发送的所述请求消息的响应消息;所述终端设备根据所述响应消息通过所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。A first aspect provides a communication method, including: a terminal device sends a request message to a first core network element by using a first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow; Receiving, by the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message sent by the core network element; the terminal device adopting the second access technology according to the response message Or the first access technology and the second access technology transmit the service flow.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备通过多接入PDU会话中的第一接入技术发送请求消息,请求新增或更新业务流,即,请求第一核心网网元在该多接入PDU会话的接入技术上为该业务流分配传输资源。终端设备获得允许在多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术,或第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输该业务流的响应消息。该通信方法终端设备能够在该多接入PDU会话的基础上,更新该多接入PDU会话中多个接入技术中未发送请求消息的第二接入技术的QoS文件,使得该第二接入技术能够传输该业务流。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device sends a request message by using a first access technology in the multiple access PDU session, requesting to add or update a service flow, that is, requesting the first core network element to be in the multiple access The access technology of the PDU session allocates transmission resources for the service flow. The terminal device obtains a second access technology allowed in the multiple access PDU session, or a response message that the first access technology and the second access technology transmit the service flow. The communication method terminal device is configured to update, according to the multiple access PDU session, a QoS file of a second access technology that does not send a request message among multiple access technologies in the multiple access PDU session, so that the second connection The incoming technology is capable of transmitting the traffic flow.
在一些实施例中,该业务流可以为新增的业务流,即,原多接入PDU会话中不包括 的业务流。In some embodiments, the traffic flow may be a new traffic flow, i.e., a traffic flow not included in the original multiple access PDU session.
在一些实施例中,该业务流可以为更新的业务流,即,原多接入PDU会话中包括该业务流,但是该业务流的传输发生变化。例如,对于接入技术的QoS参数要求发生改变。In some embodiments, the traffic flow may be an updated traffic flow, ie, the traffic flow is included in the original multiple access PDU session, but the transmission of the traffic flow changes. For example, the QoS parameter requirements for access technologies change.
在一些实施例中,该多接入PDU会话中包括第一接入技术(例如:3GPP技术)和第二接入技术(例如:Non-3GPP技术),本申请实施例中,终端设备可以通过3GPP技术或Non-3GPP技术发送上述请求消息。In some embodiments, the multiple access PDU session includes a first access technology (for example, 3GPP technology) and a second access technology (for example, Non-3GPP technology). In this embodiment, the terminal device may pass The above request message is transmitted by 3GPP technology or Non-3GPP technology.
上述第一核心网网元可以是会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)网元。The first core network element may be a session management function (SMF) network element.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种实现方式中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、所述第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息。With reference to the first aspect, in an implementation manner of the first aspect, the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow. The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and The indication information of the second access technology is described.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种实现方式中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息、所述第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、所述第二接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息。With reference to the first aspect, in an implementation manner of the first aspect, the request message includes first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology, The first identifier information is used to determine the service flow; the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, The indication information of the second access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种实现方式中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、所述第二接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息。With reference to the first aspect, in an implementation manner of the first aspect, the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow. The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, the indication information of the second access technology, and the The indication information of the second access technology is described.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备发送的请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术的指示信息,请求通过第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术传输所述业务流。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the request message sent by the terminal device includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the first access technology and/or the second access technology, requesting to use the first access technology and/or The second access technology transmits the traffic flow.
其中,第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流。该响应消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息时,终端设备通过所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。该响应消息包括第一标识信息以及第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息时,终端设备通过所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输所述业务流。终端设备能够基于业务流和接入技术的对应关系准确地确定通过哪种接入技术传输。The first identifier information is used to determine the service flow. When the response message includes the first identification information and the indication information of the second access technology, the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the second access technology. When the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology, the terminal device transmits the service by using the first access technology and the second access technology. flow. The terminal device can accurately determine which access technology transmission is based on the correspondence between the traffic flow and the access technology.
该请求消息中包括第一标识,用于确定业务流,因为该业务流还未获得传输资源,在请求分配传输资源的阶段。终端设备会携带相应的标识信息,指示第一核心网网元哪些业务流是所述新增或更新的业务流。The request message includes a first identifier for determining a service flow, because the service flow has not yet obtained a transmission resource, at a stage of requesting allocation of a transmission resource. The terminal device carries corresponding identification information, indicating which service flows of the first core network element are the newly added or updated service flows.
上述请求消息包括PDU会话修改请求(PDU session Modification Request)消息。The above request message includes a PDU session Modification Request message.
上述响应消息可以为PDU会话修改指令(PDU session modification command)消息。The above response message may be a PDU session modification command message.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一标识信息包括:所述业务流的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或PDU会话标识中的至少一个。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the first identifier information includes: at least the description information of the service flow, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the PDU session identifier. One.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备发送的请求消息中包括的用于确定上述业 务流的信息可以为不同的指示信息。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the information included in the request message sent by the terminal device for determining the service flow may be different indication information.
所述流描述信息还可以包括多个业务流的描述信息,该多个业务流称为业务流模板,多个业务流描述信息可以称为业务流描述模板。根据该业务流描述模板能够确定上述业务流。The flow description information may further include description information of multiple service flows, the multiple service flows are referred to as service flow templates, and the multiple service flow description information may be referred to as service flow description templates. The service flow can be determined according to the service flow description template.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型;或者所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型对应的QoS规则,或者所述第一接入技术的指示信息和第二接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型和第二接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a second access type; or the indication information of the first access technology is a quality of service QoS rule corresponding to the first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type Or the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,指示第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术的指示信息可以直接是指示接入类型或者指示不同的接入技术对应的QoS规则。通过多种方式指示通过的接入技术。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the indication information indicating the first access technology and/or the second access technology may directly be a QoS rule indicating an access type or indicating a different access technology. The access technology passed through is indicated in a number of ways.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,请求消息还包括:第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一核心网网元可以修改所述业务流通过的接入技术。In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the request message further includes: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can be Modify the access technology through which the service flow passes.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备可以在上述请求消息中携带第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示第一核心网网元可以修改终端设备的请求。第一核心网网元能够为该业务流选择更合适的接入技术传输。例如,终端设备请求业务流通过第一接入技术传输,第一核心网网元根据该第一指示信息,可以在第二接入技术上为业务流分别配资源进行传输。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may carry the first indication information in the request message, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify the request of the terminal device. The first core network element can select a more appropriate access technology transmission for the service flow. For example, the terminal device requests the service flow to be transmitted by using the first access technology, and the first core network element may allocate resources for the service flow on the second access technology according to the first indication information.
在一些实施例中,终端设备向第一核心网网元发送了所述第一指示信息之后,所述第一指示信息可以用于指示在终端设备请求所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的情况下,允许所述第一核心网网元指示所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输。In some embodiments, after the terminal device sends the first indication information to the first core network element, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device requests the service flow to pass the second access In the case of technology transmission, the first core network element is allowed to instruct the service flow to be transmitted through the first access technology.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述响应消息包括分流规则,所述终端设备根据所述分流规则确定所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;所述终端设备根据所述响应消息通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流,包括:所述终端设备根据所述数据量通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the response message includes a traffic distribution rule, and the terminal device determines, according to the traffic distribution rule, that the service flow passes the first connection The amount of data transmitted by the ingress technology and the second access technology; the terminal device transmitting the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the response message, including: The terminal device transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the data volume.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的数据量和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;或者所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和通过所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the first aspect, the offloading rule includes an amount of data and/or the service flow that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology. The amount of data transmitted by the second access technology; or the offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow through the first access technology and/or the service flow passes the second access technology a bandwidth value of the transmission; the traffic distribution rule includes a ratio of a ratio of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the amount of data transmitted by the second technology or a bandwidth value.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,第一核心网网元在指示终端设备通过多接入PDU会话的哪个接入技术传输上述业务流的同时,还指示该接入技术可以支持传输的数据量,使得终端设备在多个接入技术上正确地传输上述业务流。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first core network element indicates, in addition to which access technology of the multiple access PDU session the terminal device transmits the service flow, and indicates the amount of data that the access technology can support, The terminal device is enabled to correctly transmit the foregoing service flow on multiple access technologies.
在一些实施例中,第一核心网网元指示第一接入技术和第二接入技术的分别支持传 输的数据量。例如,第一接入技术能够支持带宽A的数据量传输,第二接入技术能够支持带宽B的数据量传输。In some embodiments, the first core network element indicates the amount of data supported by the first access technology and the second access technology, respectively. For example, the first access technology can support the data volume transmission of the bandwidth A, and the second access technology can support the data volume transmission of the bandwidth B.
在一些实施例中,第一核心网网元指示第一接入技术和第二接入技术的分别支持传输的数据量比值。例如,第一接入技术能够支持带宽和第二接入技术能够支持带宽比值为A/B,若业务流的传输总量为M,则第一接入技术上传输M*A/(A+B),第二接入技术上传输M*B/(A+B)。In some embodiments, the first core network element indicates a data amount ratio of the first access technology and the second access technology respectively supporting transmission. For example, the first access technology can support the bandwidth and the second access technology can support the bandwidth ratio A/B. If the total transmission volume of the service flow is M, the first access technology transmits M*A/(A+ B), M*B/(A+B) is transmitted on the second access technology.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求删除多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术;所述终端设备通过所述第一接入技术从所述第一核心网网元接收所述请求消息的响应消息,所述响应消息用于指示所述多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术删除成功。The second aspect provides a communication method, including: the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to delete the second connection in the multiple access PDU session. The receiving device receives the response message of the request message from the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the response message is used to indicate the first in the multiple access PDU session. The second access technology is deleted successfully.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种实现方式中,所述请求消息中还包括删除指示和第二接入技术的指示信息中的至少一个,所述删除指示表示删除所述多接入PDU会话中所述第二接入技术,所述第二接入技术的指示信息用于表示第二接入技术。With reference to the second aspect, in an implementation manner of the second aspect, the request message further includes at least one of a deletion indication and an indication information of a second access technology, where the deletion indication indicates deleting the multiple access The second access technology in the PDU session, the indication information of the second access technology is used to indicate the second access technology.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备可以直接发送删除指示,指示删除第二接入技术。其中,请求消息可以包括指示第二接入技术的指示信息。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may directly send a deletion indication, indicating that the second access technology is deleted. The request message may include indication information indicating the second access technology.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的一种实现方式中,所述响应消息包括第一标识和第一接入技术的指示信息,第一标识用于指示业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输,其中,所述业务流为所述第二接入技术未删除的时候,通过所述第二接入技术传输的业务流。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in an implementation manner of the second aspect, the response message includes a first identifier and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier is used to indicate that the service flow passes the The first access technology transmission, where the service flow is a service flow transmitted by the second access technology when the second access technology is not deleted.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:接入网设备向第一核心网网元发送网络状态信息,所述网络状态信息用于指示所述接入网设备的数据传输状态;所述接入网设备接收第一核心网网元发送的指示信息,所述指示信息包含发送给所述接入网设备的与所述网络状态信息对应的的服务质量QoS文件。The third aspect provides a communication method, including: the access network device sends network state information to the first core network element, where the network state information is used to indicate a data transmission state of the access network device; The access network device receives the indication information sent by the first core network element, where the indication information includes a quality of service QoS file corresponding to the network status information that is sent to the access network device.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,接入网设备也可以指示第一核心网网元更新对应的接入技术的服务质量QoS文件。第一核心网网元能够在接入网设备根据自身状态上报网络状态之后,根据该网络状态信息配置所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术的QoS文件。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the access network device may also instruct the first core network element to update the quality of service QoS file of the corresponding access technology. The first core network element can configure the QoS file of the first access technology and the second access technology according to the network status information after the access network device reports the network status according to the state.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种实现方式中,所述网络状态信息包括所述第一接入网设备的负荷,带宽、时延、丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。In conjunction with the third aspect, in an implementation manner of the third aspect, the network state information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the first access network device.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,接入网设备上报的网络状态信息可以是第一接入技术当前能够支持传输的数据量,也可以是第一接入技术当前不能支持某个业务流的传输。第一核心网网元可以根据这些信息配置第一接入技术的QoS文件。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the network status information reported by the access network device may be the amount of data that the first access technology can currently support, or the first access technology cannot currently support the transmission of a certain service flow. . The first core network element may configure the QoS file of the first access technology according to the information.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术从终端设备接收请求求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流;所述第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述请求消息的响应消息;所述响应消息用于指示所述终端设备通过所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。A fourth aspect provides a communication method, including: a first core network element receives a request request message from a terminal device by using a first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow; a core network element sends a response message of the request message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology; the response message is used to indicate that the terminal device passes the The second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology transmit the service flow.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备通过多接入PDU会话中的第一接入技术发送请求消息,请求新增或更新业务流,即,请求第一核心网网元在该多接入PDU会话的 接入技术上为该业务流分配传输资源。终端设备获得允许在多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术,或第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输该业务流的响应消息。该通信方法终端设备能够在该多接入PDU会话的基础上,更新该多接入PDU会话中多个接入技术中未发送请求消息的第二接入技术的QoS文件,使得该第二接入技术能够传输该业务流。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device sends a request message by using a first access technology in the multiple access PDU session, requesting to add or update a service flow, that is, requesting the first core network element to be in the multiple access The access technology of the PDU session allocates transmission resources for the service flow. The terminal device obtains a second access technology allowed in the multiple access PDU session, or a response message that the first access technology and the second access technology transmit the service flow. The communication method terminal device is configured to update, according to the multiple access PDU session, a QoS file of a second access technology that does not send a request message among multiple access technologies in the multiple access PDU session, so that the second connection The incoming technology is capable of transmitting the traffic flow.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种实现方式中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、所述第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow. The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and The indication information of the second access technology is described.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种实现方式中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息、所述第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、所述第二接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the request message includes first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology, The first identifier information is used to determine the service flow; the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, The indication information of the second access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种实现方式中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、所述第二接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow. The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or the response message includes the first identifier information, the indication information of the second access technology, and the The indication information of the second access technology is described.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备发送的请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术的指示信息,请求通过第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术传输所述业务流。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the request message sent by the terminal device includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the first access technology and/or the second access technology, requesting to use the first access technology and/or The second access technology transmits the traffic flow.
其中,第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流。该响应消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息时,第一核心网元指示终端设备通过所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流,该响应消息包括第一标识信息以及第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息时,第一核心网元指示终端设备通过所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The first identifier information is used to determine the service flow. When the response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology, the first core network element instructs the terminal device to transmit the service flow by using the second access technology, where the response message includes the first identifier. And the first core network element instructs the terminal device to transmit the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology .
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种实现方式中,所述第一标识信息包括:所述业务流的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或PDU会话标识中的至少一个。With reference to the fourth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first identifier information includes: at least one of description information of the service flow, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备发送的请求消息中包括的用于确定上述业务流的信息可以为不同的指示信息。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the information included in the request message sent by the terminal device for determining the service flow may be different indication information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种实现方式中,所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型;或者所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型对应的QoS规则,或者所述第一接入技术的指示信息和第二接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型和第二接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则。With reference to the fourth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a second access type; Or the indication information of the first access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type, or the first The indication information of the access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,指示第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术的指示信息可以直接是指示接入类型或者是不同的接入技术对应的QoS规则。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the indication information indicating the first access technology and/or the second access technology may directly indicate a QoS rule corresponding to an access type or a different access technology.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,请求消息还包括:第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一核心网网元可以修改所述业务 流通过的接入技术。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the request message further includes: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can be Modify the access technology through which the service flow passes.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备可以在上述请求消息中携带第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示第一核心网网元可以修改终端设备的请求。第一核心网网元能够为该业务流选择更合适的接入技术传输。例如,终端设备请求业务流通过第一接入技术传输,第一核心网网元根据该第一指示信息,可以在第二接入技术上为业务流分别配资源进行传输。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may carry the first indication information in the request message, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify the request of the terminal device. The first core network element can select a more appropriate access technology transmission for the service flow. For example, the terminal device requests the service flow to be transmitted by using the first access technology, and the first core network element may allocate resources for the service flow on the second access technology according to the first indication information.
在一些实施例中,终端设备向第一核心网网元发送了所述第一指示信息之后,所述第一指示信息可以用于指示在终端设备请求所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的情况下,允许所述第一核心网网元指示所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输。In some embodiments, after the terminal device sends the first indication information to the first core network element, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device requests the service flow to pass the second access In the case of technology transmission, the first core network element is allowed to instruct the service flow to be transmitted through the first access technology.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述响应消息包括分流规则,所述分流规则用于确定所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输的数据量。With the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the response message includes a traffic distribution rule, where the traffic distribution rule is used to determine that the service flow passes the first access technology and The amount of data transmitted by the second access technology.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的数据量和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;或者所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和通过所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the offloading rule includes an amount of data and/or the service flow that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology. The amount of data transmitted by the second access technology; or the offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow through the first access technology and/or the service flow passes the second access technology a bandwidth value of the transmission; the traffic distribution rule includes a ratio of a ratio of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the amount of data transmitted by the second technology or a bandwidth value.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,第一核心网网元在指示终端设备通过多接入PDU会话的哪个接入技术传输上述业务流的同时,还指示该接入技术可以支持传输的数据量,使得终端设备在多个接入技术上正确地传输上述业务流。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first core network element indicates, in addition to which access technology of the multiple access PDU session the terminal device transmits the service flow, and indicates the amount of data that the access technology can support, The terminal device is enabled to correctly transmit the foregoing service flow on multiple access technologies.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一核心网网元获取所述业务流的策略信息;所述第一核心网网元发送所述响应消息包括:根据所述策略信息发送所述响应消息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the first core network element acquires policy information of the service flow; the first core network element sends the The response message includes: transmitting the response message according to the policy information.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,第一核心网网元可以从策略控制功能(Policy Control function,PCF)网元获取该策略信息,根据该策略信息确定传输业务流的接入技术。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first core network element may obtain the policy information from a policy control function (PCF) network element, and determine an access technology for transmitting the service flow according to the policy information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种实现方式中,所述策略信息包括:所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的数据量和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;或者,所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和通过所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。With reference to the fourth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the policy information includes: an amount of data that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology, and/or that the service flow passes the second The amount of data transmitted by the access technology; or the bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow through the first access technology and/or the bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow through the second access technology; the service flow A ratio of ratios or bandwidth values of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technique and by the second technique.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,策略信息可以为多种形式,只需要能确定如何从接入技术传输业务流即可。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the policy information may be in various forms, and only needs to be able to determine how to transmit the service flow from the access technology.
在一些实施例中,SMF网元可以根据自身的网络状态确定各个接入技术对应的传输数据量。In some embodiments, the SMF network element may determine the amount of transmission data corresponding to each access technology according to its own network status.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种实现方式中,所述第一核心网网元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包括QoS文件,所述 QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数。With reference to the fourth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information is A QoS file is included, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,第一核心网网元确定业务流通过第二接入技术传输时,需要通过第二接入技术向第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,指示第二接入网设备更新第二接入技术的QoS文件,该QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数,指更新第二接入技术当前的QoS参数使得更新后的QoS参数与业务流对应,能够传输该业务流。在此情况下,响应消息由所述第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送。第一核心网网元能够通过第一接入技术反馈响应消息,并更新第二接入技术的QoS参数,第二接入技术为与第一接入技术不同的接入技术。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, when the first core network element determines that the service flow is transmitted by the second access technology, the second access technology needs to send the second indication information to the second access network device, indicating the second The access network device updates the QoS file of the second access technology, where the QoS file includes the QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow, and refers to updating the current QoS parameter of the second access technology, so that the updated QoS parameter corresponds to the service flow, and can Transmit the traffic flow. In this case, the response message is sent by the first core network element to the terminal device through the first access technology. The first core network element can feed back the response message through the first access technology and update the QoS parameter of the second access technology, and the second access technology is an access technology different from the first access technology.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一核心网网元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数;所述第一核心网网元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包含QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数。With the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first core network element sends the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, The third indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow; the first core network element sends a second indication to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology. Information, the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,第一核心网网元确定业务流通过第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输时,需要通过第一接入技术向第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,通过第二接入技术向第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息。指示接入网设备更新对应的接入技术的QoS参数,使得第一接入技术和第二接入技术能够传输该业务流。在此情况下,响应消息由所述第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送。第一核心网网元能够更新第一接入技术和第二接入技术的QoS参数,并且通过第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术反馈响应消息。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, when the first core network element determines that the service flow is transmitted by using the first access technology and the second access technology, the first access technology needs to send the third to the first access network device. And indicating the information, sending the second indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology. Instructing the access network device to update the QoS parameter of the corresponding access technology, so that the first access technology and the second access technology can transmit the service flow. In this case, the response message is sent by the first core network element to the terminal device through the first access technology and/or the second access technology. The first core network element can update the QoS parameters of the first access technology and the second access technology, and feed back the response message by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一核心网网元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息包括:所述第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第二接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二指示信息,所述第二接入技术的指示信息用于指示通过所述第二接入技术向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第二指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending, by the first core network element, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes: The first core network element sends a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and the second indication information, and the second access technology The indication information is used to indicate that the second indication information is sent to the second access network device by using the second access technology.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一核心网网元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息包括:所述第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括第三指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息、所述第二指示信息以及第二接入技术的指示信息;所述第三消息中的所述第二指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,用于指示通过所述第二接入技术向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第二指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending, by the first core network element, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes: The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the third indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the second The indication information of the access technology, the second indication information in the third message, and the indication information of the second access technology, used to indicate to the second access by using the second access technology The network device sends the second indication information.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一核心网网元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息包括:所述第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第三指示信息,所述第一接入技术的指示信息用于指示通过所述第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending, by the first core network element, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology includes: The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information, the first access technology The indication information is used to indicate that the third indication information is sent to the first access network device by using the first access technology.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一核心网网元向第二接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息包括:所述第一核心网 网元向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述第三指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息、所述第二指示信息以及第二接入技术的指示信息;所述第三消息中的所述第三指示信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,用于指示通过所述第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending, by the first core network element, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes: The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the third indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and The indication information of the second access technology, the third indication information in the third message, and the indication information of the first access technology, used to indicate that the first access technology is used to the first The access network device sends the third indication information.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式,在第四方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一核心网网元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息包括:所述第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第三指示信息,所述第一接入技术的指示信息用于指示通过所述第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending, by the first core network element, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology includes: The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information, the first access technology The indication information is used to indicate that the third indication information is sent to the first access network device by using the first access technology.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述响应消息可以是第一核心网网元先发送两条消息给第二核心网网元,由第二核心网网元分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备,还可以是第一核心网网元先发送一条消息给第二核心网网元,由第二核心网网元将该一条消息按不同的接入技术分为两条消息,并分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages to the second core first. The network element of the second core network sends the two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively, or the first core network element sends a message to the second core network. The network element is divided into two messages according to different access technologies by the second core network element, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively.
第一核心网网元可以为SMF网元,第二核心网网元可以为AMF网元。在一些实施例中,第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述响应消息为,第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述响应消息,所述第二核心网网元根据所述第一接入技术的指示信息通过第一接入技术向所述终端设备送所述响应消息。The first core network element may be an SMF network element, and the second core network element may be an AMF network element. In some embodiments, the first core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, where the first core network element sends the first message to the second core network element. The first message includes the indication information of the first access technology and the response message, and the second core network element performs the first access technology according to the indication information of the first access technology to the The terminal device sends the response message.
在另一些实施例中,第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述响应消息包括:所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述响应消息、第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二指示信息、第二接入技术的指示信息,其中,所述响应消息与所述第一接入技术的指示信息相对应,所述第二指示信息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应;所述第二核心网网元根据对应关系通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备送所述响应消息。In other embodiments, the sending, by the first core network element, the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology includes: the first core network element to the second core network element Sending a third message, where the third message includes the response message, indication information of the first access technology, and the second indication information, indication information of the second access technology, where the response message is Corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology, where the second indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the first access technology according to the corresponding relationship Sending the response message to the terminal device.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,所述第一核心网网元通过所述第二接入技术向第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息可以是第一核心网网元先发送两条消息给第二核心网网元,由第二核心网网元分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备,还可以是第一核心网网元先发送一条消息给第二核心网网元,由第二核心网网元将该一条消息按不同的接入技术分为两条消息,并分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages first. For the second core network element, the second core network element sends two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device, and the first core network element sends a message to the first core network element. The second core network element is divided into two messages by the second core network element by using different access technologies, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network respectively. device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述响应消息、第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二指示信息、第二接入技术的指示信息,其中,所述响应消息与所述第一接入技术的指示信息相对应,所所述第二指示信息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应;所述第二核心网网元根据对应关系通过所述第二接入技术向第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息。In some embodiments, the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the response message, indication information of the first access technology, and the The second indication information, the indication information of the second access technology, where the response message corresponds to the indication information of the first access technology, where the second indication information is related to the second access technology And the second core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology according to the corresponding relationship.
在另一些实施例中,第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述响应消息包括:所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三 消息包括所述响应消息、第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二指示信息、第二接入技术的指示信息,其中,所述响应消息与所述第一接入技术的指示信息相对应,所述第二指示信息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应;所述第二核心网网元根据对应关系通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备送所述响应消息。In other embodiments, the sending, by the first core network element, the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology includes: the first core network element to the second core network element Sending a third message, where the third message includes the response message, indication information of the first access technology, and the second indication information, indication information of the second access technology, where the response message is Corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology, where the second indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the first access technology according to the corresponding relationship Sending the response message to the terminal device.
第五方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术从终端设备接收请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求删除多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术;所述第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息用于指示所述多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术删除成功。A fifth aspect provides a communication method, including: a first core network element receives a request message from a terminal device by using a first access technology, where the request message is used to request to delete a second connection in a multiple access PDU session. The first core network element sends a response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, where the response message is used to indicate that the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session is deleted. success.
在一些实施例中,所述请求消息携带有第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定删除所述第二接入技术。In some embodiments, the request message carries a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine to delete the second access technology.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,第一核心网网元通过多接入PDU会话中的第一接入技术接收请求消息,并根据该请求消息删除第二接入技术。第一核心网网元能够在该多接入PDU会话的基础上,删除该多接入PDU会话中多个接入技术中未发送请求消息的接入技术。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first core network element receives the request message through the first access technology in the multiple access PDU session, and deletes the second access technology according to the request message. The first core network element can delete the access technology of the multiple access technologies in the multiple access PDU session that does not send the request message on the basis of the multiple access PDU session.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种实现方式中,所述请求消息中还包括删除指示和第二接入技术的指示信息中的至少一个,所述删除指示表示删除所述多接入PDU会话中所述第二接入技术,所述第二接入技术的指示信息用于表示第二接入技术。With reference to the fifth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the request message further includes at least one of a deletion indication and an indication information of a second access technology, where the deletion indication indicates deleting the multiple access The second access technology in the PDU session, the indication information of the second access technology is used to indicate the second access technology.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,终端设备可以直接发送删除指示,指示删除第二接入技术。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may directly send a deletion indication, indicating that the second access technology is deleted.
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式,在第五方面的一种实现方式中,所述响应消息包括第一标识和第一接入技术的指示信息,第一标识用于指示业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输,其中,所述业务流为所述第二接入技术未删除的时候,通过所述第二接入技术传输的业务流。With the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in an implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the response message includes a first identifier and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier is used to indicate that the service flow passes the The first access technology transmission, where the service flow is a service flow transmitted by the second access technology when the second access technology is not deleted.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,在多接入PDU会话中携带请求被删除的接入技术。在该接入技术删除之后,该业务流可以通过未删除的接入技术传输。能够保证多接入PDU会话中即使某一个接入技术删除,也不影响业务流的正常传输。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, an access technology in which a request is deleted is carried in a multiple access PDU session. After the access technology is deleted, the service flow can be transmitted through an undeleted access technology. It can ensure that even if one access technology is deleted in a multi-access PDU session, it does not affect the normal transmission of service flows.
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式,在第五方面的另一种实现方式中,该第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述响应消息包括:所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述响应消息,所述第二核心网网元根据所述第一接入技术的指示信息通过第一接入技术向所述终端设备送所述响应消息;或者,所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述响应消息、第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述接入网资源释放消息、第二接入技术的指示信息,其中,所述响应消息与所述第一接入技术的指示信息相对应,所述第二指示信息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应;所述第二核心网网元根据所述对应关系通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备送所述响应消息。With the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the sending, by the first core network element, the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology includes: The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the response message, and the second core network element is based on The indication information of the first access technology sends the response message to the terminal device by using a first access technology; or the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element. The third message includes the response message, the indication information of the first access technology, and the access network resource release message and the indication information of the second access technology, where the response message is related to the first Corresponding to the indication information of the access technology, where the second indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the first access technology according to the correspondence To the terminal Preparation of transmitting the response message.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,所述第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述响应消息可以是第一核心网网元先发送两条消息给第二核心网网元, 由第二核心网网元分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备,还可以是第一核心网网元先发送一条消息给第二核心网网元,由第二核心网网元将该一条消息按照不同的接入技术分为两条消息,并分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages to the first The second core network element, the second core network element sends two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively, or the first core network element sends a message to the second The core network element is divided into two messages according to different access technologies by the second core network element, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively.
在一些实施例中,所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述响应消息、第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述接入网资源释放消息、第二接入技术的指示信息,其中,所述响应消息与所述第一接入技术的指示信息相对应,所述第二指示信息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应;所述第二核心网网元根据对应关系通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述响应消息。In some embodiments, the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the response message, indication information of the first access technology, and the The access network resource release message and the indication information of the second access technology, where the response message corresponds to the indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information and the second access technology And the second core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology according to the corresponding relationship.
在另一些实施例中,第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述响应消息为,所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述响应消息、第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述接入网资源释放消息、第二接入技术的指示信息,其中,所述响应消息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应,所述接入网资源释放消息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应;所述第二核心网网元根据对应关系通过所述第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述响应消息。In another embodiment, the first core network element sends the response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology, where the first core network element is sent to the second core network element. Sending a third message, where the third message includes the response message, the indication information of the first access technology, and the access network resource release message, and the indication information of the second access technology, where the response message is Corresponding to the indication information of the second access technology, where the access network resource release message corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the first The second access technology sends the response message to the terminal device.
第六方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术从第一接入网设备接收网络状态信息;所述第一核心网网元根据所述网络状态信息配置所述第一接入技术对应的QoS文件;第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备更新所述第一接入技术的对应QoS文件。A sixth aspect provides a communication method, including: receiving, by a first core network element, network status information from a first access network device by using a first access technology; the first core network element according to the network status Configuring a QoS file corresponding to the first access technology; the first core network element sends a fourth indication information to the first access network device by using a first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate The first access network device updates a corresponding QoS file of the first access technology.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,接入网设备也可以指示第一核心网网元更新相应的接入技术对应的QoS参数。第一核心网网元能够在接入网设备根据自身状态上报网络状态信息之后,根据该网络状态信息配置所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术对应的QoS参数。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the access network device may also instruct the first core network element to update the QoS parameter corresponding to the corresponding access technology. The first core network element can configure the QoS parameters corresponding to the first access technology and the second access technology according to the network status information after the access network device reports the network status information according to the status.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的一种实现方式中,所述网络状态信息包括所述第一接入网设备的负荷、带宽、时延、丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。With reference to the sixth aspect, in an implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the network state information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the first access network device.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,接入网设备通过第一接入技术上报的网络状态信息可以是第一接入技术当前能够支持传输的数据量,也可以是第一接入技术当前不能支持某个业务流的传输。第一核心网网元可以根据这些信息能够配置第一接入技术对应的QoS参数。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the network status information reported by the access network device by using the first access technology may be the amount of data that the first access technology can currently support, or may not be supported by the first access technology. The transmission of a business flow. The first core network element can configure the QoS parameters corresponding to the first access technology according to the information.
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式,在第六方面的另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一核心网网元根据所述网络状态信息配置第二接入技术对应的QoS文件,所述第二接入技术为多接入PDU会话的接入技术中除第一接入技术之外的接入技术。With reference to the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the method further includes: configuring, by the first core network element, the second access technology according to the network state information The QoS file, the second access technology is an access technology other than the first access technology in the access technology of the multiple access PDU session.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,接入网设备通过第一接入技术上报的网络状态信息,可以用于指示第一核心网网元配置多接入PDU会话的接入技术中其他接入技术对应的QoS参数。第一核心网网元根据该网络状态信息更新第二接入技术对应的QoS参数。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the network status information reported by the access network device by using the first access technology may be used to indicate other access technologies in the access technology for configuring the multi-access PDU session of the first core network element. Corresponding QoS parameters. The first core network element updates the QoS parameter corresponding to the second access technology according to the network status information.
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式,在第六方面的另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一核心网网元通过所述第二接入技术向第二接入网设备发送第五指示信息, 所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第二接入网设备更新所述第二接入技术对应的QoS文件。With reference to the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the method further includes: the first core network element passes the second access technology to the second access network The device sends a fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the second access network device to update the QoS file corresponding to the second access technology.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,接入网设备通过第一接入技术上报的第一网络状态信息,可以用于指示第一核心网网元配置多接入PDU会话的接入技术中其他接入技术的QoS参数。第一核心网网元可以根据该第一网络状态信息更新第二接入技术对应的QoS参数。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first network state information reported by the access network device by using the first access technology may be used to indicate that the first core network element configures the access technology of the multiple access PDU session. Into the technical QoS parameters. The first core network element may update the QoS parameter corresponding to the second access technology according to the first network state information.
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式,在第六方面的另一种实现方式中,第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息包括:所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第四指示信息,所述第二核心网网元通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第四指示信息;或者,所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述第四指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第五指示信息、第二接入技术的指示信息,其中,所述第四指示信息与所述第一接入技术的指示信息相对应,所述第五指示信息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应;所述第二核心网网元根据对应关系通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第四指示信息。With reference to the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the sending, by the first core network element, the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology includes: The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the fourth indication information, and the second core network The network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using a first access technology; or the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element. The third message includes the fourth indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, and the indication information of the fifth indication information and the second access technology, where the fourth indication information is related to the first Corresponding to the indication information of the access technology, where the fifth indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element according to the correspondence relationship passes the first access technology to the first An access network device sends the first Instructions.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息可以是第一核心网网元先发送两条消息给第二核心网网元,由第二核心网网元分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备,还可以是第一核心网网元先发送一条消息给第二核心网网元,由第二核心网网元将该一条消息按不同的接入技术分为两条消息,并分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first core network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages to the first The second core network element sends the two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device, and the first core network element sends a message to the second network element. The core network element is divided into two messages according to different access technologies by the second core network element, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network device respectively.
在一些实施例中,第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息为:第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第四指示信息,所述第二核心网网元通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第四指示信息。In some embodiments, the first core network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology: the first core network element sends the second core network element to the second core network element. a first message, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the fourth indication information, where the second core network element sends the first access network technology to the first access network device The fourth indication information.
在另一些实施例中,第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息为,所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述第四指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第五指示信息、第二接入技术的指示信息,其中,所述第四指示信息与所述第一接入技术的指示信息相对应,所述第五指示信息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应;所述第二核心网网元根据对应关系通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第四指示信息。In another embodiment, the first core network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology, where the first core network element is sent to the second core network. The network element sends a third message, where the third message includes the fourth indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, and the indication information of the fifth indication information and the second access technology, where the The fourth indication information corresponds to the indication information of the first access technology, where the fifth indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element passes the corresponding relationship according to the correspondence An access technology sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device.
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式,在第六方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一核心网网元通过所述第二接入技术向第二接入网设备发送第五指示信息包括:所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第五消息,所述第二消息包括第二接入技术的指示信息以及所述第五指示信息,所述第二核心网网元通过第二接入技术向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第五指示信息;或者,所述第一核心网网元向所述第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述第四指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第五指示信息、第二接入技术的指示信息,其中,所述第四指示信息与所述第一接入技术的指 示信息相对应,所述第五指示信息与所述第二接入技术的指示信息相对应;所述第二核心网网元根据对应关系通过第二接入技术向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第五指指示信息。With the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first core network element sends the fifth indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology The first core network element sends a fifth message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and the fifth indication information, where the second The core network element sends the fifth indication information to the second access network device by using a second access technology; or the first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element. The third message includes the fourth indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, and the indication information of the fifth indication information and the second access technology, where the fourth indication information is Corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology, where the fifth indication information corresponds to the indication information of the second access technology; the second core network element communicates with the second access technology according to the corresponding relationship Second access network device transmitting station The fifth finger indicates information.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,所述第一核心网网元通过所述第二接入技术向第二接入网设备发送第五指示信息可以是第一核心网网元先发送两条消息给第二核心网网元,由第二核心网网元分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备,还可以是第一核心网网元先发送一条消息给第二核心网网元,由第二核心网网元将该一条消息按不同的接入技术分为两条消息,并分别将两条消息发送给第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the first core network element sends the fifth indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology, and the first core network element sends two messages first. For the second core network element, the second core network element sends two messages to the first access network device and the second access network device, and the first core network element sends a message to the first core network element. The second core network element is divided into two messages by the second core network element by using different access technologies, and two messages are sent to the first access network device and the second access network respectively. device.
第七方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:接入网设备接收终端设备发送的第一数据包,所述第一数据包的包头中携带有第五标识,所述第五标识用于指示所述第一数据包支持多个接入技术分流;所述接入网设备向第一核心网网元发送第二数据包,所述第二数据包的包头包括第六标识;所述第六标识用于指示所述第二数据包支持多个接入技术分流,所述第二数据包包括所述第二数据包的数据内容。The seventh aspect provides a communication method, including: receiving, by the access network device, a first data packet sent by the terminal device, where a packet header of the first data packet carries a fifth identifier, where the fifth identifier is used to indicate The first data packet supports multiple access technology offloading; the access network device sends a second data packet to the first core network network element, and the packet header of the second data packet includes a sixth identifier; The identifier is used to indicate that the second data packet supports multiple access technology offloading, and the second data packet includes data content of the second data packet.
所述第五标识或所述第六标识用于指示所述数据包支持多个接入技术分流,包括:所述第五标识或所述第六标识用于指示所述数据包支持TFCP协议,或所述数据包含有TFCP包头,或所述数据包的序列号。The fifth identifier or the sixth identifier is used to indicate that the data packet supports multiple access technologies, and the fifth identifier or the sixth identifier is used to indicate that the data packet supports the TFCP protocol. Or the data includes a TFCP header, or a sequence number of the packet.
所述第一核心网网元根据所述第六标识获取所述数据包包括:所述第一核心网网元根据所述第六标识解析所述TFCP包头或对所述数据包排序。The acquiring, by the first core network element, the data packet according to the sixth identifier includes: the first core network element parsing the TFCP header according to the sixth identifier or sorting the data packet.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,当业务流支持包粒度分流的情况下,终端设备在决定执行该业务流多接入分流时。终端设备将业务流的数据包封装成第一数据包,并发送给接入网设备,指示该业务流为支持包粒度分流的业务流。接入网设备将第六标识信息以及该第一数据包封装在第二数据包头中发送给第一核心网网元,第一核心网网元根据所述第二数据包头中的第六标识解析TFCP数据包头或对数据包排序。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, when the service flow supports packet granularity distribution, the terminal device determines to perform the service flow multiple access offload. The terminal device encapsulates the data packet of the service flow into the first data packet, and sends the data packet to the access network device, indicating that the service flow is a service flow that supports packet granularity. The access network device encapsulates the sixth identifier information and the first data packet in the second data packet header and sends the information to the first core network element, where the first core network element is parsed according to the sixth identifier in the second data packet header. TFCP headers or sort packets.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,数据包支持分流的情况下,由于终端设备指示了第一核心网网元,则,第一核心网网元能够基于该指示解析对应的数据包。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, in the case that the data packet supports the offloading, since the terminal device indicates the first core network element, the first core network element can parse the corresponding data packet based on the indication.
第八方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新第三业务流或用于请求建立PDU会话;所述终端设备通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术接收所述第一核心网网元发送的响应消息,所述终端设备基于响应消息将所述第三业务流或所述PDU会话通过多个接入技术传输。The eighth aspect provides a communication method, including: the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a third service flow or for Requesting to establish a PDU session; the terminal device receives a response message sent by the first core network element by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, where the terminal device sends the message according to the response message The three traffic flows or the PDU session are transmitted through multiple access technologies.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,所述请求消息或所述响应消息还包括第三标识与多接入技术传输指示,所述多接入技术传输指示用于表示终端设备请求为第三标识确定第三业务流或PDU会话进行多接入技术传输或进行TFCP协议封装。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the request message or the response message further includes a third identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication, where the multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate The terminal device requests to determine, for the third identity, the third service flow or the PDU session to perform multi-access technology transmission or perform TFCP protocol encapsulation.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第三标识包括:业务流描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识中的至少一个。In conjunction with the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the third identifier includes: at least one of a service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a packet data unit PDU session identifier. .
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,所述多接入传 输指示为TFCP协议指示,或TFCP协议封装指示,或包粒度分流指示,终端设备基于QFI确定数据包含有TFCP头,或基于数据包所属的PDU会话确定数据包含有TFCP头,或者,基于结束标识End marker数据包确定上述End marker数据包之后收到的数据包含有TFCP头。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, or a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granularity distribution indication, and the terminal device is based on the QFI. The data is determined to contain the TFCP header, or the PDU session determination data according to the data packet belongs to the TFCP header, or the data received after determining the End marker data packet based on the end identifier End marker data packet includes the TFCP header.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,指示数据包为多接入传输的形式也可以是多种。其中,基于结束标识End marker数据包确定上述End marker数据包之后收到的数据包含有TFCP头表示业务流开始时没有携带上述TFCP头,当有数据包需要分流时,发送该End marker数据包指示后面的数据包含有TFCP。上述End marker数据包还可以标识后面几个数据包支持分流,并不限定紧随其后的数据包含有TFCP。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the form indicating that the data packet is a multiple access transmission may also be multiple. The data received after determining the End marker data packet based on the end identifier End marker data packet includes a TFCP header indicating that the service stream does not carry the TFCP header at the beginning, and when the data packet needs to be offloaded, the End marker data packet indication is sent. The latter data contains TFCP. The above End marker data packet can also identify the following data packets to support the offloading, and does not limit the subsequent data to include the TFCP.
述第一接入技术和第二接入技术可以为多接入PDU会话中两个相异的接入技术。The first access technology and the second access technology may be two different access technologies in a multiple access PDU session.
结合第八方面及其上述实现方式,在第八方面的另一种实现方式中,所述终端设备基于TFCP包头中含有的序列号对所述数据包排序。In conjunction with the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the terminal device sorts the data packet based on a sequence number included in a TFCP packet header.
第九方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术从终端设备接收请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新第三业务流或用于请求建立PDU会话;所述第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向终端设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息用于指示所述第三业务流或所述PDU会话允许多个接入技术传输。A ninth aspect provides a communication method, including: a first core network element receives a request message from a terminal device by using a first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a third service flow or for Requesting to establish a PDU session; the first core network element sends a response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, where the response message is used to indicate the third service flow or The PDU session allows for multiple access technology transmissions.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的另一种实现方式中,所述请求消息或所述响应消息还包括第三标识与多接入技术传输指示,上述多接入技术传输指示用于表示终端设备请求为第三标识确定第三业务流或PDU会话进行多接入技术传输或进行TFCP协议封装。In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in another implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the request message or the response message further includes a third identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication, where the multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate the terminal The device requests to determine, for the third identity, that the third service flow or PDU session is for multiple access technology transmission or for TFCP protocol encapsulation.
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式,在第九方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第三标识包括:业务流描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或PDU会话标识中的至少一个。In conjunction with the ninth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the third identifier includes at least one of a service flow description information, a QoS flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier.
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式,在第九方面的另一种实现方式中,所述多接入传输指示为TFCP协议指示、TFCP协议封装指示或包粒度分流指示。In conjunction with the ninth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granularity offload indication.
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式,在第九方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一核心网网元向用户面网元发送第四标识与多接入技术传输指示。In conjunction with the ninth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the first core network element sends a fourth identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication to the user plane network element.
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式,在第九方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第四标识为业务流描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或PDU会话标识或N4会话标识中的至少一个。With reference to the ninth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the fourth identifier is at least one of service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier or an N4 session identifier. .
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式,在第九方面的另一种实现方式中,所述QFI用于所述终端设备确定数据包含有TFCP头,或者,所述隧道标识用于所述终端设备确定PDU会话的数据包含有TFCP头,或者,结束标识End marker数据包用于所述终端设备确定上述End marker数据包之后收到的数据包含有TFCP头。In conjunction with the ninth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the QFI is used by the terminal device to determine that the data includes a TFCP header, or the tunnel identifier is used by the terminal device. Determining that the data of the PDU session includes a TFCP header, or the end identifier End marker data packet is used by the terminal device to determine that the data received after the End marker data packet includes a TFCP header.
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式,在第九方面的另一种实现方式中,TFCP包头中含有的序列号用于对所述数据包排序。In conjunction with the ninth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the sequence number included in the TFCP header is used to sort the data packet.
第十方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:数据发送网元向数据接收网元发送多条链路传输数据的参数;所述数据发送网元接收所述数据接收网元发送的多条链路传输数据的确认信息。A tenth aspect provides a communication method, including: a parameter that a data sending network element sends a plurality of link transmission data to a data receiving network element; and the data sending network element receives a plurality of chains sent by the data receiving network element Confirmation information of the road transmission data.
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,能够通过多条链路传输数据。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, data can be transmitted through a plurality of links.
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式,在第十方面的另一种实现方式中,所述数据发送网元向数据接收网元发送多条链路传输数据的参数,包括:所述数据发送网元通过控制面向所述数据接收网元发送所述多条链路传输数据的参数;或者,所述数据发送网元通过用户面向所述数据接收网元发送所述多条链路传输数据的参数。With reference to the tenth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the data sending network element sends, by the data sending network element, parameters of the multiple link transmission data, including: the data sending network Transmitting, by the user, the parameter of the multiple link transmission data to the data receiving network element; or the data sending network element sending, by the user, the parameter of the multiple link transmission data to the data receiving network element .
根据本申请实施例的通信方法,发送所述多条链路传输数据的参数可以直接通过用户面发送,也可以是通过控制面去发送。According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the parameter for transmitting the multiple link transmission data may be directly sent through the user plane, or may be sent through the control plane.
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式,在第十方面的另一种实现方式中,所述多条链路传输数据的参数包括:所述数据的标识信息以及指示所述数据通过多条链路传输的指示信息。With reference to the tenth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the parameter of the multiple link transmission data includes: identifier information of the data, and indicating that the data passes through multiple links Instructions for transmission.
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式,在第十方面的另一种实现方式中,所述多条链路传输数据的参数还包括:第一窗口长度,所述第一窗口长度用于指示所述数据发送网元的发送窗口长度。In conjunction with the tenth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the parameter of the multiple link transmission data further includes: a first window length, where the first window length is used to indicate The length of the transmission window of the data transmission network element.
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式,在第十方面的另一种实现方式中,所述数据的标识信息:业务流的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识或N4会话标识中的至少一个。With reference to the tenth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the identifier information of the data: description information of the service flow, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the packet data unit PDU session identifier or the N4 session At least one of the identities.
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式,在第十方面的另一种实现方式中,所述指示信息包括:数据流控制协议TFCP指示、TFCP封装指示、包粒度分流指示、融合隧道指示、融合隧道标识或网元协议IP地址中的至少一个,其中,所述融合隧道指示用于指示为所述业务流建立了融合隧道,网元IP地址为数据发送网元或/和数据接收网元IP地址。With reference to the tenth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the indication information includes: a data flow control protocol TFCP indication, a TFCP encapsulation indication, a packet granularity distribution indication, a fusion tunnel indication, and a fusion tunnel At least one of the identifier or the network element protocol IP address, wherein the fused tunnel indication is used to indicate that a fused tunnel is established for the service flow, and the network element IP address is a data sending network element or/and a data receiving network element IP address .
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式,在第十方面的另一种实现方式中,所述数据发送网元为终端设备,所述数据接收网元为用户面网元,或者,所述数据发送网元为所述用户面网元,所述数据接收网元为所述终端设备,或者,所述数据发送网元为会话管理功能网元,所述数据接收网元为所述终端设备和所述用户面网元。With the tenth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the data sending network element is a terminal device, the data receiving network element is a user plane network element, or the data is sent. The network element is the user plane network element, the data receiving network element is the terminal device, or the data sending network element is a session management function network element, and the data receiving network element is the terminal device and the User plane network element.
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式,在第十方面的另一种实现方式中,所述多条链路传输数据的确认信息包括所述多条链路传输数据的参数;或者,所述多条链路传输数据的确认信息包括确认消息。With the tenth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the confirmation information of the multiple link transmission data includes parameters of the multiple link transmission data; or, the multiple The confirmation information of the link transmission data includes a confirmation message.
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式,在第十方面的另一种实现方式中,所述多条链路包括3GPP链路和非3GPP链路;或者,所述多条链路具体包括不同接入技术的不同接入网设备的链路;或者,所述多条链路具体包括相同接入技术且不同接入网设备的链路。With the tenth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the multiple links include a 3GPP link and a non-3GPP link; or, the multiple links specifically include different connections. A link of a different access network device of the technology; or, the multiple links specifically include links of the same access technology and different access network devices.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:数据发送网元确定第一链路的链路状态和/或第二链路的链路状态;所述数据发送网元根据所述第一链路的链路状态和/或所述第二链路的链路状态通过所述第一链路传输第一数据包,通过所述第二链路传输第二数据包,其中,所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包属于相同的业务流,所述第一数据包包括第一TFCP头,所述第一TFCP头包括该第一数据包的序列号,所述第二数据包包括第二TFCP头,所述第二TFCP头包括该第二数据包的序列号。In an eleventh aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a data sending network element determining a link state of a first link and/or a link state of a second link; the data sending network element according to the first a link state of the link and/or a link state of the second link, the first data packet is transmitted through the first link, and the second data packet is transmitted through the second link, where the A data packet and the second data packet belong to the same service flow, the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, the first TFCP header includes a sequence number of the first data packet, and the second data packet A second TFCP header is included, and the second TFCP header includes a sequence number of the second data packet.
结合第十一方面及其上述实现方式,在第十一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述通信方法还包括:所述数据发送网元确定所述第一链路的第一往返时间RTT以及所述第二链路的第二RTT满足第一预设条件;或者所述数据发送网元确定所述第一链路时延以及所 述第二链路时延满足第二预设条件。With the eleventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the communication method further includes: the data sending network element determining a first round trip time RTT of the first link And the second RTT of the second link meets the first preset condition; or the data sending network element determines that the first link delay and the second link delay meet the second preset condition.
结合第十一方面及其上述实现方式,在第十一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一预设条件包括:所述第一RTT与所述第二RTT的差值小于或等于第一预设阈值;或者,所述第二预设条件包括:所述第一链路时延与所述第二链路时延的差值小于或等于第二预设阈值。In conjunction with the eleventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the first preset condition includes: a difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is less than or equal to The first preset threshold includes: the second preset condition includes: a difference between the first link delay and the second link delay is less than or equal to a second preset threshold.
结合第十一方面及其上述实现方式,在第十一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包为相同的数据包。In another implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the first data packet and the second data packet are the same data packet.
结合第十一方面及其上述实现方式,在第十一方面的另一种实现方式中,所述通信方法还包括:若分流策略中所述第一链路和所述第二链路的分流比例均为100%,所述数据发送网元确定所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包为相同的数据包。In conjunction with the eleventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the communication method further includes: if the first link and the second link are offloaded in the offloading policy The ratio is 100%, and the data sending network element determines that the first data packet and the second data packet are the same data packet.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:数据接收网元从第一链路接收数据发送网元发送的第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括第一TFCP头,所述第一TFCP头包括所述第一数据包的序列号;所述数据接收网元从第二链路接收所述数据发送网元发送的第二数据包,所述第二数据包包括第二TFCP头,所述第二TFCP头包括该第二数据包的序列号,其中,所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包属于相同的业务流;所述数据接收网元根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包。According to a twelfth aspect, a communication method includes: receiving, by a data receiving network element, a first data packet sent by a data sending network element from a first link, where the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, where a TFCP header includes a sequence number of the first data packet; the data receiving network element receives a second data packet sent by the data transmission network element from a second link, and the second data packet includes a second TFCP header The second TFCP header includes a sequence number of the second data packet, where the first data packet and the second data packet belong to the same service flow; and the data reception network element is configured according to the first data The sequence number of the packet and the sequence number of the second data packet buffer the first data packet and/or the second data packet.
结合第十二方面及其上述实现方式,在第十二方面的另一种实现方式中,所述数据接收网元根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,包括:所述数据接收网元根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号将所述第一数据包和第二数据包按序列号存储在缓存区中。In a further implementation of the twelfth aspect, the data receiving network element is configured according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the serial number of the second data packet. Cache the first data packet and/or the second data packet, including: the data receiving network element, according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the sequence number of the second data packet, the first The data packet and the second data packet are stored in the buffer area by serial number.
结合第十二方面及其上述实现方式,在第十二方面的另一种实现方式中,所述通信方法还包括:所述数据接收网元确定所述缓存区中数据包的状态。In a further implementation of the twelfth aspect, the communication method further includes: the data receiving network element determining a state of the data packet in the buffer area.
结合第十二方面及其上述实现方式,在第十二方面的另一种实现方式中,所述数据包的状态包括丢失状态,所述通信方法还包括:若所述数据接收网元超过预定时长没有收到所述数据包,所述数据接收网元确定所述数据包的状态为丢失状态。In a further implementation of the twelfth aspect, the state of the data packet includes a lost state, and the communication method further includes: if the data receiving network element exceeds a predetermined The data packet is not received by the duration, and the data receiving network element determines that the state of the data packet is a lost state.
结合第十二方面及其上述实现方式,在第十二方面的另一种实现方式中,所述通信方法还包括:所述数据接收网元根据所述第一链路和/或第二链路的链路时延,确定所述预定时长;或者,所述数据接收网元根据所述第一链路和/或第二链路的往返时间RTT,确定所述预定时长。In a further implementation of the twelfth aspect, the communication method further includes: the data receiving network element according to the first link and/or the second chain The link delay of the path determines the predetermined duration; or the data receiving network element determines the predetermined duration according to the round trip time RTT of the first link and/or the second link.
结合第十二方面及其上述实现方式,在第十二方面的另一种实现方式中,所述超过预定时长为生存时长,所述生存时长为当前时间与所述数据包估计接收时间的差值,所述数据包估计接收时间基于数据包的前一个数据包接收时间或/和后一个数据包的接收时间获得,或者,预设时长定时器的启动基于数据包的前一个数据包接收时间或/和后一个数据包的接收时间。具体来说,当接收到数据包前一个数据包时启动预设时长定时器。或者,当接收到数据包后一个数据包时启动预设时长定时器。或者,在接收到数据包前一个数据包和后一个数据包之前的任意时刻启动预设时长定时器。In a further implementation of the twelfth aspect, in the implementation of the twelfth aspect, the exceeding the predetermined duration is the duration of the survival, and the duration of the survival is the difference between the current time and the estimated reception time of the data packet. a value, the data packet estimated reception time is obtained based on a previous data packet reception time of the data packet or/and a reception time of the subsequent data packet, or the startup of the preset duration timer is based on a previous data packet reception time of the data packet. Or / and the receipt time of the next packet. Specifically, the preset duration timer is started when a packet before the packet is received. Or, the preset duration timer is started when a packet is received after the data packet is received. Alternatively, the preset duration timer is started at any time before receiving the data packet and the previous data packet.
结合第十二方面及其上述实现方式,在第十二方面的另一种实现方式中,所述数据 接收网元根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,包括:若所述缓存区中包括所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,所述数据接收网元丢弃所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包;或者,若所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包的序列号小于所述缓存区中最小的数据包序列号,所述数据接收网元丢弃所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包。In a further implementation of the twelfth aspect, the data receiving network element is configured according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the serial number of the second data packet. Cache the first data packet and/or the second data packet, including: if the first data packet and/or the second data packet are included in the buffer area, the data receiving network element discards Decoding the first data packet and/or the second data packet; or, if the sequence number of the first data packet and/or the second data packet is smaller than a minimum data packet sequence number in the buffer area, The data receiving network element discards the first data packet and/or the second data packet.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来执行第一方面及第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,通信装置包括用于执行上述第一方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第一方面的第一通信设备。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided that can be used to perform the operations of the communication device in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect. In particular, the communication device comprises a first communication device for performing the steps or functions described in the first aspect above, which may be the first aspect. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第十四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第二方面及第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第二方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided for use in performing the operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the second aspect above. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来执行第三方面及第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,通信装置包括用于执行上述第三方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第三方面的第一通信设备。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided that can be used to perform the operations of the communication device in any of the third and third possible implementations. Specifically, the communication device includes a first communication device for performing the steps or functions described in the above third aspect, which may be the third aspect. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第十六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第四方面及第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第四方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication device is provided that can be used to perform the operations of a communication device in any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect and the fourth aspect. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the fourth aspect above. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第十七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第五方面及第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第五方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a seventeenth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided for use in performing the operations of the signaling device in any of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect and the fifth aspect. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the fifth aspect above. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第十八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第六方面及第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第六方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In an eighteenth aspect, a communication device is provided that can be used to perform the operations of a communication device in any of the possible implementations of the sixth and sixth aspects. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the sixth aspect above. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第十九方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第七方面及第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第七方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a nineteenth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided for use in performing the operations of a communication device in any of the possible implementations of the seventh aspect and the seventh aspect. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the seventh aspect above. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第二十方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第八方面及第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第八方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a twentieth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided for use in performing the operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementations of the eighth aspect and the eighth aspect. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the eighth aspect above. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第二十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第九方面及第九方 面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第九方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a twenty-first aspect, a communication device is provided that can be used to perform the operations of a communication device in any of the possible implementations of the ninth and ninth aspects. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the ninth aspect above. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第二十二方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第十方面及第十方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第十方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a twenty-second aspect, a communication device is provided for use in performing the operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementations of the tenth and tenth aspects. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the above-described tenth aspect. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第二十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第十一方面及第十一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第十一方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。In a twenty-third aspect, there is provided a communication device that can be used to perform the operations of a communication device in any of the eleventh and eleventh possible implementations. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the eleventh aspect above. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第二十四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以用来用于执行第十二方面及第十二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述第十二方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。所述步骤或功能可以通过软件实现,或硬件实现,或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。According to a twenty-fourth aspect, there is provided a communication apparatus for use in performing the operations of the communication device in any of the possible implementations of the twelfth aspect and the twelfth aspect. In particular, the apparatus may comprise means for performing the steps or functions described in the twelfth aspect above. The steps or functions may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
第二十五方面,提供了一种通信设备,包括,处理器,存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该通信装置执行第一至第十二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的通信方法。In a twenty-fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor, a memory for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the communication device performs the first to A communication method in any of the possible implementations of the twelfth aspect.
所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。The processor is one or more, and the memory is one or more.
所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。The memory can be integrated with the processor or the memory can be separate from the processor.
该通信设备还包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。The communication device also includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
一个可能的设计中,提供了一种通信设备,包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该通信设备执行第一至第十二方面或第一至第十二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In one possible design, a communication device is provided that includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program for calling and running the computer program from the memory such that the communication device performs the first to twelfth aspects or the first to tenth The method of any of the possible implementations of the two aspects.
第二十六方面,提供了一种系统,所述系统包括上述通信装置。In a twenty-sixth aspect, a system is provided, the system comprising the above communication device.
第二十七方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第十二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-seventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as a code, or an instruction) that, when executed, causes the computer to perform the first aspect described above The method of any of the possible implementations of the twelfth aspect.
第二十八方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第十二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。A twenty-eighth aspect, a computer readable medium storing a computer program (which may also be referred to as a code, or an instruction), when executed on a computer, causing the computer to perform the first aspect described above The method of any of the possible implementations of the twelfth aspect.
第二十九方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括存储器和处理器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第一方面至第十二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-ninth aspect, a chip system is provided, comprising a memory and a processor for storing a computer program for calling and running the computer program from the memory such that the communication device with the chip system is installed The method of any of the possible implementations of the first to twelfth aspects above is performed.
本发明实施例的通信方法和通信装置,能够实现多接入PDU会话的更新流程。The communication method and the communication device of the embodiment of the present invention can implement an update process of a multi-access PDU session.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1本申请实施例适用系统架构图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture applied to an embodiment of the present application;
图2是一种多接入PDU会话示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a multiple access PDU session;
图3是一种通信方法示意性流程图;3 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method;
图4是另一种通信方法示意性流程图;4 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method;
图5是另一种通信方法示意性流程图;Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method;
图6是另一种通信方法示意性流程图;6 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method;
图7是另一种通信方法示意性流程图;7 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method;
图8是本申请第一个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a first embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图9是本申请第二个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图;9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a second embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请第三个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a third embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图11是本申请第四个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图;11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a fourth embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请第五个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a fifth embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图13是本申请第六个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a sixth embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图14是一种通信装置示意性框图;Figure 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device;
图15是另一种通信装置示意性框图;Figure 15 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device;
图16是另一种通信装置示意性框图;Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device;
图17是另一种通信装置示意性框图;Figure 17 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device;
图18是另一种通信装置示意性框图。Figure 18 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、未来的第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统,以及后续演进的通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, an LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, and an LTE time division duplex (Time Division Duplex). , TDD), the future 5th Generation (5G) system, and the subsequent evolution of the communication system.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户网元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment, an access terminal, a user network element, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, and a user agent. Or user device. The terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), with wireless communication. Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks, or in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) The terminal device and the like are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用, 如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。By way of example and not limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. A wearable device, which can also be called a wearable smart device, is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design and wear wearable devices such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are more than just a hardware device, but they also implement powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-size, non-reliable smartphones for full or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and focus on only one type of application, and need to work with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various smart bracelets for smart signs monitoring, smart jewelry, etc.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或接入设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、内存管理网元(Memory Management Unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(Process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或核心网设备,或者,是终端设备或核心网设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the access device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), a Memory Management Unit (MMU), and a memory (also referred to as a main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through a process, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, contacts, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is not particularly limited as long as the program of the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run by using the program according to the present application. The method can be communicated. For example, the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a core network device, or a function module that can call a program and execute a program in the terminal device or the core network device.
此外,本申请实施例的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(Compact Disc,CD)、数字通用盘(Digital Versatile Disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Furthermore, various aspects or features of embodiments of the present application can be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or media. For example, the computer readable medium may include, but is not limited to, a magnetic storage device (eg, a hard disk, a floppy disk, or a magnetic tape, etc.), such as a compact disc (CD), a digital versatile disc (Digital Versatile Disc, DVD). Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drivers, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, without limitation, a wireless channel and various other mediums capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
下面结合图1和图2详细介绍本申请实施例涉及网络系统架构以及该架构下的多接入PDU会话。The network system architecture and the multi-access PDU session in the architecture are described in detail in the following with reference to FIG. 1 and FIG.
图1是本申请实施例适用的系统架构图。该架构图包括终端设备116,接入网设备220以及核心网设备102三个部分。下面详细介绍该三个部分。FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram of an embodiment of the present application. The architecture diagram includes three parts: a terminal device 116, an access network device 220, and a core network device 102. The three sections are detailed below.
终端设备116可以包括如上所述的多种可能形式,这里不再赘述。The terminal device 116 may include a variety of possible forms as described above, and details are not described herein again.
接入网设备220(包括如图1所示的接入网设备220a和接入网设备220b)可以是3GPP接入技术的无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)设备和/或Non-3GPP接入网设备和/或Non-3GPP接入技术的接入网关设备,统称为接入网设备。上述3GPP接入技术的无线接入网包括但不限于下一代无线接入网络(Next Generation RAN,NG-RAN),LTE网络等。对应的接入网设备可以是下一代无线接入节点(Next Generation-Radio Access Node,NG-RAN)或者演进的节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB或者eNodeB)。Non-3GPP接入技术的接入网包括但不限于可信WLAN接入网,非可信WLAN接入网,固定接入网,有线接入网。在WLAN接入网中,对应的接入网设备可以是接入点(acess point,AP),N3IWF网元或NGPDG等。The access network device 220 (including the access network device 220a and the access network device 220b as shown in FIG. 1) may be a Radio Access Network (RAN) device of the 3GPP access technology and/or Non-3GPP. Access network devices and/or access gateway devices of the Non-3GPP access technology are collectively referred to as access network devices. The radio access network of the above 3GPP access technology includes, but is not limited to, a Next Generation RAN (NG-RAN), an LTE network, and the like. The corresponding access network device may be a Next Generation-Radio Access Node (NG-RAN) or an evolved Node B (eNB or eNodeB). The access network of the Non-3GPP access technology includes, but is not limited to, a trusted WLAN access network, a non-trusted WLAN access network, a fixed access network, and a wired access network. In the WLAN access network, the corresponding access network device may be an access point (AP), an N3IWF network element, or an NGDDG.
终端设备116可以采用3GPP无线技术接入核心网络(5G Core network,CN)。终端设备116也可以采用非第三代合作伙伴计划Non-3GPP接入技术通过N3IWF网元或NGPDG接入核心网。The terminal device 116 can access the core network (5G Core Network, CN) using 3GPP wireless technology. The terminal device 116 can also access the core network through the N3IWF network element or the NGPDG using the Non-3rd Generation Partnership Project Non-3GPP access technology.
图1所示的系统架构还可以支持非可信Non-3GPP接入技术的接入核心网设备。其中该非可信Non-3GPP接入技术接入核心网设备可以是通过非可信无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)接入。The system architecture shown in Figure 1 can also support access to core network devices for non-trusted Non-3GPP access technologies. The non-trusted Non-3GPP access technology accessing the core network device may be accessed through a Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN).
可信Non-3GPP接入核心网设备与非可信Non-3GPP接入核心网设备类似。可以将非可信Non-3GPP接入技术的的接入网设备替换成可信Non-3GPP接入技术的接入网设备,N3IWF替换成可信接入网关。或者当可信Non-3GPP接入网关不存在时,接入网设备为可信non-3PGP接入网设备。The trusted Non-3GPP access core network device is similar to the non-trusted Non-3GPP access core network device. The access network device of the non-trusted Non-3GPP access technology may be replaced with the access network device of the trusted Non-3GPP access technology, and the N3IWF is replaced with a trusted access gateway. Or when the trusted Non-3GPP access gateway does not exist, the access network device is a trusted non-3PGP access network device.
无论是3GPP接入、或可信Non-3GPP接入或者非可信Non-3GPP接入,第一核心网网元(例如:SMF网元)可以为点对点接口协议,或者与3GPP接入核心网络架构一致的采用服务化接口的架构。Whether it is 3GPP access, or trusted Non-3GPP access or non-trusted Non-3GPP access, the first core network element (for example, SMF network element) may be a point-to-point interface protocol or a 3GPP access core network. A consistent architecture with a serviced interface.
应理解,本申请中对于终端设备通过哪种接入技术接入核心网设备不做限制,可以是现有的或未来的接入技术中的任意一种接入技术接入核心网设备。It should be understood that, in this application, there is no limitation on which access technology the terminal device accesses the core network device, and any one of the existing or future access technologies may access the core network device.
在本实施例中,以3GPP接入网设备为NG-RAN,非3GPP接入网设备为N3IWF网元进行举例说明。In this embodiment, the 3GPP access network device is an NG-RAN, and the non-3GPP access network device is an N3IWF network element.
核心网设备102,按功能分为用户面(User plane function,UPF)网元与控制面网元功能(Control plane function,CP)网元。The core network device 102 is divided into a user plane function (UPF) network element and a control plane network element (CP) network element according to functions.
用户面功能网元主要负责分组数据包的转发、服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)控制、计费信息统计等。The user plane function network element is mainly responsible for packet data packet forwarding, quality of service (QoS) control, and accounting information statistics.
控制面网元功能网元主要负责终端设备注册认证、移动性管理及向用户面功能网元下发数据包转发策略、QoS控制策略等。The control plane network element function network element is mainly responsible for terminal device registration authentication, mobility management, and sending a packet forwarding policy and a QoS control policy to the user plane function network element.
控制面网元功能网元按功能可进一步细分为:接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)网元,与会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)网元。The control plane network element function network element can be further subdivided into: access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) network element and session management function (SMF) network element.
AMF网元负责终端设备接入核心网设备时的注册流程,及终端设备移动过程中的位置管理。The AMF network element is responsible for the registration process when the terminal device accesses the core network device and the location management during the terminal device movement process.
SMF网元负责终端设备发起业务时核心网设备建立相应的会话连接,为终端设备提供具体服务。该服务包括基于SMF网元与UPF网元之间的接口,向UPF网元下发数据包转发策略、服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)策略等。The SMF network element is responsible for establishing a corresponding session connection for the core network device when the terminal device initiates the service, and provides a specific service for the terminal device. The service includes an interface between the SMF network element and the UPF network element, and sends a packet forwarding policy and a quality of service (QoS) policy to the UPF network element.
核心网设备还包括鉴权服务器功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF)网元,统一的用户数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM)网元,策略控制功能(Policy Control function,PCF)网元,应用功能(Application Function,AF),数据网络(Data Network,DN)。网络切片选择功能(Network Slice Selection Function,NSSF)。网络能力开放功能(Network Exposure Function,NEF)。网络功能库(NF Repository Function,NRF)。AUSF网元主要负责对终端设备进行鉴权,确定终端设备的合法性。The core network device also includes an Authentication Server Function (AUSF) network element, a unified User Data Management (UDM) network element, a Policy Control Function (PCF) network element, and an application function. Application Function, AF), Data Network (DN). Network Slice Selection Function (NSSF). Network Exposure Function (NEF). NF Repository Function (NRF). The AUSF network element is responsible for authenticating terminal devices and determining the legitimacy of the terminal devices.
UDM网元主要用来存储终端设备签约数据。The UDM network element is mainly used to store terminal device subscription data.
PCF网元主要用来下发业务相关的策略给AMF或SMF。The PCF network element is mainly used to deliver service-related policies to AMF or SMF.
AF用于发送应用相关需求给PCF,使得PCF生成对应的策略。The AF is used to send application related requirements to the PCF, so that the PCF generates a corresponding policy.
NSSF用于网络切片选择。NSSF is used for network slice selection.
NEF用于将5G网络能力开放给第三方网络。NEF is used to open 5G network capabilities to third-party networks.
NRF用于选择到上述网络功能网元。The NRF is used to select the network function network element mentioned above.
数据网络(Data Network,DN)用于为用户设备提供服务。例如,提供移动运营商业务,Interent业务,网络服务或第三方服务等。A Data Network (DN) is used to provide services to user equipment. For example, providing mobile operator services, Interent services, network services or third party services.
本申请实施例中主要涉及图1中的终端设备、接入网设备(包括第一接入网设备NG-RAN和第二接入网设备N3IWF)以及核心网设备中的SMF网元、AMF网元,PCF网元和UPF网元。The embodiment of the present application mainly relates to the terminal device, the access network device (including the first access network device NG-RAN and the second access network device N3IWF) in FIG. 1 and the SMF network element and the AMF network in the core network device. Yuan, PCF network element and UPF network element.
应理解,下面结合附图介绍本申请的技术方案时不涉及除核心网设备中的SMF网元、AMF网元、PCF网元和UPF网元之外的其他网元功能的介绍,对于核心网设备中的其他网元的功能本申请不做限制。It should be understood that the following describes the technical solutions of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings, and does not involve the introduction of other network element functions except the SMF network element, the AMF network element, the PCF network element, and the UPF network element in the core network device. The functions of other network elements in the device are not limited in this application.
应理解上述图1中所描述的核心网设备还可以包括其他功能网元,本申请对此不做限制。It should be understood that the core network device described in FIG. 1 may further include other functional network elements, which is not limited in this application.
基于上述5G网络架构支持的多接入技术,现有技术中可以建立多接入PDU会话,其中,多接入指的是PDU会话通过多个接入网设备接入核心网,不同的接入网设备可以对应不同接入技术,也可以对应相同的接入技术。Based on the multiple access technologies supported by the foregoing 5G network architecture, multiple access PDU sessions can be established in the prior art, where multiple access refers to a PDU session accessing a core network through multiple access network devices, and different accesses. Network devices can correspond to different access technologies and can also correspond to the same access technology.
例如,多接入包括通过第一接入网设备NG-RAN和第二接入网设备N3IWF接入核心网设备。对应的,通过NG-RAN接入核心网设备对应的第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术或NG-RAN接入技术,通过N3IWF接入核心网设备对应的第二接入技术为Non-3GPP接入技术或非可信WLAN接入技术。For example, multiple access includes accessing the core network device through the first access network device NG-RAN and the second access network device N3IWF. Correspondingly, the first access technology corresponding to the NG-RAN access core network device is the 3GPP access technology or the NG-RAN access technology, and the second access technology corresponding to the N3IWF access core network device is Non-3GPP. Access technology or non-trusted WLAN access technology.
在该多接入PDU会话中增加业务流或会话中的业务流发生变化时,终端设备通过第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送更新请求,并完成该第一接入网设备的QoS文件新建或更新流程。或者,终端设备通过第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备向第一核心网网元发送更新请求,并完成该第二接入网设备的QoS文件新建或更新流程。When the service flow is changed in the multiple access PDU session or the service flow in the session is changed, the terminal device sends an update request to the core network device by using the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, and completes the first The QoS file creation or update process of the access network device. Alternatively, the terminal device sends an update request to the first core network element by using the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, and completes a QoS file creation or update process of the second access network device.
下述实施例以终端设备通过第一接入网设备发送更新请求为例。例如,终端设备在多接入PDU会话中需要增加业务流1,终端设备通过NG-RAN向第一核心网网元发送更新请求,请求通过NG-RAN采用3GPP接入技术传输业务流1。第一核心网网元根据该请求消息,更新NG-RAN的QoS文件。假设上述QoS文件更新前能支持5兆的业务流传输,业务流1需要5兆的资源传输,则更新后的QoS文件支持10兆的业务流传输。The following embodiment takes an example in which a terminal device sends an update request through a first access network device. For example, the terminal device needs to add the service flow 1 in the multiple access PDU session, and the terminal device sends an update request to the first core network element through the NG-RAN, requesting to transmit the service flow 1 through the NG-RAN using the 3GPP access technology. The first core network element updates the QoS file of the NG-RAN according to the request message. It is assumed that the above QoS file can support 5 megabytes of service stream transmission before the update, and service stream 1 requires 5 megabytes of resource transmission, and the updated QoS file supports 10 megabytes of service stream transmission.
应理解,上述采用3GPP接入技术只是一种举例的形式。第一接入技术为该多接入PDU会话接入技术中的任意一个接入技术。It should be understood that the above adoption of the 3GPP access technology is only an example form. The first access technology is any one of the multiple access PDU session access technologies.
下面结合图2简单介绍一下多接入PDU会话。图2是一种多接入PDU会话示意图。A multi-access PDU session will be briefly described below with reference to FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a multiple access PDU session.
接入技术310(包括如图2所示的接入技术310a和接入技术310b),其中接入技术指的是,终端设备116与用户面功能网元330传输PDU会话中的业务流数据包时,接入网络侧的接入技术方式。The access technology 310 (including the access technology 310a and the access technology 310b as shown in FIG. 2), wherein the access technology refers to the terminal device 116 and the user plane function network element 330 transmitting the service flow data packet in the PDU session. When accessing the access technology on the network side.
其中,该接入技术310可以是通过上述的3GPP接入或Non-3GPP接入的接入技术。该接入技术310还可以是LTE接入、NG-RAN接入、可信Non-3GPP接入、非可信Non-3GPP接入、WLAN接入以及固网接入等接入技术。本申请对接入技术具体方式不做限制,接 入技术310a和接入技术310b分别为不同的接入技术,或相同的接入技术但不同的接入网设备即可。The access technology 310 may be an access technology that accesses through the foregoing 3GPP access or Non-3GPP. The access technology 310 may also be an access technology such as LTE access, NG-RAN access, trusted Non-3GPP access, non-trusted Non-3GPP access, WLAN access, and fixed network access. The application does not limit the specific mode of the access technology. The access technology 310a and the access technology 310b are respectively different access technologies, or the same access technology but different access network devices.
用户面隧道320(包括如图2所示的用户面隧道320a和用户面隧道320b),指的是接入网设备到UPF之间的用户面隧道。不同的接入网设备与相同的UPF之间建立不同的用户面隧道320a和320b。接入网设备与UPF分配各自的隧道标识,并将自己的隧道标识发送给对端设备存储。如接入网设备1分配用户面隧道320a隧道标识1,并将隧道标识1发送给UPF存储。UPF分配用户面隧道320a隧道标识2,并将隧道标识2发送给接入网设备存储。隧道标识1与隧道标识2为接入网设备1与UPF之间的用户面隧道320a的隧道标识。用户面隧道230b的隧道标识与用户面隧道320a的隧道标识类似,接入网设备2分配用户面隧道320b隧道标识3,UPF分配用户面隧道320b隧道标识4。UPF分配的用户面隧道320a的隧道标识2和用户面隧道320b的隧道标识4可能相同,也可能不同,本申请不做限制。The user plane tunnel 320 (including the user plane tunnel 320a and the user plane tunnel 320b shown in FIG. 2) refers to a user plane tunnel between the access network device and the UPF. Different user plane tunnels 320a and 320b are established between different access network devices and the same UPF. The access network device and the UPF allocate their own tunnel identifiers, and send their own tunnel identifiers to the peer device for storage. For example, the access network device 1 allocates the tunnel identifier 1 of the user plane tunnel 320a, and sends the tunnel identifier 1 to the UPF storage. The UPF allocates the user plane tunnel 320a tunnel identifier 2, and sends the tunnel identifier 2 to the access network device for storage. The tunnel identifier 1 and the tunnel identifier 2 are tunnel identifiers of the user plane tunnel 320a between the access network device 1 and the UPF. The tunnel identifier of the user plane tunnel 230b is similar to the tunnel identifier of the user plane tunnel 320a. The access network device 2 allocates the user plane tunnel 320b tunnel identifier 3, and the UPF assigns the user plane tunnel 320b tunnel identifier 4. The tunnel identifier 2 of the user plane tunnel 320a and the tunnel identifier 4 of the user plane tunnel 320b may be the same or different, and the application is not limited.
PDU会话指的终端到UPF之间的会话。上述用户面隧道320a与320b属于相同PDU会话。上述接入技术310为相同PDU会话的不同接入技术,或相同PDU会话的相同技术技术的不同接入网设备。A PDU session refers to a session between a terminal and a UPF. The user plane tunnels 320a and 320b described above belong to the same PDU session. The foregoing access technologies 310 are different access technologies of the same PDU session, or different access network devices of the same technical technology of the same PDU session.
现有技术中,5G网络架构支持多接入,可以建立多接入PDU会话。In the prior art, the 5G network architecture supports multiple access, and a multi-access PDU session can be established.
多接入PDU会话可以实现不同粒度的业务分流。即,可以实现通过不同的接入技术的不同接入网设备,或相同接入技术的不同接入网设备传输不同的业务流。以下描述以不同接入技术的不同接入网设备为例。对于相同接入技术的不同接入网设备,下述描述将接入技术替换成接入网设备即可。A multi-access PDU session can implement traffic splitting of different granularities. That is, different access network devices that use different access technologies, or different access network devices that use the same access technology, can transmit different service flows. The following describes different access network devices with different access technologies as an example. For different access network devices of the same access technology, the following description replaces the access technology with the access network device.
其中,业务流的最小分流粒度为包粒度。即,同一业务流的不同数据包可以通过不同的接入技术传输。The minimum split granularity of the service flow is the packet granularity. That is, different data packets of the same service flow can be transmitted through different access technologies.
图2所示的多接入PDU会话为了实现包粒度分流,需要将上述PDU会话的所有业务流数据包,或在属于一个服务质量流(QoS flow)的所有业务流数据包,或在属于同一条业务流的所有数据包中增加数据流控制协议(Traffic Flow Control Protocol,TFCP)头封装。上述TFCP协议为UE和UPF之间的用户面协议层,用于携带数据包序列号,或用于进行UE和UPF之间的链路状态检测。本专利不对上述协议层的协议类型做限制,比如还可以为通用路由封装(Generic Routing Encapsulation,GRE)协议或其他协议类型。以下描述以TFCP协议为例。In order to implement packet granularity splitting, the multiple access PDU session shown in FIG. 2 needs to transmit all service flow data packets of the foregoing PDU session, or all service flow data packets belonging to one QoS flow, or belong to the same A Traffic Flow Control Protocol (TFCP) header is added to all packets of a service flow. The TFCP protocol is a user plane protocol layer between the UE and the UPF, and is used to carry a packet sequence number or to perform link state detection between the UE and the UPF. This patent does not limit the protocol type of the above protocol layer. For example, it may also be a Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) protocol or other protocol types. The following description uses the TFCP protocol as an example.
当图2所示的多接入PDU会话需要新增业务流,或者该多接入PDU会话中的业务流需要更新时,需要更新该多接入PDU会话。其中,更新业务流包括业务流的QoS参数发生改变,或者业务流的接入技术发生改变。When the multiple access PDU session shown in FIG. 2 needs to add a new service flow, or the service flow in the multiple access PDU session needs to be updated, the multiple access PDU session needs to be updated. The update service flow includes a change in the QoS parameter of the service flow, or a change in the access technology of the service flow.
在一些实施例中,终端设备通过图2所示的第一接入技术发送该多接入PDU会话的更新请求。例如,增加业务流1。第一核心网网元将业务流1分配在发送该更新请求的第一接入技术上传输,并请求第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备更新当前QoS参数。In some embodiments, the terminal device transmits an update request for the multiple access PDU session through the first access technology illustrated in FIG. 2. For example, increase traffic flow 1. The first core network element transmits the service flow 1 to the first access technology that sends the update request, and requests the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology to update the current QoS parameter.
在另一些实施例中,终端设备通过图2所示的第二接入技术发送该多接入PDU会话的更新请求。例如,增加业务流1。第一核心网网元将业务流1分配在发送该更新请求的第二接入技术上传输,并请求第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备更新当前QoS参数。In other embodiments, the terminal device transmits an update request for the multiple access PDU session through the second access technology shown in FIG. 2. For example, increase traffic flow 1. The first core network element transmits the service flow 1 to the second access technology that sends the update request, and requests the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology to update the current QoS parameter.
由上述可知,现有中在5G网络架构中对多接入PDU会话更新时。只能更新发送更新请求的接入网设备(例如:第一接入网设备)的QoS,而不能更新多接入PDU会话中另一侧入网设备(例如:第二接入网设备)的QoS。It can be seen from the above that the existing multi-access PDU session is updated in the 5G network architecture. The QoS of the access network device (for example, the first access network device) that sends the update request can only be updated, and the QoS of the other network access device (for example, the second access network device) in the multiple access PDU session cannot be updated. .
例如,有新的业务流1需要传输时,终端设备从第一接入技术发送请求传输业务流1的请求消息,对应更新第一接入技术的QoS参数,使得,第一接入技术能够传输业务流1,但是不能更新第二接入技术的QoS参数,使得第二接入技术传输业务流1。另外,如有新的业务流1和业务流2分别需要在第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输。现有技术需要分别在第一接入技术和第二接入技术发送更新请求消息,分别使业务流1对应更新接入技术一,业务流2对应更新接入技术二。For example, when a new service flow 1 needs to be transmitted, the terminal device sends a request message for requesting the transmission of the service flow 1 from the first access technology, corresponding to updating the QoS parameter of the first access technology, so that the first access technology can transmit Traffic 1 is, but the QoS parameters of the second access technology cannot be updated, so that the second access technology transmits traffic 1. In addition, if there are new service flows 1 and 2, respectively, the traffic needs to be transmitted in the first access technology and the second access technology. The prior art needs to send an update request message in the first access technology and the second access technology, respectively, so that the service flow 1 corresponds to the update access technology one, and the service flow 2 corresponds to the update access technology 2.
此外,现有技术不支持包粒度分流。导致当一侧接入技术无法满足业务流QoS需求时,另一侧接入技术也无法为此业务流提供传输服务。In addition, the prior art does not support packet granularity offloading. As a result, when one side access technology cannot meet the service flow QoS requirements, the other side access technology cannot provide a transmission service for this service flow.
为了解决上述问题,本申请的一些实施例提出一种通信方法,能够在多接入PDU会话的基础上,对该多接入PDU会话的中的多种接入技术进行更新。In order to solve the above problem, some embodiments of the present application propose a communication method capable of updating multiple access technologies in a multiple access PDU session on the basis of a multiple access PDU session.
本申请的另一些实施例可以支持多种粒度的TFCP封装,从而实现包粒度分流。上述多种粒度的TFCP封装包括PDU会话粒度的TFCP封装,QoS flow粒度的TFCP封装,或者业务流粒度或业务流模板粒度的TFCP封装。其中业务流粒度或业务流模板粒度的TFCP封装,只需要在该业务流中或业务流模板对应的所有业务流中增加TFCP头封装,而不需要在所属同一个QOS flow中的每个业务流都增加TFCP头封装。Other embodiments of the present application can support multiple granularity of TFCP encapsulation to achieve packet granularity offloading. The above various granular TFCP encapsulations include TFCP encapsulation of PDU session granularity, TFCP encapsulation of QoS flow granularity, or TFCP encapsulation of service flow granularity or service flow template granularity. The TFCP encapsulation of the service flow granularity or the service flow template granularity only needs to add the TFCP header encapsulation in the service flow or all the service flows corresponding to the service flow template, and does not need each service flow in the same QOS flow. Both add TFCP header packages.
还应理解上述PDU的中文解释以及英文全称、核心网设备中各个网元等称呼均为便于区分而定义的称呼,不应对本申请构成任何限定,本申请并不排除在现有或未来的协议中使用其他的名称来替代上述各个名称的可能。It should also be understood that the Chinese interpretation of the above PDU and the full name of the English, the names of the network elements in the core network device, and the like are all easily defined and should not be construed as limiting the present application. This application does not exclude existing or future agreements. Use other names instead of the above names.
下面结合图3详细介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below with reference to FIG.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法示意性流程图。S110,终端设备向第一核心网网元发送请求消息。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. S110. The terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element.
请求消息请求更新终端设备和所述UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话时,参考下述情况一的描述。When the request message requests to update the multi-access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element, reference is made to the description of the following case 1.
请求消息请求删除终端设备和所述UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话的其中一个接入技术时,参考下述情况二的描述。When the request message requests to delete one of the access technologies of the multi-access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element, refer to the description of the following case 2.
情况一:终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流。Case 1: The terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow.
可选地,所述请求消息包含第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述业务流。上述业务流可以为一条业务流,也可以是多条业务流。Optionally, the request message includes a first identifier, where the first identifier is used to determine the service flow. The foregoing service flow may be one service flow or multiple service flows.
所述第一标识包括:所述业务流的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或PDU会话标识中的至少一个。The first identifier includes at least one of description information of the service flow, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier.
在一些实施例中,终端设备会在请求消息中包含第三标识与多接入技术传输指示对应关系给第一核心网网元。上述第三标识可以与第一标识相同,用于确定业务流。或者第三标识与第二标识相同为PDU会话标识(PDU session ID),用于确定PDU会话。或者第三标识为QoS flow标识(QFI),用于确定QoS flow。多接入技术传输指示用于表 示终端设备请求为第三标识确定的第三业务流进行多接入技术传输,或用于表示终端设备请求为第三标识确定的第三业务流进行TFCP协议封装。上述多接入传输指示为TFCP协议指示、TFCP协议封装指示或包粒度分流指示。In some embodiments, the terminal device includes a third identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication correspondence relationship to the first core network element in the request message. The third identifier may be the same as the first identifier, and is used to determine a service flow. Or the third identifier is the same as the second identifier, which is a PDU session ID, used to determine the PDU session. Or the third identifier is a QoS flow identifier (QFI) for determining the QoS flow. The multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the terminal device requests the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform multi-access technology transmission, or is used to indicate that the terminal device requests the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform TFCP protocol encapsulation. . The multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granularity offload indication.
在一些实施中,业务流可以理解为上述终端设备和UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话中发生变化的业务流,或者新增的业务流。该发生变化的业务流可以是业务流的QoS参数发生了改变,或者是业务流的接入技术发生了变化。In some implementations, the service flow may be understood as a service flow that changes in a multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element, or a newly added service flow. The changed service flow may be a change in the QoS parameter of the service flow or a change in the access technology of the service flow.
在一些实施中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,终端设备请求第一核心网网元在第一接入技术上为业务流分配传输资源,使得,业务流在第一接入技术上传输。In some implementations, the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the first access technology, and the terminal device requests the first core network element to allocate transmission resources for the service flow on the first access technology, so that The traffic is transmitted on the first access technology.
在另一些实施中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,终端设备请求第一核心网网元在第二接入技术上为业务流分配传输资源,使得,业务流在第二接入技术上传输。In other implementations, the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the second access technology, and the terminal device requests the first core network element to allocate transmission resources for the service flow on the second access technology. Thus, the traffic is transmitted on the second access technology.
在另一些实施中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术的指示信息,终端设备请求第一核心网网元在第一接入技术和第二接入技术上为业务流分配传输资源,使得,业务流分别在第一接入技术和第二接入技术上传输。In other implementations, the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology and the second access technology, and the terminal device requests the first core network element in the first access technology and the first The second access technology allocates transmission resources for the service flow, so that the service flows are transmitted on the first access technology and the second access technology, respectively.
上述第一标识信息为一条业务流描述或者业务流模板,并且该业务流或业务流模板中的所有业务流支持包粒度分流。The first identifier information is a service flow description or a service flow template, and all service flows in the service flow or the service flow template support packet granularity.
还可以理解为,请求消息用于请求更新所述终端设备与所述UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话中的接入技术的QoS文件,使得终端设备在所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术上能够传输业务流。It can also be understood that the request message is used to request to update the QoS file of the access technology in the multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element, so that the terminal device is in the first access technology and / or the second access technology can transmit traffic.
其中,多接入PDU会话指的是所述PDU会话可以通过多种接入技术接入核心网设备,一种接入技术可以对应一种接入网设备。The multi-access PDU session refers to that the PDU session can access the core network device through multiple access technologies, and one access technology can correspond to one access network device.
本申请中以终端设备与所述UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话为两种接入技术为例,并且两种接入技术中的第一接入技术与第二接入技术相异进行举例说明。In the present application, the multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element is taken as an example, and the first access technology of the two access technologies is different from the second access technology. Give an example.
应理解,本申请实施例中不限制该多接入PDU会话的接入技术仅为两种接入技术,该多接入PDU会话可以包括两种以上的接入技术,并且每个接入技术不同。It should be understood that the access technology that does not limit the multiple access PDU session in the embodiment of the present application is only two access technologies, and the multiple access PDU session may include two or more access technologies, and each access technology different.
还应理解,上述第一接入技术与第二接入技术相异为一种具体的实现方式,也可以是一种接入技术对应于两种接入网设备。此时,将以下描述中的“接入技术”替换成“接入网设备”,即不同的接入技术替换成不同的接入网设备即可。It should be understood that the foregoing first access technology is different from the second access technology in a specific implementation manner, and an access technology may be corresponding to two access network devices. At this time, the "access technology" in the following description is replaced with the "access network device", that is, different access technologies are replaced with different access network devices.
在一些实施例中,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为Non-3GPP接入技术。In some embodiments, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology and the second access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology.
在另一些实施例中,第一接入技术为Non-3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术。In other embodiments, the first access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
在另一些实施例中,第一接入技术为NG-RAN接入技术,第二接入技术为WLAN接入技术。In other embodiments, the first access technology is an NG-RAN access technology, and the second access technology is a WLAN access technology.
应理解,上述第一接入技术和第二接入技术可以是3GPP接入技术、Non-3GPP接入技术、LTE接入技术、NG-RAN接入技术、可信Non-3GPP接入技术、非可信Non-3GPP接入技术、WLAN接入技术以及固网接入技术等接入技术中的任意一种。It should be understood that the foregoing first access technology and the second access technology may be a 3GPP access technology, a Non-3GPP access technology, an LTE access technology, an NG-RAN access technology, a trusted Non-3GPP access technology, Any one of access technologies such as non-trusted Non-3GPP access technology, WLAN access technology, and fixed network access technology.
在一种可能的实现方式中,步骤301中的请求消息用于请求对所述终端设备和所述UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话新增或更新业务流。In a possible implementation manner, the request message in step 301 is used to request to add or update a service flow to a multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可以是对第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术的QoS文件进行更新。使得在所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术上能够传输新增的业务流。In a possible implementation, the QoS file of the first access technology and/or the second access technology may be updated. The new service flow can be transmitted on the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
在一些实施例中,请求消息中携带第二标识,第二标识为上述多接入PDU会话标识(PDU session ID)。所述PDU会话标识用于指示多接入PDU会话。因为在终端设备和UPF网元之间可能存在多个多接入PDU会话,每个多接入PD会话存在对应的会话标识。In some embodiments, the request message carries a second identifier, and the second identifier is the multiple access PDU session identifier (PDU session ID). The PDU session identifier is used to indicate a multiple access PDU session. Because there may be multiple multiple access PDU sessions between the terminal device and the UPF network element, there is a corresponding session identifier for each multi-access PD session.
应理解,本申请实施例对于如何生成上述多接入PDU会话标识不做限制。本申请实施例为基于建立好的多接入PDU会话,进行该多接入PDU会话的更新。It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit how to generate the foregoing multi-access PDU session identifier. The embodiment of the present application is to update the multi-access PDU session based on the established multi-access PDU session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,步骤301中的请求消息中包括第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述业务流。该第一标识可以为数据包过滤器(Packet Filters)可以用于描述业务流,因此也可以称为业务流描述,或者第一标识可以为服务数据流(Service data flow,SDF)模板,业务数据流模板为业务流描述的集合,即Packet Filter set,因此也可以称为业务流描述。In a possible implementation, the request message in step 301 includes a first identifier, where the first identifier is used to determine the service flow. The first identifier may be a packet filter (Packet Filters) may be used to describe a service flow, and may also be referred to as a service flow description, or the first identifier may be a service data flow (SDF) template, and the service data. A flow template is a collection of service flow descriptions, that is, a Packet Filter set, and thus may also be referred to as a service flow description.
该第一标识用于描述上述业务流,即,用于描述多接入PDU会话中新增或修改的业务流。第一核心网网元可以根据第一标识确定业务流。The first identifier is used to describe the service flow, that is, to describe a service flow added or modified in a multiple access PDU session. The first core network element may determine the service flow according to the first identifier.
在一些实施例中,业务流描述包括业务流的源网络协议(Internet Protocol,IP)地址和目的IP地址。In some embodiments, the traffic flow description includes a source network protocol (IP) address and a destination IP address of the traffic flow.
可选地,业务流描述包括业务流的源端口号和目的端口号。Optionally, the service flow description includes a source port number and a destination port number of the service flow.
可选地,业务流描述信息包括业务流的协议类型。Optionally, the service flow description information includes a protocol type of the service flow.
可选地,业务流描述信息包括业务流的应用类型。Optionally, the service flow description information includes an application type of the service flow.
可选地,业务流描述信息包括上述业务流的源IP地址和目的IP地址、源MAC地址和目的MAC地址,源端口号和目的端口号、协议类型或应用类型中的至少一个。Optionally, the service flow description information includes at least one of a source IP address and a destination IP address, a source MAC address and a destination MAC address, a source port number and a destination port number, a protocol type, or an application type of the foregoing service flow.
应理解,上述各种业务流描述信息只是举例的形式,业务流描述信息还可以包括其他能够用于描述多接入PDU会话中新增或更新的业务流的。It should be understood that the foregoing various service flow description information is only an example form, and the service flow description information may further include other service flows that can be used to describe new or updated traffic in the multiple access PDU session.
在一些实施例中,请求消息中还包括接入技术的指示信息和第一标识,用于表示所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和/或所述第二接入技术传输。In some embodiments, the request message further includes indication information of the access technology and a first identifier, where the service flow is indicated to be transmitted by the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
例如,第一标识与业务流对应的接入技术对应关系。上述业务流为第一标识确定的业务流,接入技术为该业务流对应的接入技术。第一核心网网元根据终端设备请求的业务流对应的接入技术和/或核心网的分流策略,确定业务流对应的接入技术。For example, the first identifier corresponds to an access technology corresponding to the service flow. The service flow is a service flow determined by the first identifier, and the access technology is an access technology corresponding to the service flow. The first core network element determines the access technology corresponding to the service flow according to the access technology corresponding to the service flow requested by the terminal device and/or the traffic off policy of the core network.
在一些实施例中,上述业务流对应的接入技术为3GPP接入技术。In some embodiments, the access technology corresponding to the foregoing service flow is a 3GPP access technology.
在另一些实施例中,上述业务流对应的接入技术为Non-3GPP接入技术。In other embodiments, the access technology corresponding to the foregoing service flow is a Non-3GPP access technology.
在另一些实施例中,上述业务流对应的接入技术为3GPP接入技术和Non-3GPP接入技术。In other embodiments, the access technologies corresponding to the foregoing service flows are 3GPP access technologies and Non-3GPP access technologies.
应理解,本申请实施例是以第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为Non-3GPP接入技术进行举例说明,当第一接入技术和第二接入技术为其他类型的接入技术时,上述业务流对应的接入技术还可以为其他类型的接入。例如,LTE接入,5GRAN接入,可信Non-3GPP接入,非可信Non-3GPP接入,WLAN接入,固网接入等。It should be understood that the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology. The first access technology and the second access technology are other When the access technology of the type is used, the access technology corresponding to the foregoing service flow may also be other types of access. For example, LTE access, 5GRAN access, trusted Non-3GPP access, non-trusted Non-3GPP access, WLAN access, fixed network access, and the like.
在一些实施例中,请求消息中还可以包括服务质量QoS规则,其中,所述QoS规则中包含业务流所需的QoS参数。第一标识与所述QoS规则具有对应关系。当QoS规则与第二接入技术对应时,表示第一标识确定的业务流通过第二接入技术传输;或者,当QoS规则与第一接入技术和第二接入技术对应时,表示第一标识确定的业务流通过第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输。In some embodiments, the request message may further include a quality of service QoS rule, wherein the QoS rule includes a QoS parameter required by the traffic flow. The first identifier has a corresponding relationship with the QoS rule. When the QoS rule corresponds to the second access technology, the service flow indicated by the first identifier is transmitted by using the second access technology; or when the QoS rule is corresponding to the first access technology and the second access technology, An identified service flow is transmitted through the first access technology and the second access technology.
上述QoS参数包括带宽,保证带宽,最大带宽,QoS分类(5QI)中的至少一个The above QoS parameters include at least one of bandwidth, guaranteed bandwidth, maximum bandwidth, and QoS classification (5QI).
上述终端设备向第一核心网网元发送请求消息包括:终端设备将该请求消息发送给接入网设备,接入网设备再将该请求消息发送给第一核心网网元。The sending, by the terminal device, the request message to the first core network element includes: sending, by the terminal device, the request message to the access network device, where the access network device sends the request message to the first core network element.
终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息包括:The sending, by the terminal device, the request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology includes:
方式一:该第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,终端设备在3GPP接入技术上发送请求消息,请求更新多接PDU会话。即终端设备通过3GPP接入技术发送请求消息给接入网设备。此时,该第一接入网设备为NG-RAN。Manner 1: The first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the terminal device sends a request message on the 3GPP access technology to request to update the multi-access PDU session. That is, the terminal device sends a request message to the access network device through the 3GPP access technology. At this time, the first access network device is an NG-RAN.
终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,终端设备首先将请求消息发送给该NG-RAN,该NG-RAN再将请求消息发送给第一核心网网元。The terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, and the terminal device first sends a request message to the NG-RAN, and the NG-RAN sends the request message to the first core network element.
方式二:该第一接入技术为Non-3GPP接入技术,终端设备在Non-3GPP接入技术上发送请求消息,请求更新多接PDU会话。即终端设备通过Non-3GPP接入技术发送请求消息给接入网设备。此时,该接入网设备为N3IWF。Manner 2: The first access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology, and the terminal device sends a request message on the Non-3GPP access technology to request to update the multi-access PDU session. That is, the terminal device sends a request message to the access network device through the Non-3GPP access technology. At this time, the access network device is an N3IWF.
终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,终端设备首先将请求消息发送给该N3IWF,该N3IWF再将请求消息发送给第一核心网网元。The terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, and the terminal device first sends a request message to the N3IWF, and the N3IWF sends the request message to the first core network element.
上述终端设备发送请求消息的方式为方式一和方式二只是举例的形式。当第一接入技术为除上述的3GPP接入技术之外的其他接入技术,第二接入技术为除上述的Non-3GPP接入技术之外的其他接入技术时。终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息可以是除上述方式一和方式二之外的其他发送方式。The manner in which the terminal device sends the request message is that the mode 1 and the mode 2 are only examples. When the first access technology is an access technology other than the foregoing 3GPP access technology, the second access technology is other access technologies than the above-mentioned Non-3GPP access technology. The sending, by the terminal device, the request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology may be other than the foregoing manners 1 and 2.
该请求消息中包括第一标识和接入技术的对应信息包括以下几种情况:The corresponding information including the first identifier and the access technology in the request message includes the following situations:
第一种:上述请求消息中携带的第一标识与接入技术。上述第一标识指示新增或更新的业务流,接入技术为上述业务流对应的接入技术。The first type: the first identifier and the access technology carried in the request message. The first identifier indicates a new or updated service flow, and the access technology is an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
例如,终端设备发送的请求消息中携带的第一标识对应的业务流1与3GPP接入技术对应。此外,终端设备发送的请求消息中携带的第一标识对应的业务流2与Non-3GPP接入技术相对应。上述第一标识为Packet Filter(s)时,Packet Filter 1用来描述业务流1,Packet Filter 2用于描述业务流2。For example, the service flow 1 corresponding to the first identifier carried in the request message sent by the terminal device corresponds to the 3GPP access technology. In addition, the service flow 2 corresponding to the first identifier carried in the request message sent by the terminal device corresponds to the Non-3GPP access technology. When the first identifier is Packet Filter(s), Packet Filter 1 is used to describe service flow 1, and Packet Filter 2 is used to describe service flow 2.
第一核心网网元根据请求消息中携带的第一标识与接入技术确定上述新增或更新的业务流对应的接入技术。The first core network element determines an access technology corresponding to the added or updated service flow according to the first identifier carried in the request message and the access technology.
其中,终端设备可以将上述对应关系包含在分流规则参数中发送给第一核心网网元。该分流规则可以是ATSSS rule(Access traffic Splitting,Switching,Steering rule)。The terminal device may send the foregoing correspondence to the first core network element in the traffic distribution rule parameter. The traffic distribution rule may be an ATSSS rule (Access Traffic Splitting, Switching, Steering rule).
第二种:上述请求消息中携带业务流描述信息与分流规则之间的对应关系。其中,该分流规则为可以为终端设备发送给第一核心网网元的分流规则,也可以为第一核心网网元发送给终端设备的分流规则。The second type: the request message carries a correspondence between the service flow description information and the traffic distribution rule. The offloading rule is a traffic distribution rule that can be sent to the first core network element by the terminal device, or can be a traffic distribution rule sent by the first core network element to the terminal device.
第一核心网网元已经建立该分流规则与接入技术之间的对应关系。The first core network element has established a correspondence between the offloading rule and the access technology.
例如,终端设备发送的请求消息中携带业务流1的描述信息与分流规则1。终端设备发送的请求消息中携带业务流2的描述信息与分流规则2。For example, the request message sent by the terminal device carries the description information of the service flow 1 and the traffic distribution rule 1. The request message sent by the terminal device carries the description information of the service flow 2 and the traffic distribution rule 2.
第一核心网网元侧建立的分流规则与接入技术的对应关系为:分流规则1与接入技术3GPP相对应。分流规则2与接入技术Non-3GPP相对应。The corresponding relationship between the traffic distribution rule established by the network element side of the first core network and the access technology is: the traffic distribution rule 1 corresponds to the access technology 3GPP. The traffic distribution rule 2 corresponds to the access technology Non-3GPP.
第一核心网网元根据请求消息中携带的业务流描述信息可以确定上述新增或更新的业务流对应的接入技术。The first core network element may determine the access technology corresponding to the added or updated service flow according to the service flow description information carried in the request message.
第三种:业务流与服务质量规则(Quality of Service rule,QoS rule)、SDF模板(Service Data Flow Template)或服务质量流(Quality of Service flow,QoS flow)之间具有对应关系,其中,业务流为上述请求消息中携带的第一标识确定的业务流。The third type: the relationship between the service flow and the quality of service rule (QoS rule), the service data flow template (SDF), or the quality of service flow (QoS flow), where the service The flow is a service flow determined by the first identifier carried in the request message.
第一核心网网元侧已经建立上述QoS rule或QoS flow与接入技术的对应关系。The corresponding relationship between the QoS rule or the QoS flow and the access technology has been established on the first core network element side.
例如,终端设备发送的第一标识确定的业务流1属于QoS rule1或SDF模板1或QoS flow1;终端设备发送的第一标识确定的业务流2属于QoS rule2或SDF模板2或QoS flow2。For example, the service flow 1 determined by the first identifier sent by the terminal device belongs to the QoS rule 1 or the SDF template 1 or the QoS flow 1; the service flow 2 determined by the first identifier sent by the terminal device belongs to the QoS rule 2 or the SDF template 2 or the QoS flow 2 .
其中,第一核心网网元侧建立的QoS rule或SDF模板或QoS flow与接入技术的对应关系为:QoS rule1或SDF模板1或QoS flow1与接入技术3GPP相对应。QoS rule2或SDF模板2或QoS flow2与接入技术Non-3GPP相对应。The corresponding relationship between the QoS rule or the SDF template or the QoS flow and the access technology established by the network element side of the first core network is: QoS rule1 or SDF template 1 or QoS flow1 corresponds to the access technology 3GPP. QoS rule 2 or SDF template 2 or QoS flow 2 corresponds to the access technology Non-3GPP.
第一核心网网元根据请求消息中的第一标识确定上述新增或更新的业务流,而第一核心网网元已知QoS rule,或SDF模板或QoS flow对应的接入技术。则,第一核心网网元能够确定上述修改或增加的业务流对应的接入技术。The first core network element determines the new or updated service flow according to the first identifier in the request message, and the first core network element knows the QoS rule, or the access technology corresponding to the SDF template or the QoS flow. Then, the first core network element can determine the access technology corresponding to the modified or added service flow.
第四种:上述请求消息中携带的第一标识与第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术之间的对应关系。The fourth type: the correspondence between the first identifier carried in the request message and the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
本实施例中多接入PDU会话中的业务流,可以实现不同粒度的业务分流。其中,业务流的分流粒度包括:服务质量流(Quality of Service flow,QoS flow)粒度、流粒度或包粒度,下面详细介绍这几种分流方式。In this embodiment, the service flows in the multiple access PDU session can implement service splitting of different granularities. The traffic granularity of the service flow includes: quality of service flow (QoS flow) granularity, flow granularity, or packet granularity. These types of traffic distribution methods are described in detail below.
1)QoS flow粒度分流:表示为不同的QoS flow可以被分配到不同的接入技术。1) QoS flow granularity: Indicates that different QoS flows can be assigned to different access technologies.
例如,业务流1和业务流2的QoS参数相似,可以将业务流1和业务流2汇聚成QoS flow1。其中,QoS flow1可以用服务质量流标识1(QoS flow ID1,QFI1)进行标识;业务流3和业务流4的QoS参数相似,可以将业务流3和业务流4汇聚成QoS flow2。其中,QoS flow2可以用服务质量流标识2(QoS flow ID1,QFI2)进行标识。For example, the QoS parameters of service flow 1 and service flow 2 are similar, and traffic flow 1 and service flow 2 can be aggregated into QoS flow1. The QoS flow1 can be identified by the QoS flow ID1 (QFI1). The QoS parameters of the service flow 3 and the service flow 4 are similar, and the service flow 3 and the service flow 4 can be aggregated into the QoS flow 2. The QoS flow2 can be identified by the QoS flow ID 2 (QFI2).
其中,QFI1对应的业务流在上述第一接入技术上传输;QFI2对应的业务流在上述第二接入技术上传输。或者,QFI1对应的业务流在上述第二接入技术上传输;QFI2对应的业务流在上述第一接入技术上传输。The service flow corresponding to the QFI1 is transmitted on the first access technology, and the service flow corresponding to the QFI2 is transmitted on the second access technology. Alternatively, the service flow corresponding to QFI1 is transmitted on the second access technology; the service flow corresponding to QFI2 is transmitted on the first access technology.
上述的业务流的QoS参数相似包括:业务流的QoS参数的N个参数中的至少M个参数的值相同或者近似,其中,N为正整数,M为大于等于1小于等于N的整数。The similarity of the QoS parameters of the foregoing service flow includes: the values of at least M of the N parameters of the QoS parameters of the service flow are the same or similar, where N is a positive integer, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N.
2)流粒度分流:表示为不同的业务流可以被分配到不同的接入技术。其中,业务流可能属于相同的上述QoS flow。2) Flow granularity splitting: Indicates that different traffic flows can be assigned to different access technologies. Among them, the service flow may belong to the same QoS flow mentioned above.
例如,上述QFI1对应的业务流1和业务流2。其中,业务流1在上述第一接入技术上传输;业务流2在上述第二接入技术上传输。或者,业务流1在上述第二接入技术 上传输;业务流2在上述第一接入技术上传输。即,根据不同的业务流分配不同的接入技术,不以业务流的QoS参数进行分流。For example, the traffic flow 1 and the traffic flow 2 corresponding to the QFI1 described above. The service flow 1 is transmitted on the first access technology, and the service flow 2 is transmitted on the second access technology. Alternatively, traffic 1 is transmitted over the second access technology; traffic 2 is transmitted over the first access technology. That is, different access technologies are allocated according to different service flows, and the traffic is not split by the QoS parameters of the traffic flow.
在一些实施例中,流粒度分流还包括:SDF模块分流。In some embodiments, the flow granularity splitting further comprises: SDF module offloading.
该SDF模块分流为,按照上述流描述信息将业务流1和业务流2作为一个SDF模块1,对应于上述第一接入技术;业务流3和业务流4作为一个SDF模块2,对应于上述第二接入技术。业务流1、业务流2、业务流3和业务流4属于相同QoS flow。The SDF module is configured to divide the service flow 1 and the service flow 2 as an SDF module 1 according to the flow description information, corresponding to the first access technology; the service flow 3 and the service flow 4 as an SDF module 2, corresponding to the foregoing Second access technology. Service Flow 1, Service Flow 2, Service Flow 3, and Service Flow 4 belong to the same QoS flow.
3)包粒度分流:业务流中的不同的数据包可以被分配到不同的接入技术。3) Packet granularity offload: Different data packets in the traffic flow can be assigned to different access technologies.
例如,业务流1中包括数据包1和数据包2。其中,数据包1在上述第一接入技术上传输;数据包2在上述第二接入技术上传输。或者,数据包1在上述第二接入技术上传输;数据包2在上述第一接入技术上传输。For example, traffic 1 includes packet 1 and packet 2. The data packet 1 is transmitted on the first access technology, and the data packet 2 is transmitted on the second access technology. Alternatively, the data packet 1 is transmitted on the second access technology described above; the data packet 2 is transmitted on the first access technology.
上述对应关系只是一种举例的形式,其他通过业务流描述信息确定业务流对应的接入技术的对应关系也在本申请的保护范围之内。The foregoing correspondence is only an example. Other correspondences of the access technologies corresponding to the service flows determined by the service flow description information are also within the protection scope of the present application.
上述的业务流1、业务流2以及第一接入技术和第二接入技术只是举例的形式,不能限制本申请的保护范围。The service flow 1, the service flow 2, and the first access technology and the second access technology are only examples, and the scope of protection of the present application cannot be limited.
在一些实施例中,终端设备向第一核心网网元发送第一指示信息。该第一指示用于指示第一核心网网元可以修所述业务流通过的接入技术。In some embodiments, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the first core network element. The first indication is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify the access technology through which the service flow passes.
上述的第一指示信息可以包括在请求消息中由终端设备发送给第一核心网网元;The foregoing first indication information may be included in the request message sent by the terminal device to the first core network element;
终端设备请求消息中的业务流描述信息,根据上述请求消息确定为业务流1与第一接入技术相对应。The service flow description information in the terminal device request message is determined according to the request message, and the service flow 1 corresponds to the first access technology.
终端设备向第一核心网网元发送第一指示信息时。即,当终端设备指示第一核心网网元可以修改终端设备发送的业务流1与第一接入技术对应关系,如第一核心网网元可以将业务流1与第一接入技术对应修改为,业务流1与第二接入技术对应。When the terminal device sends the first indication information to the first core network element. That is, when the terminal device instructs the first core network element to modify the correspondence between the service flow 1 and the first access technology sent by the terminal device, for example, the first core network element may modify the service flow 1 and the first access technology. Therefore, the service flow 1 corresponds to the second access technology.
例如,终端设备向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求第一核心网网元将第一接入技术用于传输上述增加或更新的业务流1。但是,第一核心网网元确定第一接入技术并不满足业务流1的传输需求,第一核心网网元可以将第二接入技术用于传输上述业务流1,第一核心网网元更改了终端设备的请求。或者第一核心网网元将第一接入技术与第二接入技术同时用于传输业务流1.For example, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element, requesting the first core network element to use the first access technology to transmit the added or updated service flow 1. However, the first core network element determines that the first access technology does not meet the transmission requirement of the service flow 1, and the first core network element can use the second access technology to transmit the service flow 1, the first core network The meta changed the request of the terminal device. Or the first core network element uses the first access technology and the second access technology to simultaneously transmit the service flow.
例如,终端设备请求通过WLAN接入,但是第一核心网网元确定当前的WLAN网络质量不能提供终端设备接入请求。如果,终端设备向第一核心网网元发送了上述第一指示信息,则第一核心网网元可以分配终端设备通过NG-RAN接入。For example, the terminal device requests access through the WLAN, but the first core network element determines that the current WLAN network quality cannot provide the terminal device access request. If the terminal device sends the first indication information to the first core network element, the first core network element may allocate the terminal device to access through the NG-RAN.
情况二:终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求删除多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术;Case 2: the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to delete the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session;
可选地,所述请求消息携带有第一标识,所述第一标识用于标识所述第二接入技术。Optionally, the request message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is used to identify the second access technology.
当终端设备需要将终端设备和所述UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话更新为单接入PDU会话时,终端设备可以从一侧接入技术向第一核心网网元发起删除另一侧接入技术的请求。When the terminal device needs to update the multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element to a single access PDU session, the terminal device may initiate deletion to the first core network element from another side access technology. Request for side access technology.
在一些实施中,终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求删除第二接入技术。In some implementations, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, requesting to delete the second access technology.
上述请求消息包括第二接入技术以及删除第二接入技术的第一标识。The request message includes a second access technology and a first identifier for deleting the second access technology.
在另一些实施中,终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求删除第二接入技术。上述请求消息包括第二接入技术以及将多接入PDU会话更新为单接入PDU会话的第一标识,该第一标识为删除指示,用于指示删除第二接入技术。In other implementations, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology, requesting to delete the second access technology. The request message includes a second access technology and a first identifier for updating the multiple access PDU session to the single access PDU session, where the first identifier is a deletion indication, and is used to indicate that the second access technology is deleted.
在另一些实施中,终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求删除第二接入技术。上述请求消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及将多接入PDU会话更新为单接入PDU会话的第一标识,该第一标识为保留指示,用于指示保留第一接入技术。In other implementations, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology, requesting to delete the second access technology. The foregoing request message includes indication information of the first access technology and a first identifier for updating the multiple access PDU session to the single access PDU session, where the first identifier is a reservation indication, indicating that the first access technology is reserved.
在另一些实施中,终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求删除第二接入技术。请求消息为删除消息或释放连接消息,请求消息中携带接入技术。上述请求消息包括的第一标识为第二接入技术时,表示将多接入PDU会话的第二接入技术侧的连接删除。第一标识为第一接入技术时,表示将多接入PDU会话的第一接入技术侧的连接删除。In other implementations, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology, requesting to delete the second access technology. The request message is a delete message or a release connection message, and the request message carries an access technology. When the first identifier included in the request message is the second access technology, the connection on the second access technology side of the multiple access PDU session is deleted. When the first identifier is the first access technology, it indicates that the connection on the first access technology side of the multiple access PDU session is deleted.
应理解,本申请实施例中,终端设备可以通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求删除第一接入技术。例如,请求消息中不需要包括接入技术的指示信息,第一核心网网元删除当前传输请求消息的接入技术。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may send a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, requesting to delete the first access technology. For example, the request message does not need to include the indication information of the access technology, and the first core network element deletes the access technology of the current transmission request message.
应理解,本申请实施例中终端设备也可以通过第二接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求删除第一接入技术。本申请对于从哪一侧的接入技术发起将多接入PDU会话更新为单接入PDU会话并不限制。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also send a request message to the first core network element by using the second access technology, requesting to delete the first access technology. The present application is not limited to which side of the access technology initiates the update of the multiple access PDU session to a single access PDU session.
S120,终端设备从第一核心网网元接收响应消息。S120. The terminal device receives a response message from the first core network element.
响应消息用于指示所述业务流从所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术上传输,参考下述情况一的描述。The response message is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted from the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology, and is described with reference to the following case 1.
响应消息用于指示所述多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术删除成功,参考下述情况二的描述。The response message is used to indicate that the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session is successfully deleted, refer to the description in the following case 2.
情况一:所述终端设备通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术接收所述核心网网元发送的所述请求消息的响应消息;Case 1: the terminal device receives, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message sent by the core network element;
所述终端设备根据所述响应消息通过所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。And the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology, according to the response message.
在一些实施例中,终端设备收到的响应消息中含有第三标识与多接入技术传输指示对应关系。上述对应关系用于表示第一核心网网元允许或授权根据第三标识确定的第三业务流进行多接入技术传输,或表示第一核心网网元允许或授权第三标识确定的第三业务流进行TFCP封装。第三标识为业务流描述(Packet Filter(s))或者服务数据流(Service data flow,SDF)模板或QFI或PDUsession ID。多接入技术传输指示为TFCP协议指示,TFCP协议封装指示或包粒度分流指示。In some embodiments, the response message received by the terminal device includes a third identifier and a multi-access technology transmission indication correspondence. The foregoing correspondence is used to indicate that the first core network element allows or authorizes the third service flow determined according to the third identifier to perform multi-access technology transmission, or indicates that the first core network element allows or authorizes the third identifier to be determined. The service flow is TFCP encapsulated. The third identifier is a Packet Filter (s) or a Service Data Flow (SDF) template or a QFI or PDU Session ID. The multiple access technology transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication or a packet granularity offload indication.
具体地,上述确定第三业务流进行多接入技术传输还可以是图4所示的通信方法。图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。包括S111和S112。Specifically, the determining the third service flow for performing the multiple access technology transmission may also be the communication method shown in FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Includes S111 and S112.
S111,数据发送网元向数据接收网元发送多条链路传输数据的参数。S111. The data sending network element sends the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the data receiving network element.
情况一:数据发送网元可以是图2中所示的终端设备。而数据接收网元可以是图2 中所示的用户面功能(User plane function,UPF)网元。Case 1: The data transmission network element may be the terminal device shown in FIG. 2. The data receiving network element may be a User plane function (UPF) network element as shown in FIG. 2.
当终端设备向UPF发送多条链路传输数据的参数可以是,在图3中所述的请求消息中包括该多条链路传输数据的参数。The parameter that the terminal device sends the plurality of link transmission data to the UPF may be that the parameter of the multiple link transmission data is included in the request message described in FIG.
具体地,该多条链路传输数据的参数包括所述数据的标识信息以及指示所述数据通过多条链路传输的指示信息。其中,传输数据可以为图3中所述的第三业务流。Specifically, the parameters of the multiple link transmission data include identification information of the data and indication information indicating that the data is transmitted through multiple links. The transmission data may be the third service flow described in FIG.
其中,数据的标识信息可以是数据的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识中的至少一个。数据的描述信息相当于上述的业务流描述信息,上述对于数据的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识已经详细介绍过了,这里不再赘述;The identification information of the data may be at least one of description information of the data, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a packet data unit PDU session identifier. The description information of the data is equivalent to the foregoing service flow description information, and the foregoing description information for the data, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the packet data unit PDU session identifier have been described in detail, and are not described herein again;
所述指示信息包括:数据流控制协议TFCP指示、TFCP封装指示、包粒度分流指示、融合隧道指示、融合隧道标识或网元协议IP地址中的至少一个,其中,所述融合隧道指示用于指示为所述业务流建立了融合隧道,网元IP地址为数据发送网元或/和数据接收网元IP地址。上述对于TFCP指示、TFCP封装指示、包粒度分流指示已经详细介绍过了,这里重要介绍一下融合隧道指示、融合隧道标识以及网元协议IP地址。The indication information includes: at least one of a data flow control protocol TFCP indication, a TFCP encapsulation indication, a packet granular offload indication, a converged tunnel indication, a converged tunnel identifier, or a network element protocol IP address, where the converged tunnel indication is used to indicate A converged tunnel is established for the service flow, and the IP address of the network element is a data transmission network element or/and a data receiving network element IP address. The above descriptions have been introduced for the TFCP indication, the TFCP encapsulation indication, and the packet granularity distribution indication. Here, the fusion tunnel indication, the converged tunnel identifier, and the network element protocol IP address are mainly introduced.
应理解,上述TFCP协议可以为通用路由封装(Generic Routing Encapsulation,GRE)协议、多路径传输控制协议(Multi Path Transmission Control Protocol,MPTCP)、互联网协议(Internet Protocol,IP)、快速UDP网络连接(Quick UDP Internet Connection,QUIC)协议、网际协议安全(Internet Protocol Security,IPSec)协议或者其他协议类型,其中,UDP为用户数据报协议(User Datagram Protocol,UDP)。本申请对TFCP协议类型并不限定,可以为上述的任意一种协议。It should be understood that the foregoing TFCP protocol may be a Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) protocol, a Multi Path Transmission Control Protocol (MPTCP), an Internet Protocol (IP), or a fast UDP network connection (Quick). UDP Internet Connection (QUIC) protocol, Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) protocol, or other protocol types, where UDP is User Datagram Protocol (UDP). The present application is not limited to the type of the TFCP protocol, and may be any of the above protocols.
融合隧道指示为所述传输数据建立了融合隧道,其中,融合隧道对应PDU会话标识,即为此PDU会话建立了融合隧道,或融合隧道对应的QFI,即为此QoSflow建立了融合隧道,或融合隧道对应的业务流标识,即为此业务流建立了融合隧道。相应的融合隧道标识也能够指示融合隧道。The fused tunnel indication establishes a fused tunnel for the transmission data, where the fused tunnel corresponds to the PDU session identifier, that is, a fused tunnel is established for the PDU session, or a QFI corresponding to the fused tunnel is established, that is, a fused tunnel is established for the QoSflow, or a fusion tunnel is established. The service flow identifier corresponding to the tunnel, that is, the convergence tunnel is established for this service flow. The corresponding converged tunnel identity can also indicate the converged tunnel.
网元协议IP地址为数据发送网元或/和数据接收网元的IP地址。其中,IP地址对应PDU会话标识,即为此PDU会话进行上述IP封装,或IP地址对应对应的QFI,即为此QoS flow进行上述IP封装,或IP地址对应对应的业务流标识,即为此业务流进行上述IP封装。The network element protocol IP address is the IP address of the data sending network element or/and the data receiving network element. The IP address corresponds to the PDU session identifier, that is, the IP encapsulation is performed for the PDU session, or the IP address corresponds to the corresponding QFI, that is, the IP encapsulation is performed for the QoS flow, or the corresponding service flow identifier is corresponding to the IP address, that is, The service flow performs the above IP encapsulation.
具体地,该多条链路传输数据的参数还包括第一窗口长度,所述第一窗口长度用于指示所述终端设备的发送窗口长度。其中,第一窗口长度可以设置为该终端设备传输控制协议(Transmission Control Protocol,TCP)协议层的发送窗口长度。Specifically, the parameter of the multiple link transmission data further includes a first window length, where the first window length is used to indicate a transmission window length of the terminal device. The length of the first window may be set to the length of the transmission window of the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) protocol layer of the terminal device.
第一窗口长度用于上述UPF接收到该多条链路传输数据的参数时,设置UPF的接收窗口长度值。其中,UPF的接收窗口长度值可以大于或者等于该第一窗口长度。The first window length is used when the UPF receives the parameters of the plurality of link transmission data, and sets the receiving window length value of the UPF. The receiving window length value of the UPF may be greater than or equal to the first window length.
应理解,当终端设备向UPF发送该多条链路传输数据的参数时,可以是终端设备直接向UPF发送该多条链路传输数据的参数,或者,终端设备将该多条链路传输数据的参数发送给SMF,SMF将该多条链路传输数据的参数发送至UPF。It should be understood that when the terminal device sends the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the UPF, the terminal device may directly send the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the UPF, or the terminal device transmits the data to the multiple links. The parameters are sent to the SMF, and the SMF sends the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the UPF.
例如,终端设备将该多条链路传输数据的参数发送给SMF,SMF发送N4接口消息给UPF,其中,N4消息中携带上述多条链路传输数据的参数。For example, the terminal device sends the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the SMF, and the SMF sends the N4 interface message to the UPF, where the N4 message carries the parameters of the multiple link transmission data.
应理解,当上述N4消息中携带上述多条链路传输数据的参数时,上述多条链路传输数据的参数中的数据的标识信息可以是数据的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识或N4会话标识中的至少一个。It should be understood that, when the parameter of the multiple link transmission data is carried in the foregoing N4 message, the identifier information of the data in the parameters of the multiple link transmission data may be the description information of the data, the quality of service flow identifier QFI or the packet data. At least one of a unit PDU session identifier or an N4 session identifier.
具体地,上述多条链路传输数据的确认信息包括所述多条链路传输数据的参数;或者,所述多条链路传输数据的确认信息包括确认消息。Specifically, the confirmation information of the plurality of link transmission data includes parameters of the plurality of link transmission data; or the confirmation information of the plurality of link transmission data includes an acknowledgement message.
例如,UPF向终端设备发送多条链路传输数据的确认信息,该确认信息中可以包括UPF确认的上述数据的标识信息以及指示所述数据通过多条链路传输的指示信息。或者,该确认信息包括确认消息,用于确认终端设备发送多条链路传输数据的参数。可选地,确认信息还可以包括UPF的发送窗口长度。For example, the UPF sends the acknowledgment information of the plurality of link transmission data to the terminal device, where the acknowledgment information may include the identification information of the data confirmed by the UPF and the indication information indicating that the data is transmitted through multiple links. Alternatively, the confirmation information includes an acknowledgement message for confirming a parameter that the terminal device transmits the plurality of link transmission data. Optionally, the confirmation information may further include a transmission window length of the UPF.
具体地,上述多条链路可以是上文中所述的不同的接入技术对应的传输链路,可以为3GPP链路和非3GPP链路;Specifically, the foregoing multiple links may be transmission links corresponding to different access technologies described in the foregoing, and may be 3GPP links and non-3GPP links;
例如,包括两条传输链路,第一条为接入技术为3GPP对应的传输链路,以及第二条为接入技术Non-3GPP对应的传输链路,即,通过不同的接入技术对应的传输链路传输数据。For example, the two transmission links are included, the first one is a transmission link corresponding to the access technology, and the second one is a transmission link corresponding to the access technology Non-3GPP, that is, corresponding to different access technologies. The transmission link transmits data.
具体地,上述多条链路还可以是不同接入技术的不同接入网设备的链路;Specifically, the foregoing multiple links may also be links of different access network devices of different access technologies;
例如,包括两条传输链路,第一条为通过5GRAN传输数据,第二条为通过N3IWF传输数据;或者,包括两条传输链路,第一条为通过W-5GAN(Wireline 5GAN有线接入网)传输数据,第二条为通过5GRAN传输数据。For example, it includes two transmission links, the first one transmits data through 5GRAN, the second one transmits data through N3IWF; or, includes two transmission links, the first one is through W-5GAN (Wireline 5GAN wired access) The network transmits data, and the second one transmits data through 5GRAN.
具体地,上述多条链路还可以是相同接入技术且不同接入网设备的链路;Specifically, the foregoing multiple links may also be links of the same access technology and different access network devices;
例如,包括两条传输链路,第一条为上述3GPP接入技术通过5GRAN设备1传输数据,第二条为上述3GPP接入技术通过5GRAN设备2传输数据;或者,包括两条传输链路,第一条为上述Non-3GPP接入技术通过N3IWF1传输数据,第二条为上述Non-3GPP接入技术通过N3IWF2传输数据;或者,相同的接入技术通过N个不同接入网设备传输数据,其中,N可以为大于2的正整数。For example, two transmission links are included, the first one transmits data through the 5GRAN device 1 for the above 3GPP access technology, the second one transmits data through the 5GRAN device 2 for the above 3GPP access technology, or includes two transmission links. The first one transmits data through N3IWF1 for the above Non-3GPP access technology, the second one transmits data through N3IWF2 for the above Non-3GPP access technology; or the same access technology transmits data through N different access network devices, Where N can be a positive integer greater than two.
情况二:数据发送网元可以是图2中所示的用户面功能(User plane function,UPF)网元。而数据接收网元可以是图2中所示的终端设备。Case 2: The data transmission network element may be a User plane function (UPF) network element as shown in FIG. 2. The data receiving network element may be the terminal device shown in FIG. 2.
应理解,在情况二下,终端设备向UPF发送的上述请求消息中可以不需要携带上述的多条链路传输数据的参数,由UPF发起多接入传输指示。其中,UPF发起多接入传输指示时,多条链路传输数据的参数与情况一类似,这里不再赘述。不同的是当多条链路传输数据的参数是由UPF发送给终端设备的,则,上述的第一窗口长度用于指示所述UPF的发送窗口长度。其中,第一窗口长度可以设置为该UPF传输控制协议(Transmission Control Protocol,TCP)协议层的发送窗口长度。It should be understood that, in case 2, the request message sent by the terminal device to the UPF may not need to carry the parameters of the multiple link transmission data, and the UPF initiates the multiple access transmission indication. When the UPF initiates the multiple access transmission indication, the parameters of the data transmitted by multiple links are similar to the case 1, and are not described here. The difference is that when the parameters of the data transmitted by the multiple links are sent by the UPF to the terminal device, the first window length is used to indicate the length of the sending window of the UPF. The first window length may be set to a transmission window length of the UPF Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) protocol layer.
第一窗口长度用于上述终端设备接收到该多条链路传输数据的参数时,设置终端设备的接收窗口长度值。其中,终端设备的接收窗口长度值可以大于或者等于该第一窗口长度。The first window length is used to set the receiving window length value of the terminal device when the terminal device receives the parameter of the plurality of link transmission data. The receiving window length value of the terminal device may be greater than or equal to the first window length.
情况三:数据发送网元可以是图1中所示的会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)网元。而数据接收网元可以是图2中所示的终端设备和用户面功能(User plane function,UPF)网元。Case 3: The data transmission network element may be a Session Management Function (SMF) network element as shown in FIG. 1. The data receiving network element may be the terminal device and the User plane function (UPF) network element shown in FIG. 2.
应理解,上述的多条链路传输数据的参数可以由SMF发送给终端设备和UPF。例如,SMF将该多条链路传输数据的参数携带于command消息中发送给终端设备,并将该多条链路传输数据的参数携带于N4消息中发送给UPF。It should be understood that the parameters of the plurality of link transmission data described above may be sent by the SMF to the terminal device and the UPF. For example, the SMF carries the parameters of the multiple link transmission data in the command message and sends the parameters to the terminal device, and carries the parameters of the multiple link transmission data in the N4 message and sends the parameters to the UPF.
S112,数据接收网元向数据发送网元发送接收的条链路传输数据的确认信息。S112. The data receiving network element sends the acknowledgement information of the received link transmission data to the data sending network element.
在S111中所示的情况一下,UPF向终端设备发送确认信息,其中,确认信息包括上述的多条链路传输数据的参数。或者,确认信息包括确认消息,用于确认接收到上述多条链路传输数据的参数。In the case shown in S111, the UPF transmits an acknowledgment message to the terminal device, wherein the acknowledgment information includes the parameters of the plurality of link transmission data described above. Alternatively, the confirmation information includes an acknowledgement message for confirming the parameter of receiving the plurality of link transmission data.
可选地,确认信息还包括第二窗口长度用于指示所述UPF的发送窗口长度。Optionally, the confirmation information further includes a second window length for indicating a transmission window length of the UPF.
在S111中所示的情况二下,终端设备向UPF发送确认信息,其中,确认信息包括上述的多条链路传输数据的参数。或者,确认信息包括确认消息,用于确认接收到上述多条链路传输数据的参数。In case 2 shown in S111, the terminal device transmits an acknowledgement message to the UPF, wherein the acknowledgement information includes the parameters of the plurality of link transmission data described above. Alternatively, the confirmation information includes an acknowledgement message for confirming the parameter of receiving the plurality of link transmission data.
可选地,确认信息还包括第二窗口长度用于指示所述终端设备的发送窗口长度。Optionally, the confirmation information further includes a second window length for indicating a sending window length of the terminal device.
在S111中所示的情况三下,终端设备向SMF发送确认信息,其中,确认信息包括第一确认信息由终端设备发送给SMF,其中,第一确认信息包括上述的多条链路传输数据的参数。或者,第一确认信息包括第一确认消息用于确认接收到上述多条链路传输数据的参数In the case shown in S111, the terminal device sends an acknowledgement message to the SMF, wherein the acknowledgement information includes the first acknowledgement information sent by the terminal device to the SMF, wherein the first acknowledgement information includes the plurality of link transmission data described above. parameter. Or the first acknowledgement information includes a first acknowledgement message for confirming that the parameter of the multiple link transmission data is received.
可选地,第一确认信息还包括第二窗口长度用于指示所述终端设备的发送窗口长度,Optionally, the first confirmation information further includes a second window length for indicating a sending window length of the terminal device,
在另一些实施例中,终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息。终端设备通过第一接入技术从所述第一核心网网元接收该响应消息。In other embodiments, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology. The terminal device receives the response message from the first core network element by using a first access technology.
在另一些实施例中,终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息。终端设备通过第二接入技术从所述第一核心网网元接收该响应消息。In other embodiments, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology. The terminal device receives the response message from the first core network element by using a second access technology.
在另一些实施例中,终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息。终端设备通过第一接入技术和第二接入技术从所述第一核心网网元都接收该响应消息。In other embodiments, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology. The terminal device receives the response message from the first core network element by using the first access technology and the second access technology.
响应消息用于指示所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输,具体包括以下几种情况:The response message is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology, and specifically includes the following situations:
在一些实施例中,响应消息包括第一标识和第二接入技术的指示信息,理解为第一标识和第二接入技术相对应,用于指示所述业务流从所述第二接入技术上传输。例如,上述第一标识为业务流描述信息,对应的业务流为业务流1,则,当终端设备有业务流1需要传输时,从第二接入技术上传输。In some embodiments, the response message includes the first identifier and the indication information of the second access technology, which is understood to correspond to the first identifier and the second access technology, and is used to indicate that the service flow is from the second access Technically transmitted. For example, the first identifier is the service flow description information, and the corresponding service flow is the service flow 1. Then, when the terminal device has the service flow 1 that needs to be transmitted, it is transmitted from the second access technology.
在另一些实施例中,响应消息包括所述第一标识与所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术的指示信息,理解为第一标识和第一接入技术以及第二接入技术相对应,用于指示所述业务流从所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术上传输。例如,上述第一标识为业务流描述信息,对应的业务流为业务流1,则,当终端设备有业务流1需要传输时,业务流1分别从第一接入技术和第二接入技术上传输。In other embodiments, the response message includes the first identifier and the first access technology and the second access technology, and the first identifier and the first access technology and the second interface Corresponding to the technology, the service flow is indicated to be transmitted from the first access technology and the second access technology. For example, the first identifier is the service flow description information, and the corresponding service flow is the service flow 1. Then, when the terminal device has the service flow 1 and needs to be transmitted, the service flow 1 is respectively from the first access technology and the second access technology. Transfer on.
在另一些实施例中,响应消息包括所述第一标识与服务质量QoS规则对应关系,所述QoS规则为所述第二接入技术对应的QoS规则,或者,所述QoS规则为所述第一接入技术与所述第二接入技术对应的QoS规则。In other embodiments, the response message includes a correspondence between the first identifier and a quality of service QoS rule, the QoS rule is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access technology, or the QoS rule is the An QoS rule corresponding to the second access technology by an access technology.
其中,响应消息可以是请求消息指令信息。例如,响应消息为PDU会话修改指令(PDU  session modification command)消息,用于指示终端设备上述增加或更新的业务流通过第二接入技术或所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输。The response message may be request message instruction information. For example, the response message is a PDU session modification command, and is used to indicate that the added or updated service flow of the terminal device is transmitted by using the second access technology or the first access technology and the second access technology. .
该响应消息包括上述业务流描述信息与第一核心网网元授权的第二接入技术,或业务流描述信息与第一核心网网元授权的第一接入技术和第二接入技术。The response message includes the foregoing service flow description information and the second access technology authorized by the first core network element, or the service flow description information and the first access technology and the second access technology authorized by the first core network element.
本申请实施例中终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,需要经过第一接入网设备的发送。例如,终端设备首先将请求消息发送给第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备,然后第一接入网设备将上述请求消息发送给第一核心网网元。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the first access technology, and needs to be sent by the first access network device. For example, the terminal device first sends the request message to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, and then the first access network device sends the request message to the first core network element.
或者,终端设备通过第二接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,需要经过第二接入网设备的发送。例如,终端设备首先将请求消息发送给第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备,然后第二接入网设备将上述请求消息发送给第一核心网网元。Alternatively, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element through the second access technology, and needs to be sent by the second access network device. For example, the terminal device first sends the request message to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, and then the second access network device sends the request message to the first core network element.
应理解,上述终端设备通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术从所述第一核心网网元接收响应消息,需要经过第一接入网设备和/或第二接入网设备的发送。It should be understood that, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, the terminal device receives a response message from the first core network element, and needs to pass through the first access network device and/or the second access. The sending of the network device.
例如,第一核心网网元首先将响应消息发送给第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备,然后第一接入网设备将上述请求消息发送给终端设备。For example, the first core network element first sends a response message to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, and then the first access network device sends the request message to the terminal device.
或者,第一核心网网元首先将响应消息发送给第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备,然后第二接入网设备将上述请求消息发送给终端设备。Alternatively, the first core network element first sends a response message to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, and then the second access network device sends the request message to the terminal device.
或者,第一核心网网元首先将响应消息发送给第一接入技术和第二接入技术对应的第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备,然后第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备将上述请求消息发送给终端设备。Or the first core network element first sends the response message to the first access network device and the second access network device corresponding to the first access technology and the second access technology, and then the first access network device and the first access network device The second access network device sends the foregoing request message to the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,上述响应消息还包括分流规则,所述分流规则用于指示所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术分别支持传输的数据量,或分别支持传输的带宽值或支持传输的数据量比值或分别支持传输的带宽比值。In some embodiments, the response message further includes a traffic distribution rule, where the traffic distribution rule is used to indicate that the first access technology and the second access technology respectively support the amount of data transmitted, or respectively support the transmitted bandwidth value or support. The ratio of the amount of data transferred or the ratio of the bandwidths that support the transmission, respectively.
例如,所述分流规则用于指示所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术的分别可用带宽值,或者,所述分流规则用于指示所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术的可用带宽值之和以及所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术的可用带宽值的比值信息。For example, the offloading rule is used to indicate respective available bandwidth values of the first access technology and the second access technology, or the offloading rule is used to indicate the first access technology and the second access technology. The sum of the available bandwidth values and the ratio information of the available bandwidth values of the first access technology and the second access technology.
终端设备在第一接入技术和第二接入技术上传输该业务流时,可以考虑到第一接入技术和第二接入技术能够支持的带宽值大小,分别在第一接入技术和第二接入技术上传输不同带宽值的数据包。When the terminal device transmits the service flow on the first access technology and the second access technology, the size of the bandwidth that can be supported by the first access technology and the second access technology may be considered, respectively, in the first access technology and The second access technology transmits data packets of different bandwidth values.
例如,上述业务流支持包粒度分流,即,业务流可以从第一接入技术和第二接入技术上传输。第一接入技术的可用带宽值为A,第二接入技术的可用带宽值为B。For example, the foregoing service flow supports packet granularity offloading, that is, the traffic flow can be transmitted from the first access technology and the second access technology. The available bandwidth value of the first access technology is A, and the available bandwidth value of the second access technology is B.
或者,or,
例如,上述业务流支持包粒度分流,即,业务流可以从第一接入技术和第二接入技术上传输。第一接入技术和第二接入技术的可用带宽值之和为A,第一接入技术和第二接入技术的可用带宽值的比值为a:b。根据,上述A和a:b可得:For example, the foregoing service flow supports packet granularity offloading, that is, the traffic flow can be transmitted from the first access technology and the second access technology. The sum of the available bandwidth values of the first access technology and the second access technology is A, and the ratio of the available bandwidth values of the first access technology and the second access technology is a:b. According to the above, A and a:b are available:
第一接入技术的可用带宽值为A*a/(a+b);The available bandwidth value of the first access technology is A*a/(a+b);
第二接入技术的可用带宽值为A*b/(a+b);The available bandwidth value of the second access technology is A*b/(a+b);
情况二:所述终端设备通过所述第一接入技术从所述第一核心网网元接收响应消息,所述响应消息用于指示所述多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术删除成功。Case 2: the terminal device receives a response message from the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the response message is used to indicate that the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session is deleted. success.
本申请实施例中,当终端设备请求删除第二接入技术以将多接入PDU会话更新为单接入PDU会话时,第一核心网网元在删除第二接入技术之后需要将删除结果告知终端设备。In the embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device requests to delete the second access technology to update the multiple access PDU session to the single access PDU session, the first core network element needs to delete the result after deleting the second access technology. Inform the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述响应消息还用于指示业务流从所述第一接入技术上传输,其中,所述业务流为第二接入技术未删除的情况下,在所述第二接入技术上传输的业务流。In some embodiments, the response message is further configured to indicate that the service flow is transmitted from the first access technology, where the service flow is not deleted in the second access technology, in the second The traffic flow transmitted on the access technology.
例如,第二接入技术当前传输业务流1和业务流2。当第二接入技术被删除时。上述业务流1和业务流2需要从未删除的第一接入技术上传输。即,上述业务流1和业务流2的描述信息和第一接入技术对应关系,用于指示终端设备将业务流1和业务流2通过第一接入技术传输。For example, the second access technology currently transmits service flow 1 and service flow 2. When the second access technology is deleted. The above service flow 1 and service flow 2 need to be transmitted on the first access technology that has not been deleted. That is, the description of the service flow 1 and the service flow 2 and the first access technology are used to indicate that the terminal device transmits the service flow 1 and the service flow 2 through the first access technology.
上述终端设备接收到第一核心网元的发送的响应消息之后,需要发送一个应答消息。例如,终端设备发送应答消息给第一核心网网元,上述应答消息为响应消息的回复消息。上述应答消息用于终端设备向第一核心网网元确认接受第一核心网网元发送的响应消息中包括的务流和接入技术的对应关系。当终端设备在请求消息中没有携带上述对应关系时,终端设备发送响应消息的确认指示给第一核心网网元,用于表示终端设备接受第一核心网网元发送的响应消息中包括的业务流和接入技术的对应关系。上述对应关系的确认指示为终端设备将收到并接受的对应关系返回给第一核心网网元。After receiving the response message sent by the first core network element, the terminal device needs to send a response message. For example, the terminal device sends a response message to the first core network element, and the response message is a reply message of the response message. The response message is used by the terminal device to confirm, by the first core network element, the correspondence between the service flow and the access technology included in the response message sent by the first core network element. When the terminal device does not carry the foregoing correspondence in the request message, the terminal device sends an acknowledgement indication of the response message to the first core network element, where the terminal device accepts the service included in the response message sent by the first core network element. Correspondence between flow and access technology. The confirmation indication of the foregoing correspondence is that the terminal device returns the received and accepted correspondence to the first core network element.
第一核心网网元指示终端设备删除第二接入技术删除成功包括以下两种方式。The first core network element indicates that the terminal device deletes the second access technology and successfully deletes the following two methods.
方式一:第一核心网网元中向第二核心网网元发送第一消息,第一消息中包括第一接入技术的指示信息与响应消息。可选的,第一消息中含有第三指示信息,上述第三指示信息为N2接口会话管理信息(N2 Session management information,N2 SM information),其中包括QoS文件。所述QoS文件为从第二接入技术移到第一接入技术传输的业务流对应的QoS参数;第一接入网设备将响应消息发送给终端设备。可选的,当收到N2接口会话管理信息时,第一接入网设备存储N2接口会话管理信息。Manner 1: The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes the indication information and the response message of the first access technology. Optionally, the first message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is N2 session management information (N2 SM management information), where the QoS file is included. The QoS file is a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow transmitted from the second access technology to the first access technology; the first access network device sends a response message to the terminal device. Optionally, when receiving the N2 interface session management information, the first access network device stores the N2 interface session management information.
第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第二消息,第二消息中包括第二接入技术的指示信息与N2资源释放请求。上述N2资源释放请求中含有第二标识,即PDU session ID。N2资源释放请求用于指示第二接入网设备释放上述PDU会话资源。第二接入网设备基于N2资源释放请求释放上述PDU会话资源。The first core network element sends a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes the second access technology indication information and the N2 resource release request. The foregoing N2 resource release request includes a second identifier, that is, a PDU session ID. The N2 resource release request is used to instruct the second access network device to release the PDU session resource. The second access network device releases the PDU session resource based on the N2 resource release request.
方式二:第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,第三消息中包括第一接入技术的指示信息与响应消息以及可选的N2接口会话管理信息第一对应关系,以及第二接入技术的指示信息与N2资源释放请求第二对应关系。Manner 2: The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the first access technology indication information and the response message, and the optional first correspondence relationship of the N2 interface session management information. And a second correspondence between the indication information of the second access technology and the N2 resource release request.
所述第二核心网网元基于第一对应关系向第一接入技术的指示信息对应的第一接入网设备发送响应消息以及可选的N2接口会话管理信息。上述N2接口会话管理信息包括QoS文件。所述QoS文件为从第二接入技术移到第一接入技术传输的业务流相关的QoS参数。第一接入网设备将响应消息发送给终端设备。可选的,当收到N2接口会话管理信息时,第一接入网设备存储N2接口会话管理信息。The second core network element sends a response message and optional N2 interface session management information to the first access network device corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology based on the first correspondence. The above N2 interface session management information includes a QoS file. The QoS file is a QoS parameter related to the traffic flow transmitted from the second access technology to the first access technology. The first access network device sends a response message to the terminal device. Optionally, when receiving the N2 interface session management information, the first access network device stores the N2 interface session management information.
所述第二核心网网元基于第二对应关系向第二接入技术的指示信息对应的第二接入网设备发送发送N2资源释放请求。上述N2资源释放请求中含有第二标识,即PDU session ID。N2资源释放请求用于指示第二接入网设备释放上述PDU会话连接资源。 第二接入网设备基于N2资源释放请求释放上述PDU会话资源。The second core network element sends and sends an N2 resource release request to the second access network device corresponding to the indication information of the second access technology, based on the second correspondence. The foregoing N2 resource release request includes a second identifier, that is, a PDU session ID. The N2 resource release request is used to instruct the second access network device to release the PDU session connection resource. The second access network device releases the PDU session resource based on the N2 resource release request.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法示意性流程图。该方法包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes:
S210,接入网设备向第一核心网网元发送网络状态信息。接入网设备向第一核心网网元发送网络状态信息,所述网络状态信息用于指示所述接入网设备的数据传输状态。S210. The access network device sends network state information to the first core network element. The access network device sends network state information to the first core network element, where the network state information is used to indicate a data transmission state of the access network device.
在一些实施中,接入网设备向第一核心网网元发送网络状态信息为第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备向第一核心网网元发送第一网络状态信息,所述第一网络状态信息用于指示所述第一接入技术支持传输的数据量或带宽或时延或丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。In some implementations, the access network device sends the network status information to the first core network element, and the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology sends the first network status information to the first core network element. The first network state information is used to indicate that the first access technology supports at least one of a data volume or a bandwidth or a delay or a packet loss rate or a signal strength.
在另一些实施中,接入网设备向第一核心网网元发送网络状态信息为第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备向第一核心网网元发送第二网络状态信息,所述第二网络状态信息用于指示所述第二接入技术支持传输的数据量或带宽或时延或丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。In another implementation, the access network device sends the network status information to the first core network element, and the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology sends the second network status information to the first core network element. The second network state information is used to indicate that the second access technology supports at least one of a data volume or a bandwidth or a delay or a packet loss rate or a signal strength.
在一些实施中,网络状态信息为接入网设备可以为多接入PDU会话提供的带宽值参数。例如,第一接入网设备对应的第一接入技术可以提供带宽值为A的数据传输。In some implementations, the network status information is a bandwidth value parameter that the access network device can provide for a multiple access PDU session. For example, the first access technology corresponding to the first access network device may provide data transmission with a bandwidth value of A.
在另一些实施中,网络状态信息为接入网设备可以为多接入PDU会话提供的时延参数。例如,第一接入网设备对应的第一接入技术时延为1ms,则第一接入技术可以提供时延要求大于1ms的数据传输。In other implementations, the network status information is a delay parameter that the access network device can provide for the multiple access PDU session. For example, if the first access technology delay corresponding to the first access network device is 1 ms, the first access technology may provide data transmission with a delay requirement greater than 1 ms.
在另一些实施中,网络状态信息为接入网设备可以为多接入PDU会话提供的带宽值和时延参数。例如,第一接入网设备对应的第一接入技术可以提供带宽值为A以及时延为1ms。In other implementations, the network status information is a bandwidth value and a delay parameter that the access network device can provide for the multiple access PDU session. For example, the first access technology corresponding to the first access network device may provide a bandwidth value of A and a delay of 1 ms.
在另一些实施中,网络状态信息为接入网设备可以为释放业务流的传输资源。例如,第一接入技术当前的接入质量不支持业务流1的正常传输,即,第一接入技术释放业务流1的传输资源。In other implementations, the network status information is a transmission resource that the access network device can release the traffic flow. For example, the current access quality of the first access technology does not support the normal transmission of the service flow 1, that is, the first access technology releases the transmission resource of the service flow 1.
在另一些实施中,网络状态信息为接入网设备对应的丢包率或信号强度。In other implementations, the network status information is a packet loss rate or signal strength corresponding to the access network device.
在一些实施中,网络状态信息可以为所述接入网设备的负荷、带宽、时延、丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。In some implementations, the network status information can be at least one of load, bandwidth, delay, packet loss rate, or signal strength of the access network device.
下面以接入网设备中的第一接入网设备发送网络状态信息,请求更新多接入PDU会话中的接入技术的QoS文件为例。The following is an example in which the first access network device in the access network device sends the network status information to request to update the QoS file of the access technology in the multiple access PDU session.
在一些实施中,上述网络状态信息包括业务流标识信息,所述业务流标识信息用于指示在第一接入技术上删除的业务流。应理解,当第一接入技术上仅传输一条业务流时,不需要该业务流标识信息去指示对应的业务流。In some implementations, the network status information includes service flow identification information, where the service flow identification information is used to indicate a service flow deleted on the first access technology. It should be understood that when only one service flow is transmitted on the first access technology, the service flow identification information is not required to indicate the corresponding service flow.
在另一些实施中,上述第一网络状态信息包括多接入PDU会话标识信息,所述多接入PDU会话标识信息用于指示在哪个多接入PDU会话第一接入技术上删除的业务流。应理解,当终端设备与UPF网元之间仅包括一个多接入PDU会话时,不需要该多接入PDU会话标识信息去指示对应的多接入PDU会话。In other implementations, the foregoing first network state information includes multiple access PDU session identification information, where the multiple access PDU session identification information is used to indicate which multi-access PDU session is deleted on the first access technology. . It should be understood that when only one multiple access PDU session is included between the terminal device and the UPF network element, the multiple access PDU session identification information is not required to indicate the corresponding multiple access PDU session.
当第一接入技术无法满足业务流的传输时。例如,第一接入技术的性能降低无法满足第一业务的质量要求。第一接入网设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送第一网络状态信息,指示第一接入技术上用于传输业务流的资源被第一接入网设备释放。When the first access technology cannot satisfy the transmission of the service flow. For example, the performance degradation of the first access technology cannot meet the quality requirements of the first service. The first access network device sends the first network state information to the first core network element by using the first access technology, and indicates that the resource used for transmitting the service flow on the first access technology is released by the first access network device.
在一些实施中,第一网络状态信息还用于指示所述第一核心网网元配置第二接入技术的QoS文件,所述第二接入技术为终端设备和所述UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话的接入技术中除第一接入技术之外的接入技术。例如,多接入PDU会话建立的时候,第一接入技术的QoS=10兆,第二接入技术的QoS=10兆。当第一网络状态信息指示第一接入技术只能支持QoS=5兆时,第一核心网网元配置第二接入技术的QoS=15兆。In some implementations, the first network state information is further used to indicate that the first core network element configures a QoS file of the second access technology, where the second access technology is between the terminal device and the UPF network element. Access technology other than the first access technology in the access technology of the multiple access PDU session. For example, when a multi-access PDU session is established, the QoS of the first access technology is 10 megabytes, and the QoS of the second access technology is 10 megabytes. When the first network state information indicates that the first access technology can only support QoS=5 megabits, the first core network element configures the QoS of the second access technology to be 15 megabytes.
S220,接入网设备从第一核心网网元接收指示信息。S220. The access network device receives the indication information from the first core network element.
所述接入网设备接收第一核心网网元发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于请求所述接入网设备分配与所述网络状态信息相应的QoS参数。The access network device receives the indication information sent by the first core network element, where the indication information is used to request the access network device to allocate a QoS parameter corresponding to the network status information.
第一接入网设备通过第一接入技术从第一核心网网元接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备更新所述第一接入技术的QoS文件。The first access network device receives the fourth indication information from the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the first access network device updates the first access technology QoS file.
在一些实施中,上述更新第一接入技术的QoS文件包括:In some implementations, the updating the QoS file of the first access technology includes:
第一接入网设备设置第一接入技术的带宽值为a,且a小于等于上述A。The first access network device sets the bandwidth of the first access technology to a, and a is less than or equal to the above A.
在另一些实施中,上述更新第一接入技术的QoS文件包括:In other implementations, the updating the QoS file of the first access technology includes:
第一接入网设备设置第一接入技术的时延为x ms,且x ms小于等于上述1ms。The delay of the first access network device setting the first access technology is x ms, and x ms is less than or equal to the above 1 ms.
在另一些实施中,上述更新第一接入技术的QoS文件包括:In other implementations, the updating the QoS file of the first access technology includes:
第一接入网设备设置第一接入技术的带宽值为a以及时延要求为x ms,且a小于等于上述A以及x ms小于等于上述1ms。The first access network device sets the bandwidth value of the first access technology to a and the delay requirement to be x ms, and a is less than or equal to the above A and x ms is less than or equal to the above 1 ms.
在一些实施中,第一接入网设备通过第一接入技术从第一核心网网元接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示业务流从第二接入技术上传输,其中,业务流为业务流描述信息对应的业务流,所述业务流流描述信息为终端设备通过所述第一接入技术发送给所述第一核心网网元的信息,所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术为所述终端设备和所述UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话的接入技术。In some implementations, the first access network device receives the fourth indication information from the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted from the second access technology. The service flow is a service flow corresponding to the service flow description information, where the service flow description information is information that is sent by the terminal device to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the first connection is The ingress technology and the second access technology are access technologies for multiple access PDU sessions between the terminal device and the UPF network element.
第二接入网设备从第一核心网网元接收第五指示信息包括:The receiving, by the second access network device, the fifth indication information from the first core network element includes:
所述第二接入网设备接收第一核心网网元发送的第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于请求所述第二接入网设备分配与所述第一网络状态信息相应的第二QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括相关的QoS参数。The second access network device receives the fifth indication information that is sent by the network element of the first core network, where the fifth indication information is used to request the second access network device to allocate the information corresponding to the first network state information. A second QoS file, the QoS file including associated QoS parameters.
第一核心网网元可以根据第一接入网设备上报的第一网络状态信息更新第二接入技术的QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括相关的QoS参数。The first core network element may update the QoS file of the second access technology according to the first network state information reported by the first access network device, where the QoS file includes related QoS parameters.
在一些实施例中,当上述第一接入网设备发送的所述第一网络状态信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备删除第一接入技术中业务流的传输资源时,第二接入网设备通过第二接入技术从所述第一核心网网元接收第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第二接入网设备更新所述第二接入技术的QoS文件,使得所述第二接入技术能够传输所述业务流。In some embodiments, when the first network status information sent by the first access network device is used to indicate that the first access network device deletes a transmission resource of a service flow in the first access technology, the second The access network device receives the fifth indication information from the first core network element by using the second access technology, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the second access network device updates the second access technology The QoS file enables the second access technology to transmit the traffic flow.
例如,当第一接入技术上的业务流1传输质量不能满足时,第一接入网设备删除了第一接入技术上的传输业务流1的传输资源,并发送网络状态信息告知了第一核心网网元。第一核心网网元需要设置第二接入技术的QoS文件,使得第二接入技术能够传输上述业务流1,以保证业务流1的正常传输。当前第二接入技术的QoS文件包括的QoS参数为QoS1,需要将QoS1更新为QoS2才能满足业务流1的正常传输。则,第一核心网 网元发送的第五指示信息中包括QoS2,第二接入设备接收到第五指示信息,能够将QoS1更新为QoS2。For example, when the transmission quality of the service flow 1 on the first access technology cannot be satisfied, the first access network device deletes the transmission resource of the transport service flow 1 on the first access technology, and sends the network status information to notify the first A core network element. The first core network element needs to set the QoS file of the second access technology, so that the second access technology can transmit the service flow 1 to ensure normal transmission of the service flow 1. The current QoS file of the second access technology includes a QoS parameter of QoS1, and QoS1 needs to be updated to QoS2 to satisfy the normal transmission of service flow 1. Then, the fifth indication information sent by the first core network element includes QoS2, and the second access device receives the fifth indication information, and can update QoS1 to QoS2.
在一些实施例中,第二接入网设备可以向第一核心网网元发送第二网络状态信息。所述第二网络状态信息包括所述第二接入网设备的负荷、带宽、时延、丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。In some embodiments, the second access network device can send the second network state information to the first core network element. The second network state information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the second access network device.
由图3和图5可知第一核心网网元需要对终端设备的请求消息以及接入网设备的指示消息做出处理,并返回相应的应答消息,下面结合图6和图7详细介绍本申请实施例中的通信方法。It can be seen from FIG. 3 and FIG. 5 that the first core network element needs to process the request message of the terminal device and the indication message of the access network device, and returns a corresponding response message. The present application is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 and FIG. 7. The communication method in the embodiment.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意性流程图。该方法包括:FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes:
S310,第一核心网网元从终端设备接收请求消息。S310. The first core network element receives a request message from the terminal device.
第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术从终端设备接收请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流,所述请求消息包括第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述业务流。The first core network element receives the request message from the terminal device by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow, where the request message includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine The business flow.
其中,所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术为所述终端设备和所述UPF网元之间的多接入PDU会话中两种相异的接入技术,该请求消息与图3中所述的情况一时的请求消息一致,可以携带多种信息,这里不再赘述。The first access technology and the second access technology are two different access technologies in a multiple access PDU session between the terminal device and the UPF network element, and the request message is The request message described in FIG. 3 is consistent, and can carry a variety of information, and details are not described herein again.
该方法还包括,第一核心网网元确定业务流对应的接入技术。The method further includes determining, by the first core network element, an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
所述第一核心网网元根据所述请求消息以及第一核心网网元策略确定上述业务流通过所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输。上述核心网策略为PCF或SMF上配置的分流策略信息。当PCF配置了分流策略时,PCF将分流策略发送给SMF。可选的,PCF发送给SMF的PCC(Policy and Charging Control)规则中包含上述分流策略。上述分流策略包括业务流描述(Packet Filter(s))或业务流模板(SDF template)与接入技术对应关系,以及可选的路由因子。上述接入技术为第一接入技术,或第二接入技术,或第一接入技术与第二接入技术,或多接入指示。上述第一接入技术与第二接入技术或多接入指示用于表示业务流可以在第一接入技术与第二接入技术中的任意一个或两个中传输。当分流策略中同时含有第一接入技术与第二接入技术时,针对每种接入技术还包含路由因子(routing factor)。当路由因子设置为“NULL/空”时表示不限制各个接入技术传输的数据量。当路由因子为具体数值时(如a:b)表示各接入技术具体的传输数据量值,或带宽值,或数据量比值或带宽比值。如分流策略含有流描述1或流模板1,第一接入技术对应的路由因子为a,第二接入技术对应的路由因子为b,则第一接入技术传输总数据量或总带宽的a/(a+b),第二接入技术传输总数据量或总带宽的b/(a+b)。上述相同的分流策略信息也可以配置到SMF上。或者,由PCF在分流策略信息中指示第一接入技术与第二接入技术,由SMF基于网络链路状态确定各接入技术的路由因子。The first core network element determines, according to the request message and the first core network element policy, that the service flow is transmitted by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology. The core network policy is the traffic split policy information configured on the PCF or SMF. When the PCF configures the offload policy, the PCF sends the offload policy to the SMF. Optionally, the PCC (Policy and Charging Control) rule sent by the PCF to the SMF includes the foregoing traffic off policy. The foregoing traffic distribution policy includes a packet flow (Packet Filter(s)) or a service flow template (SDF template) corresponding to an access technology, and an optional routing factor. The foregoing access technology is a first access technology, or a second access technology, or a first access technology and a second access technology, or multiple access indications. The foregoing first access technology and the second access technology or multiple access indications are used to indicate that the service flow can be transmitted in any one or two of the first access technology and the second access technology. When the first access technology and the second access technology are included in the offloading strategy, a routing factor is also included for each access technology. When the routing factor is set to "NULL/empty", it means that the amount of data transmitted by each access technology is not limited. When the routing factor is a specific value (such as a:b), it indicates the specific transmission data magnitude, or bandwidth value, or data volume ratio or bandwidth ratio of each access technology. If the traffic distribution policy includes flow description 1 or flow template 1, the routing factor corresponding to the first access technology is a, and the routing factor corresponding to the second access technology is b, then the first access technology transmits the total data volume or the total bandwidth. a / (a + b), the second access technology transmits the total amount of data or b / (a + b) of the total bandwidth. The same offloading policy information described above can also be configured on the SMF. Alternatively, the first access technology and the second access technology are indicated by the PCF in the offloading policy information, and the routing factor of each access technology is determined by the SMF based on the network link status.
在一些实施例中,终端设备请求在第一接入技术上传输业务流。则,如果终端设备允许第一核心网网元修改该请求,第一核心网网元在第二接入技术上分配资源传输业务流。In some embodiments, the terminal device requests to transmit a traffic flow on the first access technology. Then, if the terminal device allows the first core network element to modify the request, the first core network element allocates a resource transmission service flow on the second access technology.
在另一些实施例中,终端设备请求在第二接入技术上传输业务流。第一核心网网元在第二接入技术上分配资源传输业务流。In other embodiments, the terminal device requests to transmit a traffic flow on the second access technology. The first core network element allocates a resource transmission service flow on the second access technology.
在另一些实施例中,终端设备请求在第一接入技术和第二接入技术上传输业务流。第一核心网网元在第一接入技术和第二接入技术上分配资源传输业务流。In other embodiments, the terminal device requests to transmit the traffic flow on the first access technology and the second access technology. The first core network element allocates a resource transmission service flow on the first access technology and the second access technology.
可选的,第一核心网网元收到请求消息中包含的第三标识与多接入技术传输指示对应关系。当第一核心网网元支持TFCP协议时,第一核心网网元允许第三标识确定的第三业务流进行多接入技术传输或允许第三标识确定的第三业务流进行TFCP封装。Optionally, the first core network element receives the correspondence between the third identifier included in the request message and the multiple access technology transmission indication. When the first core network element supports the TFCP protocol, the first core network element allows the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform multi-access technology transmission or allows the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform TFCP encapsulation.
S320,第一核心网网元向终端设备发送响应消息。S320. The first core network element sends a response message to the terminal device.
所述第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The first core network element sends a response message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, where the response message includes the first identifier information and the second access technology Instructions; or,
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、所述第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,用于指示所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输。The response message includes the first identifier information, the indication information of the first access technology, and the indication information of the second access technology, to indicate that the service flow passes the second access technology, Or the first access technology and the second access technology are transmitted.
可选的,响应消息包括第三标识与多接技术传输指示。上述第三标识与多接入技术传输指示表示第一核心网网元允许/授权对第三标识确定的第三业务流进行多接入技术传输或允许/授权对第三标识确定的第三业务流进行TFCP封装。上述第三标识为业务流描述(Packet Filter(s))或者业务流模板(Service data flow template,SDF模板)或QFI或PDUsession ID。多接入技术传输指示为TFCP协议指示,TFCP协议封装指示或包粒度分流指示。Optionally, the response message includes a third identifier and a multi-connection technology transmission indication. The foregoing third identifier and multiple access technology transmission indication indicates that the first core network element allows/authorizes the third service flow determined by the third identifier to perform multi-access technology transmission or allows/authorizes the third service determined by the third identifier. The stream is TFCP encapsulated. The third identifier is a Packet Filter (s) or a Service Data Flow Template (SDF Template) or a QFI or PDU Session ID. The multiple access technology transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication or a packet granularity offload indication.
在一些实施例中,所述第一核心网网元向所述终端设备发送响应消息包括:下述第一/二接入技术的指示信息也可以定义为第一/二接入技术指示或第一/二接入技术标识。In some embodiments, the sending, by the first core network element, the response message to the terminal device includes: the indication information of the first/second access technology described below may also be defined as the first/second access technology indication or the first One/two access technology identification.
方式一:method one:
第一核心网网元(如图2所示的SMF网元)向第二核心网网元(如图2所示的AMF网元)发送第一消息,第一消息中包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及响应消息;The first core network element (such as the SMF network element shown in FIG. 2) sends a first message to the second core network element (such as the AMF network element shown in FIG. 2), where the first message includes the first access technology. Instructions and response messages;
所述第二核心网网元基于第一接入技术的指示信息向第一接入网设备发送所述响应消息,所述第一接入网设备将所述响应消息发送给终端设备。The second core network element sends the response message to the first access network device according to the indication information of the first access technology, and the first access network device sends the response message to the terminal device.
方式二:Method 2:
第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第一消息,第一消息中包括第二接入技术的指示信息以及响应消息;The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the second access technology and a response message;
所述第二核心网网元基于第二接入技术的指示信息向第二接入网设备发送所述响应消息,所述第二接入网设备将所述响应消息发送给终端设备。The second core network element sends the response message to the second access network device according to the indication information of the second access technology, and the second access network device sends the response message to the terminal device.
方式三:Method three:
第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第一消息,第一消息中包括第二接入技术和第一接入技术对应关系以及响应消息;The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes a second access technology and a first access technology correspondence relationship and a response message;
所述第二核心网网元向第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备发送所述响应消息,所述第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备将所述响应消息发送给终端设备。Sending, by the second core network element, the response message to the first access network device and the second access network device, where the first access network device and the second access network device send the response message to Terminal Equipment.
方式四:Method 4:
第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,第三消息中包括第一接入技术与响应消息对应关系,以及第二接入技术与第二指示信息对应关系。The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes a correspondence between the first access technology and the response message, and a correspondence between the second access technology and the second indication information.
所述第二核心网网元基于第一接入技术与响应消息对应关系,向第一接入网设备发 送所述响应消息,所述第一接入网设备将所述响应消息发送给终端设备。The second core network element sends the response message to the first access network device based on the first access technology and the response message, and the first access network device sends the response message to the terminal device. .
或者,当第三消息中包括第二接入技术与响应消息对应关系或第二接入技术和第二接入技术与响应消息对应关系时,第二核心网网元可以基于该对应关系向对应的接入网设备发送响应消息。Or, when the third message includes the second access technology and the response message correspondence or the second access technology and the second access technology and the response message, the second core network element may correspond to the corresponding relationship. The access network device sends a response message.
在一些实施例中,所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输包括:In some embodiments, the transmitting, by the second access technology, the service flow comprises:
方式一:method one:
第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第二消息,第二消息中包括第二接入技术的指示信息以及第二指示信息。第二指示信息可以为N2接口会话管理信息(N2 Session management information,N2 SM information)。The first core network element sends a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and second indication information. The second indication information may be N2 Session Management Information (N2 SM management information).
所述第一核心网网元基于第二接入技术的指示信息向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包括QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流相关的QoS参数;Transmitting, by the first core network element, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, the QoS The file includes QoS parameters related to the service flow;
方式二:Method 2:
第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,第三消息中包括第一接入技术的指示信息与响应消息对应关系,以及第二接入的技术指示信息与第二指示信息对应关系。The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the indication information of the first access technology and the response message, and the technical indication information and the second indication of the second access Information correspondence.
所述第二核心网网元基于第二接入技术的指示信息与第二指示信息对应关系向第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,指示第二接入网设备更新第二接入技术的QoS参数,使得所述业务流能够通过所述第二接入网设备传输。The second core network element sends a second indication information to the second access network device according to the mapping between the indication information of the second access technology and the second indication information, and instructs the second access network device to update the second access technology. The QoS parameters enable the traffic flow to be transmitted by the second access network device.
在一些实施例中,所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和第二接入技术传输包括:In some embodiments, the transmitting, by the first access technology and the second access technology, the service flow includes:
方式一:method one:
第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第一消息,第一消息中包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及第三指示信息,以及响应消息。所述第三指示信息包括QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流相关的QoS参数。The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology, third indication information, and a response message. The third indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow.
第三指示信息可以为N2接口会话管理信息(N2 Session management information,N2 SM information)用于指示更新第一接入技术的QoS参数。The third indication information may be N2 Session Management Information (N2 SM management information) for indicating that the QoS parameter of the first access technology is updated.
第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第二消息,第二消息中包括第二接入技术的指示信息以及第二指示信息。第二指示信息可以为会话管理信息(Session management information,SM information)用于指示更新第二接入技术的QoS参数。The first core network element sends a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and second indication information. The second indication information may be used by the session management information (SM information) to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second access technology is updated.
所述第二核心网网元向第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息与响应消息,指示第一接入网设备更新第一接入技术的QoS参数,使得所述业务流能够通过所述第一接入网设备传输。此外,由第一接入网设备将响应消息继续发送给终端设备。The second core network element sends a third indication information and a response message to the first access network device, instructing the first access network device to update the QoS parameter of the first access technology, so that the service flow can pass the The first access network device transmits. In addition, the response message is continuously sent by the first access network device to the terminal device.
所述第二核心网网元向第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包含QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流相关的QoS参数。指示第二接入网设备更新第二接入技术的QoS参数,使得所述业务流能够通过所述第二接入网设备传输。The second core network element sends second indication information to the second access network device, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow. Instructing the second access network device to update the QoS parameters of the second access technology, so that the service flow can be transmitted by the second access network device.
方式二:Method 2:
第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,第三消息中包括第一接入技术的指示信息与第三指示信息以及响应消息的第一对应关系,以及第二接入技术与第二指示信息的第二对应关系。The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the first correspondence between the indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information and the response message, and the second access The second correspondence between the technology and the second indication information.
所述第二核心网网元基于第一对应关系向第一接入技术的指示信息对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息与响应消息,指示第一接入网设备更新第一接入技术的QoS参数,使得所述业务流能够通过所述第一接入网设备传输。此外,第一接入网设备将响应消息发送给终端设备。The second core network element sends a third indication information and a response message to the first access network device corresponding to the indication information of the first access technology, and indicates that the first access network device updates the first connection. The QoS parameters of the incoming technology enable the traffic flow to be transmitted by the first access network device. In addition, the first access network device sends a response message to the terminal device.
且所述第二核心网网元基于第二对应关系向第二接入技术的指示信息对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,指示第二接入网设备更新第二接入技术的QoS参数,使得所述业务流能够通过所述第二接入网设备传输。And the second core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the indication information of the second access technology, and the second access network device is configured to update the second access technology. The QoS parameters enable the traffic flow to be transmitted by the second access network device.
上述第一核心网网元还可以用于(如图1所示的SMF网元)向第三核心网网元(如图1所示的UPF网元)发送N4会话消息,上述N4会话消息包括第四标识与多接入传输指示;上述第四标识为业务流描述(Packet Filter(s))或者业务流模板(Service data flow template,SDF模板)或QFI或PDU session ID或N4会话标识。N4会话与PDU Session为一一对应关系。多接入技术传输指示为TFCP协议指示,TFCP协议封装指示或包粒度分流指示。UPF存储第四标识与多接入传输指示对应关系,UPF基于上述关系对用户面数据进行TFCP头解析。The first core network element may also be used to send an N4 session message to the third core network element (such as the UPF network element shown in FIG. 1), and the N4 session message includes the S4 network element (such as the SMF network element shown in FIG. 1). The fourth identifier and the multiple access transmission indication; the fourth identifier is a Packet Filter (s) or a Service Data Flow Template (SDF Template) or a QFI or PDU session ID or an N4 session identifier. The N4 session has a one-to-one correspondence with the PDU Session. The multiple access technology transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication or a packet granularity offload indication. The UPF stores a correspondence between the fourth identifier and the multiple access transmission indication, and the UPF performs TFCP header parsing on the user plane data based on the foregoing relationship.
具体的,用户面网元UPF基于用户面收到的QFI确定数据包含有TFCP头,或基于用户面隧道标识确定PDU会话的数据包含有TFCP头,或者基于结束标识End marker数据包确定上述End marker数据包之后收到的数据包含有TFCP头。用户面网元UPF基于TFCP包头中含有的序列号对所述数据包排序。Specifically, the user plane network element UPF includes the TFCP header based on the QFI determination data received by the user plane, or determines that the data of the PDU session includes the TFCP header based on the user plane tunnel identifier, or determines the end marker according to the end identifier End marker data packet. The data received after the packet contains the TFCP header. The user plane network element UPF sorts the data packets based on the sequence numbers contained in the TFCP header.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意性流程图。该方法包括:FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes:
S311,第一核心网网元从接入网设备接收网络状态信息。S311. The first core network element receives network state information from the access network device.
第一核心网网元从接入网设备接收网络状态信息,所述网络状态信息用于指示所述接入网设备的数据传输状态;The first core network element receives the network status information from the access network device, where the network status information is used to indicate the data transmission status of the access network device;
在一些实施中,第一核心网网元从第一接入网设备接收第一网络状态信息。In some implementations, the first core network element receives the first network state information from the first access network device.
在一些实施中,第一核心网网元从第二接入网设备接收第二网络状态信息。In some implementations, the first core network element receives second network state information from the second access network device.
在一些实施中,第一网络状态信息用于指示所述第一接入技术当前支持传输的数据量或传输带宽。例如,指示第一接入技术可以支持传输的带宽值或时延或丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。In some implementations, the first network state information is used to indicate that the first access technology currently supports the amount of data or transmission bandwidth that is transmitted. For example, indicating that the first access technology can support at least one of a bandwidth value of transmission or a delay or packet loss rate or signal strength.
在另一些实施中,第一网络状态信息用于指示所述第一接入技术释放业务流的传输资源,其中,所述业务流为所述第一接入技术上传输的任意业务流。例如,指示第一接入技术由于质量原因不支持业务流1的传输,释放了业务流1的传输资源。In other implementations, the first network state information is used to indicate that the first access technology releases a transmission resource of a service flow, where the service flow is any service flow transmitted on the first access technology. For example, indicating that the first access technology does not support the transmission of the traffic flow 1 due to quality reasons, the transmission resource of the traffic flow 1 is released.
该方法还包括,第一核心网网元确定网络状态信息相应的QoS文件。The method also includes the first core network element determining a QoS file corresponding to the network status information.
所述第一核心网网元根据所述网络状态信息确定所述接入网设备的QoS文件。The first core network element determines a QoS file of the access network device according to the network status information.
在一些实施例中,第一核心网网元根据所述网络状态信息配置所述第一接入技术的QoS文件,例如,所述第一接入技术的带宽值或时延值。In some embodiments, the first core network element configures a QoS file of the first access technology, for example, a bandwidth value or a delay value of the first access technology, according to the network status information.
在另一些实施例中,第一核心网网元根据所述网络状态信息配置所述第二接入技术的的QoS文件,例如,所述第二接入技术的带宽值或时延值。In other embodiments, the first core network element configures a QoS file of the second access technology, for example, a bandwidth value or a delay value of the second access technology, according to the network status information.
在另一些实施例中,第一核心网网元根据所述网络状态信息配置所述第二接入技术的QoS文件,使得第二接入技术能够传输第一接入技术释放的资源对应的业务流。In another embodiment, the first core network element configures the QoS file of the second access technology according to the network state information, so that the second access technology can transmit the service corresponding to the resource released by the first access technology. flow.
S322,第一核心网网元向接入网设备发送指示信息。S322. The first core network element sends the indication information to the access network device.
第一核心网网元向所述接入网设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息包含发送给所述接入网设备的与所述网络状态信息对应的的服务质量QoS文件。The first core network element sends the indication information to the access network device, where the indication information includes a quality of service QoS file corresponding to the network status information that is sent to the access network device.
例如,第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备更新所述第一接入技术的QoS文件。For example, the first core network element sends the fourth indication information to the first access network device by using the first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the first access network device to update the A QoS file for access technology.
在一些实施例中,所述第四指示信息包括所述第一接入技术的带宽值或时延值。In some embodiments, the fourth indication information includes a bandwidth value or a delay value of the first access technology.
在另一些实施例中,所述第四指示信息包括所述第一接入技术的释放业务流对应的传输资源之后,第一接入技术的QoS文件。In other embodiments, the fourth indication information includes a QoS file of the first access technology after the transmission resource corresponding to the release service flow of the first access technology.
还例如,所述第一核心网网元通过所述第二接入技术向第二接入网设备发送第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第二接入网设备更新所述第二接入技术的QoS文件。For example, the first core network element sends the fifth indication information to the second access network device by using the second access technology, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the second access network device is updated. The QoS file of the second access technology.
在一些实施例中,所述第五指示信息包括所述第二接入技术的带宽值或时延值。In some embodiments, the fifth indication information includes a bandwidth value or a delay value of the second access technology.
在另一些实施例中,所述第五指示信息包括所述第一接入技术的释放业务流对应的传输资源之后,所述第二接入技术的QoS参数,配置第二接入技术的QoS参数后第二接入技术能够支持业务流的传输。In other embodiments, after the fifth indication information includes the transmission resource corresponding to the release service flow of the first access technology, the QoS parameter of the second access technology, and the QoS of the second access technology are configured. After the parameter, the second access technology can support the transmission of the service flow.
应理解,上述第一核心网网元发送第四指示信息以及发送第五指示信息。与图6所示的向终端设备发送响应消息类似,可以是第一核心网(SMF)网元向第二核心网(AMF)网元发送两条消息,第二核心网网元发送对应的接入网设备,It should be understood that the first core network element sends the fourth indication information and sends the fifth indication information. Similar to the sending of the response message to the terminal device shown in FIG. 6, the first core network (SMF) network element may send two messages to the second core network (AMF) network element, and the second core network element sends the corresponding connection. Network access equipment,
或者,第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送一条消息,第二核心网网元基于第一核心网网元发送的消息中,各个指示信息与接入技术的对应关系,将该消息中的指示信息分别发送给对应的接入网设备。Or the first core network element sends a message to the second core network element, and the second core network element is based on the correspondence between the indication information and the access technology in the message sent by the first core network element, The indication information in the message is sent to the corresponding access network device.
图3-图7分别从终端设备、接入网设备以及第一核心网网元作用的角度详细说明不同实施例中通信系统中各个部分所起的作用。3-7 illustrate the roles played by various parts of the communication system in different embodiments from the perspectives of the terminal device, the access network device, and the first core network element.
在本实施例中,以第一接入网设备为NG-RAN,第二接入网设备为N3IWF,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为Non-3GPP接入技术,业务流为多接入PDU会话中新增的或者更新的业务流1为例进行举例说明。In this embodiment, the first access network device is an NG-RAN, the second access network device is an N3 IWF, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology. The service flow is an example of a new or updated service flow 1 in a multiple access PDU session.
图8是本申请第一个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a first embodiment of the present application.
在本实施例的方法中,终端设备通过3GPP接入技术发起修改PDU会话请求消息,使得终端设备能够通过Non-3GPP接入技术传输业务流1。In the method of this embodiment, the terminal device initiates a modify PDU session request message through the 3GPP access technology, so that the terminal device can transmit the service flow 1 through the Non-3GPP access technology.
本实施例的方法包括:The method of this embodiment includes:
S410,终端设备向NG-RAN发送请求消息,该请求消息为PDU会话修改请求(PDU session Modification Request)消息。S410. The terminal device sends a request message to the NG-RAN, where the request message is a PDU session Modification Request message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该PDU session Modification Request消息可以携带在非接入层传输(Non-Access-Stratum transport,NAS transpor)消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the PDU session Modification Request message may be carried in a Non-Access-Stratume transport (NAS Transpor) message.
PDU会话修改请求消息可以为图3中所述的请求消息。具体地,该请求消息包括第一标识,第二标识,请求的QoS参数,请求的接入技术或QoS规则标识中的至少一个。例如,上述第一标识为业务流1的流描述信息,第二标识为PDU session ID,接入技术为Non-3GPP接入技术。在一种可能的实现方式中,请求消息还包括允许SMF修改上 述业务流1与接入技术对应关系的第一指示信息。此外,发送业务流描述或QFI或PDU会话标识与多接入技术传输指示对应关系。The PDU Session Modification Request message may be the request message described in FIG. Specifically, the request message includes at least one of a first identifier, a second identifier, a requested QoS parameter, a requested access technology, or a QoS rule identifier. For example, the first identifier is the flow description information of the service flow 1, the second identifier is the PDU session ID, and the access technology is the Non-3GPP access technology. In a possible implementation manner, the request message further includes first indication information that allows the SMF to modify the correspondence between the service flow 1 and the access technology. In addition, the service flow description or the QFI or PDU session identifier is associated with the multiple access technology transmission indication.
S420,NG-RAN向AMF网元发送请求消息S420, the NG-RAN sends a request message to the AMF network element.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述NAS Transport给AMF,NAStransport消息中含有该请求消息。In a possible implementation manner, the NAS transport sends the request message to the AMF, and the NAStransport message.
S430,AMF网元收到NAS transport消息,并向SMF网元发送请求消息。S430. The AMF network element receives the NAS transport message and sends a request message to the SMF network element.
S440,SMF网元根据PDU会话修改请求消息以及SMF策略,允许将业务流1通过Non-3GPP接入技术侧传输,则SMF更新Non-3GPP接入技术的QoS profile。上述SMF策略包括本地配置的分流规则或PCF发送的分流规则。SMF发送Non-3GPP接入技术的QoS文件,使得Non-3GPP接入技术能够传输新增或更新的业务流1。其中SMF策略信息从PCF获取,获取方式与现有中信息传输类似,图中并未示出。S440. The SMF network element allows the service flow 1 to be transmitted through the Non-3GPP access technology side according to the PDU session modification request message and the SMF policy, and the SMF updates the QoS profile of the Non-3GPP access technology. The above SMF policy includes a locally configured traffic distribution rule or a traffic distribution rule sent by the PCF. The SMF sends the QoS file of the Non-3GPP access technology, enabling the Non-3GPP access technology to transmit the new or updated service flow 1. The SMF policy information is obtained from the PCF, and the acquisition mode is similar to the existing information transmission, and is not shown in the figure.
SMF接收到请求消息并确定了Non-3GPP接入技术的QoS profile之后,需要通知N3IWF更新对应的Non-3GPP接入技术的QoS profile,以及给终端设备发送一个PDU会话修改响应消息。上述PDU会话修改响应消息包括第一标识与授权的接入技术对应关系,上述授权的接入技术为Non-3GPP接入技术。此外,上述消息包含业务流描述或QFI或PDU会话标识与多接入技术传输指示对应关系,用于指示网络侧允许/授权对应的业务流或QFI或PDU会话进行多接入技术传输,或进行TFCP封装。After receiving the request message and determining the QoS profile of the Non-3GPP access technology, the SMF needs to notify the N3IWF to update the QoS profile of the corresponding Non-3GPP access technology, and send a PDU session modification response message to the terminal device. The PDU session modification response message includes a first identifier and an authorized access technology, and the authorized access technology is a Non-3GPP access technology. In addition, the foregoing message includes a service flow description or a correspondence between a QFI or PDU session identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication, and is used to indicate that the network side allows/authorizes the corresponding service flow or the QFI or PDU session to perform multiple access technology transmission, or performs TFCP package.
该过程包括:The process includes:
方式一:method one:
S450,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第一消息。其中第一消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPP access、PDU会话修改响应(PDU session Modification command)消息。上述PDU会话修改响应消息包括业务流1的流描述信息与Non-3GPP接入技术的对应关系或与QoS rule1的对应关系。上述QoS rule1是Non-3GPP侧的QoS rule。此外,可选的,包括业务流描述或QFI或PDU会话标识与多接入技术传输指示对应关系。上述多接入技术传输指示用于指示对应的业务流或QFI或PDU会话的数据包支持多接入技术传输,或支持TFCP协议封装,或支持包粒度分流。S450. The SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element. The first message includes the access technology type set to 3GPP access, PDU session modification command (PDU session Modification command) message. The PDU session modification response message includes a correspondence between the flow description information of the service flow 1 and the Non-3GPP access technology or a correspondence relationship with the QoS rule 1. The above QoS rule 1 is a QoS rule on the Non-3GPP side. In addition, optionally, the service flow description or the QFI or PDU session identifier and the multiple access technology transmission indication correspondence are included. The multi-access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the data packet of the corresponding service flow or QFI or PDU session supports multiple access technology transmission, or supports TFCP protocol encapsulation, or supports packet granularity distribution.
S460,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第二消息,其中第二消息包括接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP、N2会话管理信息(N2 Session Management information,N2 SM information),N2 SM information中包括为Non-3GPP配置的QoS profile。S460, the SMF network element sends a second message to the AMF network element, where the second message includes the access technology type set to Non-3GPP, N2 Session Management Information (N2 SM information), and the N2 SM information is included QoS profile configured by Non-3GPP.
S470,AMF网元基于3GPP access向NG-RAN发送第一N2会话请求消息,其中包含PDU会话修改响应消息。S470. The AMF network element sends a first N2 session request message to the NG-RAN according to the 3GPP access, where the PDU session modification response message is included.
S480,AMF网元向N3IWF发送第二N2会话请求消息,其中包含上述S460中N2 SM information。用于指示N3IWF更新Non-3GPP侧当前的QoS profile,使得业务流1能够通过Non-3GPP传输。S480. The AMF network element sends a second N2 session request message to the N3IWF, where the N2 SM information in the foregoing S460 is included. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS profile of the Non-3GPP side, so that the service flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP.
方式二:Method 2:
S450,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第三消息。其中第三消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPP access与PDU会话修改响应消息对应,以及接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access与N2 SM information对应。S450. The SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element. The third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the 3GPP access and the PDU session modification response message, and the access technology type is set to correspond to the Non-3GPP access and the N2 SM information.
S470,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为3GPP access与PDU会话修改响应消息对应,向NG-RAN发送N2会话请求消息,其中包含PDU会话修改响应消息。S470, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the PDU session modification response message according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the PDU session modification response message is included.
S480,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access与N2 SM information对应,向N3IWF发送N2会话请求消息,其中包含N2 SM information。用于指示N3IWF更新Non-3GPP侧当前的QoS profile,使得业务流1能够通过Non-3GPP传输。S480, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the N2 SM information according to the type of the access technology, and sends an N2 session request message, which includes the N2 SM information, to the N3IWF. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS profile of the Non-3GPP side, so that the service flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP.
S490,NG-RAN向终端设备发送PDU会话修改响应消息。PDU会话修改响应消息包括业务流1的流描述信息与Non-3GPP的对应关系或与QoS rule的对应关系,该对应关系用于指示终端设备新增的业务流1从Non-3GPP传输。此外,PDU会话修改响应消息包含业务流描述或QFI或PDU会话标识与多接入技术传输指示对应关系。上述多接入技术传输指示用于指示对应的业务流或QFI或PDU会话的数据包支持多接入技术传输,或支持TFCP协议封装,或支持包粒度分流。S490. The NG-RAN sends a PDU session modification response message to the terminal device. The PDU session modification response message includes a correspondence between the flow description information of the service flow 1 and the Non-3GPP or a corresponding relationship with the QoS rule, and the correspondence is used to indicate that the service flow 1 added by the terminal device is transmitted from the Non-3GPP. In addition, the PDU session modification response message includes a service flow description or a correspondence between a QFI or PDU session identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication. The multi-access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the data packet of the corresponding service flow or QFI or PDU session supports multiple access technology transmission, or supports TFCP protocol encapsulation, or supports packet granularity distribution.
S491,NG-RAN向AMF网元发送N2会话回复消息。指示NG-RAN成功接收N2会话请求消息。S491. The NG-RAN sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element. The NG-RAN is instructed to successfully receive the N2 Session Request message.
S492,终端设备向SMF网元发送PDU会话修改响应应答消息。指示终端设备成功完成更新请求。S492. The terminal device sends a PDU session modification response response message to the SMF network element. Indicates that the terminal device successfully completed the update request.
S493,SMF网元发送N4会话新建或更新请求消息给UPF网元确定PDU会话已经被修改。可选的,上述N4会话新建或更新请求消息中含有业务流描述或业务流模板或QFI或PDU session ID或N4会话标识中的至少一个与多接入技术传输指示对应关系。上述多接入技术传输指示用于指示对应的业务流或业务流模板或QFI或PDU会话的数据包支持多接入技术传输,或支持TFCP协议封装,或支持包粒度分流。S493. The SMF network element sends an N4 session new or update request message to the UPF network element to determine that the PDU session has been modified. Optionally, the foregoing N4 session new or update request message includes a service flow description or a service flow template or at least one of a QFI or PDU session ID or an N4 session identifier and a multi-access technology transmission indication correspondence. The multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the data packet of the corresponding service flow or service flow template or QFI or PDU session supports multiple access technology transmission, or supports TFCP protocol encapsulation, or supports packet granularity distribution.
应理解,图8只是一个具体的实施例,上述增加业务流1以及从3GPP发送请求消息,只是举例的形式,不能限制本申请的保护范围。例如,也可以是原多接入PDU会话中的业务流1发生改变需要更新该会话的接入技术。也可以从Non-3GPP发送请求消息,请求更新3GPP的QoS profile。It should be understood that FIG. 8 is only a specific embodiment. The foregoing service flow 1 and the request message sent from the 3GPP are only examples, and the scope of protection of the present application cannot be limited. For example, it may also be an access technology that needs to update the session when the traffic flow 1 in the original multiple access PDU session changes. A request message may also be sent from Non-3GPP requesting to update the 3GPP QoS profile.
图8介绍的是终端设备从3GPP发起更新Non-3GPP的请求消息的实施例,下面结合图9简单介绍接入网设备发起更新多接入PDU会话中接入技术的流程。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for initiating an update of a request message from a 3GPP to update a Non-3GPP. The following describes a flow of an access technology in an access multi-access PDU session initiated by an access network device.
图9是本申请第二个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a second embodiment of the present application.
在本实施例方法中,NG-RAN通过3GPP发起多接入PDU会话中Non-3GPP修改请求消息,使得Non-3GPP能够传输3GPP上删除的业务流1的示意图。In the method of this embodiment, the NG-RAN initiates a Non-3GPP modification request message in the multi-access PDU session by the 3GPP, so that the Non-3GPP can transmit the schematic diagram of the service flow 1 deleted on the 3GPP.
S510,NG-RAN向AMF网元发送请求消息,该请求消息为N2请求消息例如,3GPP质量下降,不能支持业务流1的正常传输,则上述N2请求消息中包含NG-RAN释放的3GP P侧传输业务流1的资源。S510, the NG-RAN sends a request message to the AMF network element, where the request message is an N2 request message, for example, the 3GPP quality is degraded, and the normal transmission of the service flow 1 cannot be supported, and the N2 request message includes the 3GP P side of the NG-RAN release. Transmit the resources of service flow 1.
S520,AMF网元向SMF网元通知NG-RAN接入网设备的状态改变。S520. The AMF network element notifies the SMF network element of a state change of the NG-RAN access network device.
S530,SMF网元发送N2 SM information给N3IWF,其中携带更新的Non-3GPP的QoS文件。使得Non-3GPP能够传输所述业务流1。并且,基于NG-RAN释放的3GPP传输业务流1的QoS参数配置non-3GPP侧的QoS文件。S530. The SMF network element sends the N2 SM information to the N3IWF, where the updated Non-3GPP QoS file is carried. Enables Non-3GPP to transmit the traffic stream 1. And, the QoS file of the non-3GPP side is configured based on the QoS parameter of the NG-RAN released 3GPP transport service stream 1.
SMF网元更新Non-3GPP侧和3GPP侧的QoS profile包括需要通知N3IWF修改对应的Non-3GPP的QoS profile,以及通知NG-RAN修改对应的3GPP的QoS profile。该过程包括:Updating the QoS profile of the Non-3GPP side and the 3GPP side by the SMF network element includes notifying the N3 IWF to modify the QoS profile of the corresponding Non-3GPP, and notifying the NG-RAN to modify the QoS profile of the corresponding 3GPP. The process includes:
方式一:method one:
S540,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第一消息。其中第一消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPP access、以及可选的,PDU会话修改响应消息与第一更新消息,该第一更新消息为第一N2会话管理信息(N2 Session Management information,N2 SM information),第一SM information中包括为3GPP配置的QoS profile。S540. The SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element. The first message includes an access technology type set to 3GPP access, and optionally, a PDU session modification response message and a first update message, where the first update message is N2 Session Management information (N2 SM) Information), the first SM information includes a QoS profile configured for 3GPP.
S550,SMF向AMF发送第二消息,其中第二消息包括接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access、以及可选的PDU会话修改响应消息与第二更新消息,该第二更新消息为第二N2会话管理信息(N2 Session Management information,N2 SM information),第二N2 SM information中包括为Non-3GPP配置的QoS profile。S550. The SMF sends a second message to the AMF, where the second message includes an access technology type set to Non-3GPP access, and an optional PDU session modification response message and a second update message, where the second update message is the second N2. The N2 SM management information includes a QoS profile configured for the Non-3GPP in the second N2 SM information.
应理解PDU会话修改响应消息只存在于S540或S550中。比如当S540里包含PDU会话修改响应消息时,S550中不在含有PDU会话修改响应消息。It should be understood that the PDU Session Modification Response message exists only in S540 or S550. For example, when the PDU session modification response message is included in S540, the S550 does not include the PDU session modification response message.
S560,AMF网元向NG-RAN发送第一N2 SM information。用于指示NG-RAN更新3GPP当前的QoS参数。S560. The AMF network element sends the first N2 SM information to the NG-RAN. It is used to instruct the NG-RAN to update the current QoS parameters of the 3GPP.
S570,AMF网元向N3IWF发送第二N2 SM information。用于指示N3IWF更新Non-3GPP当前的QoS参数,使得业务流1能够通过Non-3GPP传输。S570. The AMF network element sends the second N2 SM information to the N3IWF. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS parameters of Non-3GPP, so that the traffic flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP.
应理解,收到PDU会话修改响应消息NG-RAN或N3IWF将PDU会话修改响应消息继续发送给终端设备。It should be understood that the received PDU session modification response message NG-RAN or N3IWF continues to transmit the PDU session modification response message to the terminal device.
方式二:Method 2:
S540,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第三消息。其中第三消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPPaccess与第一N2 SM information相对应,以及接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPPaccess与第二N2 SM information相对应。此外,PDU会话修改响应消息与3GPP access或与non-3GPP access相对应。S540. The SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element. The third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the first N2 SM information, and the access technology type is set to be Non-3GPP access corresponding to the second N2 SM information. In addition, the PDU Session Modification Response message corresponds to 3GPP access or to non-3GPP access.
S560,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为3GPP access与第一N2 SM information相对应,向NG-RAN发送N2会话请求消息,包含第一N2 SM information。如果PDU会话修改响应消息与3GPP access对应,则上述N2会话请求消息中还包含PDU会话修改响应消息。S560, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the first N2 SM information according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, including the first N2 SM information. If the PDU session modification response message corresponds to the 3GPP access, the N2 session request message further includes a PDU session modification response message.
S570,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access与第二N2 SM information相对应,向N3IWF发送N2会话请求消息,包含第二N2 SM information。用于指示N3IWF更新Non-3GPP当前的QoS参数,使得业务流1能够通过Non-3GPP传输。如果PDU会话修改响应消息与non-3GPP access对应,则上述N2会话请求消息中还包含PDU会话修改响应消息。S570, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the second N2 SM information according to the access technology type, and send an N2 session request message to the N3IWF, including the second N2 SM information. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS parameters of Non-3GPP, so that the traffic flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP. If the PDU session modification response message corresponds to the non-3GPP access, the N2 session request message further includes a PDU session modification response message.
S580,N3IWF向AMF网元发送N2会话回复消息,用于回复N2会话请求消息,指示Non-3GPP的QoS参数已更新。S580. The N3IWF sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element, and is used to reply to the N2 session request message, indicating that the QoS parameter of the Non-3GPP has been updated.
S590,NG-RAN网元向AMF网元发送N2会话回复消息,用于回复N2会话请求消息,指示3GPP的QoS参数已更新。S590. The NG-RAN network element sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element, and is used to reply to the N2 session request message, indicating that the QoS parameter of the 3GPP has been updated.
S591,SMF网元向UPF网元发送N4会话新建或修改消息确定多接入PDU会话已经被修改。S591: The SMF network element sends an N4 session new or modified message to the UPF network element to determine that the multiple access PDU session has been modified.
图8介绍的是终端设备从3GPP发起更新Non-3GPP的请求消息的实施例,下面结合图10简单介绍终端设备从3GPP发起更新3GPP和Non-3GPP的请求消息的流程。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for initiating a request message for updating a Non-3GPP from a 3GPP, and a flow of a request message for a terminal device to initiate an update of 3GPP and Non-3GPP from a 3GPP is briefly described below with reference to FIG.
图10是本申请第三个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a third embodiment of the present application.
在本实施例的方法中,终端设备通过3GPP技术发起PDU会话修改请求消息,使得在业务流1支持数据包分流的情况下,终端设备能够通过3GPP技术和Non-3GPP技术同时传输业务流1的示意图。In the method of the embodiment, the terminal device initiates a PDU session modification request message by using the 3GPP technology, so that, in the case that the service flow 1 supports the packet offload, the terminal device can simultaneously transmit the service flow 1 through the 3GPP technology and the Non-3GPP technology. schematic diagram.
S610,终端设备通过3GPP向NG-RAN发送请求消息,该请求消息为PDU会话修改请求消息(PDU session Modification Request)。该PDU session Modification Request可以携带在NAS transport消息中。S610. The terminal device sends a request message to the NG-RAN through the 3GPP, where the request message is a PDU session modification request message. The PDU session Modification Request can be carried in the NAS transport message.
其中,多接入PDU会话修改请求消息为图3中所述的请求消息。具体地该请求消息包括PDU session ID,业务流1的流描述信息,请求的QoS参数,业务流1与请求的3GPP接入技术和Non-3GPP接入技术的对应关系或与请求的QoS rule1对应关系。上述QoS rule1为适用于3GPP接入技术与Non-GPP接入技术侧的QoS rule。The multi-access PDU session modification request message is the request message described in FIG. Specifically, the request message includes a PDU session ID, a flow description information of the service flow 1, a requested QoS parameter, a correspondence between the service flow 1 and the requested 3GPP access technology and the Non-3GPP access technology, or corresponding to the requested QoS rule1. relationship. The above QoS rule 1 is a QoS rule applicable to the 3GPP access technology and the Non-GPP access technology side.
S620,NG-RAN向AMF网元发送该NAS transport消息,其中包含PDU会话修改请求消息。S620. The NG-RAN sends the NAS transport message to the AMF network element, where the PDU session modification request message is included.
S630,AMF网元收到NAS tansport消息,并向SMF网元发送该PDU会话修改请求消息。网元S630. The AMF network element receives the NAS tansport message, and sends the PDU session modification request message to the SMF network element. Network element
S640,SMF网元根据PDU会话修改请求消息以及第一核心网网元策略确定业务流1可以在3GPP与Non-3GPP侧传输,SMF更新3GPP和Non-3GPP的QoS profile。此外,SMF根据PCF下发的分流策略或根据本地策略或根据两侧的网络状态中的至少一个,确定路由因子,即确定3GPP接入技术与其路由因子a,Non-3GPP接入技术与其路由因子b。例如,根据业务流1对QoS文件的需求,设置3GPP侧和Non-3GPP侧的QoS文件,使得3GPP和Non-3GPP接入技术能够同时传输新增的业务流1。具体包括,业务流1需要的保证带宽为A,3GPP侧和Non-3GPP接入技术侧路由因子为a:b,则在3GPP接入技术侧的QoS文件中的保证带宽为A*a/(a+b),Non-3GPP接入技术侧QoS文件中的保证带宽为A*b/(a+b)。S640. The SMF network element determines, according to the PDU session modification request message and the first core network element policy, that the service flow 1 can be transmitted on the 3GPP and the Non-3GPP side, and the SMF updates the QoS profile of the 3GPP and the Non-3GPP. In addition, the SMF determines the routing factor according to the offloading policy delivered by the PCF or according to at least one of the local policy or the network status of the two sides, that is, determining the 3GPP access technology and its routing factor a, the Non-3GPP access technology and its routing factor. b. For example, according to the requirements of the traffic flow 1 for the QoS file, the QoS files of the 3GPP side and the Non-3GPP side are set, so that the 3GPP and the Non-3GPP access technology can simultaneously transmit the newly added service flow 1. Specifically, the guaranteed bandwidth required by the service flow 1 is A, and the routing factor of the 3GPP side and the Non-3GPP access technology side is a:b, and the guaranteed bandwidth in the QoS file of the 3GPP access technology side is A*a/( a+b), the guaranteed bandwidth in the Non-3GPP access technology side QoS file is A*b/(a+b).
SMF网元接收到PDU会话修改请求消息并确定了3GPP接入技术和Non-3GPP接入技术的QoS profile之后,需要通知NG-RAN和N3IWF修改对应的3GPP侧和Non-3GPP侧的QoS profile以及给终端设备一个PDU会话修改响应消息。上述PDU会话修改响应消息中含有第一标识与第一接入技术和第二接入指示对应关系。此外,可选的,包含第一接入技术的路由因子、和第二接入技术的路由因子中的至少一个。上述路由因子可以设置为空,或者为具体的数值a:b。该过程包括:After receiving the PDU session modification request message and determining the QoS profile of the 3GPP access technology and the Non-3GPP access technology, the SMF network element needs to notify the NG-RAN and the N3 IWF to modify the QoS profile of the corresponding 3GPP side and the Non-3GPP side, and Give the terminal device a PDU session modification response message. The PDU session modification response message includes a correspondence between the first identifier and the first access technology and the second access indication. In addition, optionally, at least one of a routing factor of the first access technology and a routing factor of the second access technology. The above routing factor can be set to null or a specific value a:b. The process includes:
方式一:method one:
S650,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第一消息。其中第一消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPP access、PDU会话修改响应消息(PDU session Modification command)以及第一更新信息,第一更新信息可以为第一N2会话管理信息(N2 Session Management  information,N2 SM information)。S650. The SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element. The first message includes an access technology type set to 3GPP access, a PDU session modification command, and first update information, where the first update information may be the first N2 session management information (N2). SM information).
S660,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第一消息。其中第一消息包括接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access和第二更新信息,第二更新信息可以为第二N2会话管理信息(N2Session Management information,N2 SM information)。S660. The SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element. The first message includes an access technology type set to Non-3GPP access and second update information, and the second update information may be N2Session Management information (N2 SM information).
应理解,上述PDU session Modification command可以携带在第一消息和/或第二消息中,这里是以携带在第一消息中为例。It should be understood that the foregoing PDU session Modification command may be carried in the first message and/or the second message, which is taken as an example in the first message.
S670,AMF网元向NG-RAN发送N2会话请求消息,其中包含第一更新信息以及PDU会话修改响应消息。用于指示NG-RAN更新对应的3GPP侧的QoS profile,已经传输PDU会话修改响应给终端设备。S670. The AMF network element sends an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the first update information and the PDU session modification response message are included. The QoS profile for instructing the NG-RAN to update the corresponding 3GPP side has transmitted a PDU session modification response to the terminal device.
S680,AMF网元向N3IWF发送N2会话请求消息,其中包含第二更新信息。用于指示N3IWF更新对应的Non-3GPP侧的QoS profile。S680. The AMF network element sends an N2 session request message to the N3IWF, where the second update information is included. Used to indicate that the N3IWF updates the corresponding QoS profile of the Non-3GPP side.
方式二:Method 2:
S650,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第三消息。其中第三消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPP access与第一更新信息以及PDU会话修改响应消息相对应,以及接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access与第二更新信息相对应。S650. The SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element. The third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the first update information and the PDU session modification response message, and the access technology type is set to correspond to the second update information.
S670,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为3GPP access与第一更新信息以及PDU会话修改响应消息对应,向NG-RAN发送N2会话请求消息,其中包含第一更新信息以及PDU会话修改响应消息。用于指示NG-RAN更新3GPP当前的QoS文件,使得业务流1能够通过3GPP传输。以及,指示NG-RAN发送PDU会话修改响应消息给终端设备。S670, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the first update information and the PDU session modification response message according to the access technology type, and send an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the first update information and the PDU session modification response message are included. It is used to instruct the NG-RAN to update the current QoS file of the 3GPP, so that the service flow 1 can be transmitted through 3GPP. And, instructing the NG-RAN to send a PDU session modification response message to the terminal device.
S680,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access与第二更新信息相对应,向N3IWF发送N2会话请求消息。用于指示N3IWF更新Non-3GPP当前的QoS文件,使得业务流1能够通过Non-3GPP传输。S680, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the second update information according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the N3IWF. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS file of Non-3GPP, so that the service flow 1 can be transmitted through the Non-3GPP.
S690,NG-RAN向终端设备发送PDU会话修改响应消息。PDU会话修改响应消息包括业务流1的流描述与3GPP接入技术和Non-3GPP接入技术的对应关系或业务流1的流描述与QoS rule1对应关系,上述QoS rule1为适用于3GPP侧与Non-3GPP侧的QoS rule。该对应关系用于指示终端设备新增的业务流1从3GPP和Non-3GPP传输。此外,还包括流描述或QFI或PDU session ID与多接入传输指示对应关系。多接入传输指示用于指示网络侧允许对应的业务流或QoS flow或PDU会话的数据包进行多接入技术传输,或进行TFCP封装。S690: The NG-RAN sends a PDU session modification response message to the terminal device. The PDU session modification response message includes a correspondence between a flow description of the traffic flow 1 and a 3GPP access technology and a Non-3GPP access technology, or a flow description of the traffic flow 1 and a QoS rule1, where the QoS rule 1 is applicable to the 3GPP side and the Non. - QoS rule on the 3GPP side. The correspondence is used to indicate that the service flow 1 added by the terminal device is transmitted from 3GPP and Non-3GPP. In addition, a flow description or a QFI or PDU session ID and a multiple access transmission indication correspondence are also included. The multi-access transmission indication is used to indicate that the network side allows the corresponding service flow or the data packet of the QoS flow or PDU session to perform multi-access technology transmission, or performs TFCP encapsulation.
S691,NG-RAN向AMF网元发送N2会话回复消息。指示NG-RAN成功接收N2会话请求消息。S691. The NG-RAN sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element. The NG-RAN is instructed to successfully receive the N2 Session Request message.
S692,终端设备向SMF网元发送PDU会话修改响应应答消息。指示终端设备成功完成更新请求。S692. The terminal device sends a PDU session modification response response message to the SMF network element. Indicates that the terminal device successfully completed the update request.
S693,SMF网元发送N4会话新建或修改请求消息给UPF网元确定PDU会话已经被修改。该消息中携带流描述或流模板或QFI或PDUsession ID或N4会话标识与多接入技术传输指示对应关系。多接入技术传输指示为流控制协议(Traffic flow control policy,TFCP)指示,或包粒度分流指示。上述参数的作用是指示给用户面功能网元 UPF对应的业务流或QoS flow或PDU会话的数据包支持在多接入技术传输,或网元支持TFCP头封装。S693: The SMF network element sends an N4 session creation or modification request message to the UPF network element to determine that the PDU session has been modified. The message carries a flow description or a flow template or a QFI or PDU session ID or a N4 session identifier and a multi-access technology transmission indication correspondence. The multiple access technology transmission indication is a Traffic Flow Control Policy (TFCP) indication, or a packet granularity distribution indication. The function of the foregoing parameter is to indicate that the service flow corresponding to the user plane function network element UPF or the data packet of the QoS flow or PDU session supports transmission in multiple access technologies, or the network element supports TFCP header encapsulation.
S694,终端设备向NG-RAN传输上行数据。终端设备在用户面发送业务流数据包给NG-RAN。S694. The terminal device transmits uplink data to the NG-RAN. The terminal device sends a service flow data packet to the NG-RAN on the user plane.
应理解,上述NG-RAN是一种举例的形式,接入网设备可以为3GPP侧的NG-RAN或Non-3GPP侧的N3IWF,或可信接入网关或固网接入网关设备(Access Gateway Function,AGF)等。It should be understood that the foregoing NG-RAN is an exemplary form, and the access network device may be an NG-RAN on the 3GPP side or an N3IWF on the Non-3GPP side, or a trusted access gateway or a fixed network access gateway device (Access Gateway). Function, AGF), etc.
业务流1支持包粒度分流,即,业务流1可以从多个接入技术传输。业务流1支持TFCP封装,即,业务流1的所有数据包均携带TFCP包头。 Traffic 1 supports packet granularity, ie traffic 1 can be transmitted from multiple access technologies. Traffic 1 supports TFCP encapsulation, that is, all packets of service flow 1 carry the TFCP header.
上述包粒度分流或TFCP协议封装的执行粒度有三种,分别为业务流粒度、QoS flow粒度、或PDU会话粒度。业务流粒度表示相关业务流的所有数据包进行包粒度分流或进行TFCP协议头封装。QoS flow粒度表示相关QoS flow的所有数据流进行包粒度分流或进行TFCP协议头封装。PDU会话粒度表示相关PDU会话中的所有数据流进行包粒度分流或进行TFCP协议头封装。下面分别介绍这三种执行粒度:There are three types of execution granularity of the packet granularity or TFCP encapsulation, which are service flow granularity, QoS flow granularity, or PDU session granularity. The service flow granularity indicates that all data packets of the relevant service flow are subjected to packet granularity or TFCP protocol header encapsulation. The QoS flow granularity indicates that all data flows of the relevant QoS flow are subjected to packet granularity splitting or TFCP protocol header encapsulation. The PDU session granularity indicates that all data flows in the relevant PDU session are subjected to packet granularity splitting or TFCP protocol header encapsulation. The three implementation granularities are described below:
执行粒度一:业务流粒度的包粒度分流或TFCP协议头封装Execution granularity 1: packet granularity of service flow granularity or TFCP protocol header encapsulation
在一些实施例中,终端设备决定执行业务流1多接入分流,则终端设备将业务流1的数据包封装在TFCP头中。此外,对于进行过TFCP头封装的数据包,终端设备发送TFCP指示信息给NG-RAN。上述TFCP指示信息表示此业务流1的数据包进行了TFCP头封装,或者,上述TFCP指示信息表示数据包的上层协议为TFCP协议。In some embodiments, the terminal device decides to perform the traffic flow 1 multiple access offload, and the terminal device encapsulates the data packet of the traffic flow 1 in the TFCP header. In addition, for the data packet that has been encapsulated by the TFCP header, the terminal device sends the TFCP indication information to the NG-RAN. The TFCP indication information indicates that the data packet of the service flow 1 is encapsulated by the TFCP header, or the TFCP indication information indicates that the upper layer protocol of the data packet is the TFCP protocol.
在另一些实施例中,终端设备决定执行业务流1多接入分流,则终端设备将业务流1的数据包的序列号发送给NG-RAN。该序列号可以指示数据包在业务流1中的顺序。In other embodiments, the terminal device determines to perform the traffic flow 1 multiple access offload, and the terminal device sends the sequence number of the data packet of the service flow 1 to the NG-RAN. The serial number can indicate the order of the data packets in traffic flow 1.
例如,业务流1中包括数据包1和数据包2,数据包1的顺序为第一个数据包,则将数据包1的序列号1发送给NG-RAN,数据包2的顺序为第二个数据包,则将数据包2的序列号2发送给NG-RAN。这样即使,数据包1和数据包2通过不同接入技术传输时,数据包2先传输成功,数据包1后传输成功,接收数据端可以根据数据包的序列号确定数据包的顺序,正确接收业务流1。For example, if the service flow 1 includes the data packet 1 and the data packet 2, and the order of the data packet 1 is the first data packet, the sequence number 1 of the data packet 1 is sent to the NG-RAN, and the order of the data packet 2 is the second. For each data packet, the sequence number 2 of the data packet 2 is sent to the NG-RAN. Thus, even if the data packet 1 and the data packet 2 are transmitted through different access technologies, the data packet 2 is successfully transmitted first, and the data packet 1 is successfully transmitted. The receiving data terminal can determine the order of the data packet according to the serial number of the data packet, and correctly receive the data packet. Business flow 1.
应理解,终端设备发送数据包之前,终端设备向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求该数据包通过多接入技术传输。所述请求消息包括第三标识与多接入传输指示对应关系,其中,所述第三标识用于确定进行包粒度分流或进行TFCP协议头封装的业务流,所述多接入传输指示用于指示所述业务流支持多个接入技术传输。It should be understood that before the terminal device sends the data packet, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element, requesting that the data packet be transmitted by using multiple access technologies. The request message includes a third identifier and a multiple access transmission indication correspondence, where the third identifier is used to determine a service flow that performs packet granularity offloading or performs TFCP protocol header encapsulation, where the multiple access transmission indication is used for The service flow is indicated to support multiple access technology transmissions.
上述多接入传输指示可以为TFCP协议指示、TFCP协议封装指示或包粒度分流指示。The multiple access transmission indication may be a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granularity offload indication.
S695,NG-RAN发送上述数据包。S695, the NG-RAN sends the foregoing data packet.
在一些实施例中,NG-RAN发送上述数据包以及TFCP指示给UPF。具体的,当NG-RAN获得TFCP指示后,NG-RAN在发送给UPF的数据包头中增加TFCP指示。UPF基于TFCP指示获知该协议层的上层协议为TFCP协议,或者UPF基于TFCP指示获知内层数据包经过TFCP封装。后续UPF将按照TFCP协议解析数据包。In some embodiments, the NG-RAN sends the above data packet and the TFCP indication to the UPF. Specifically, after the NG-RAN obtains the TFCP indication, the NG-RAN adds a TFCP indication to the packet header sent to the UPF. The UPF learns that the upper layer protocol of the protocol layer is the TFCP protocol based on the TFCP indication, or the UPF learns that the inner layer data packet is encapsulated by the TFCP based on the TFCP indication. Subsequent UPFs will parse the packets according to the TFCP protocol.
在另一些实施例中,NG-RAN发送上述数据包以及数据包序列号给UPF。具体的,当接入网设备获得数据包序列号后,NG-RAN在发送给UPF的消息头中增加数据包序列号 发给UPF。UPF基于上述序列号对数据包进行重新排序,正确解析该业务流1。In other embodiments, the NG-RAN sends the above data packet and the packet sequence number to the UPF. Specifically, after the access network device obtains the data packet sequence number, the NG-RAN adds the data packet sequence number to the UPF in the message header sent to the UPF. The UPF reorders the data packets based on the above sequence number, and correctly parses the traffic flow 1.
应理解,S694和S695以上行数据为例介绍本申请实施例中,业务流支持包粒度分流时,需要在上行消息中增加多接入分流指示,指示该业务流执行包粒度分流。下行数据与上行类似,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the S694 and S695 data are used as an example. In the embodiment of the present application, when the service flow supports the packet granularity, the multi-access offload indication is added to the uplink message, and the service flow is performed to indicate the packet granularity. The downlink data is similar to the uplink, and will not be described here.
执行粒度二:QoS flow粒度的包粒度分流或TFCP协议头封装Execution granularity 2: QoS flow granularity packet granularity or TFCP protocol header encapsulation
S694,终端设备向NG-RAN传输上行数据。终端设备在用户面发送业务流数据包给NG-RAN。终端设备将数据包所属的QoS flow标识,即QFI,发送给NG-RAN。S694. The terminal device transmits uplink data to the NG-RAN. The terminal device sends a service flow data packet to the NG-RAN on the user plane. The terminal device sends the QoS flow identifier to which the data packet belongs, that is, QFI, to the NG-RAN.
S695,NG-RAN发送上述数据包。S695, the NG-RAN sends the foregoing data packet.
NG-RAN发送上述数据包给UPF,同时发送QFI给UPF。具体的,当NG-RAN获得QFI后,NG-RAN在发送给UPF的数据包头中增加QFI。UPF基于QFI获知该协议层的上层协议为TFCP协议,或者UPF基于QFI获知内层数据包经过TFCP协议头封装。后续UPF将按照TFCP协议解析数据包,具体的,UPF获取TFCP协议头中的数据包序列号,并基于上述序列号进行数据包排序。The NG-RAN sends the above data packet to the UPF and simultaneously sends the QFI to the UPF. Specifically, when the NG-RAN obtains the QFI, the NG-RAN adds a QFI to the packet header sent to the UPF. Based on the QFI, the UPF learns that the upper layer protocol of the protocol layer is the TFCP protocol, or the UPF learns that the inner layer data packet is encapsulated by the TFCP protocol header based on the QFI. The subsequent UPF will parse the data packet according to the TFCP protocol. Specifically, the UPF obtains the data packet sequence number in the TFCP protocol header, and performs data packet ordering based on the above sequence number.
下行数据与上行类似,这里不再赘述。The downlink data is similar to the uplink, and will not be described here.
应理解,终端设备发送数据包之前,终端设备向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求该数据包通过多接入技术传输。所述请求消息包括第三标识与多接入传输指示对应关系。第三标识为QoS flow标识QFI。多接入传输指示可以为TFCP协议指示、TFCP协议封装指示或包粒度分流指示。其中,所述第三标识用于确定进行包粒度分流或进行TFCP协议头封装的QoS flow,所述多接入传输指示用于指示所述QoS flow的所有业务流支持多个接入技术传输。It should be understood that before the terminal device sends the data packet, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element, requesting that the data packet be transmitted by using multiple access technologies. The request message includes a third identifier and a multiple access transmission indication correspondence. The third identifier is the QoS flow identifier QFI. The multiple access transmission indication may be a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granular offload indication. The third identifier is used to determine a QoS flow for packet granularity splitting or TFCP protocol header encapsulation, and the multiple access transmission indication is used to indicate that all service flows of the QoS flow support multiple access technology transmissions.
执行粒度三:PDU会话粒度的包粒度分流或TFCP协议头封装Performing granularity three: packet granularity of PDU session granularity or TFCP protocol header encapsulation
S694,终端设备向NG-RAN传输上行数据。终端设备在用户面发送业务流数据包给NG-RAN。终端设备将数据包在其所属的PDU会话对应的接入侧连接上发送给NG-RAN。S694. The terminal device transmits uplink data to the NG-RAN. The terminal device sends a service flow data packet to the NG-RAN on the user plane. The terminal device sends the data packet to the NG-RAN on the access side connection corresponding to the PDU session to which it belongs.
S695,NG-RAN发送上述数据包。S695, the NG-RAN sends the foregoing data packet.
NG-RAN发送上述数据包给UPF。具体的,NG-RAN在数据包所属的PDU会话对应的用户面隧道上发送上述数据包给UPF。UPF基于隧道标识识别数据包所属的PDU会话,并基于PDU会话确定上层协议为TFCP协议,或者UPF基于PDU会话获知内层数据包经过TFCP封装。后续UPF将按照TFCP协议解析数据包,具体的,UPF获取TFCP协议头中的数据包序列号,并基于上述序列号进行数据包排序。The NG-RAN sends the above data packet to the UPF. Specifically, the NG-RAN sends the foregoing data packet to the UPF on the user plane tunnel corresponding to the PDU session to which the data packet belongs. The UPF identifies the PDU session to which the data packet belongs based on the tunnel identifier, and determines that the upper layer protocol is the TFCP protocol based on the PDU session, or the UPF learns that the inner layer data packet is encapsulated by the TFCP based on the PDU session. The subsequent UPF will parse the data packet according to the TFCP protocol. Specifically, the UPF obtains the data packet sequence number in the TFCP protocol header, and performs data packet ordering based on the above sequence number.
下行数据与上行类似,这里不再赘述。The downlink data is similar to the uplink, and will not be described here.
应理解,终端设备发送数据包之前,终端设备向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,请求该数据包通过多接入技术传输。所述请求消息包括第三标识与多接入传输指示对应关系。第三标识为PDU会话标识(PDU session ID)。多接入传输指示可以为TFCP协议指示、TFCP协议封装指示或包粒度分流指示。其中,所述第三标识用于确定进行包粒度分流或进行TFCP协议头封装的PDU会话,所述多接入传输指示用于指示所述PDU会话的所有业务流支持多个接入技术传输。It should be understood that before the terminal device sends the data packet, the terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element, requesting that the data packet be transmitted by using multiple access technologies. The request message includes a third identifier and a multiple access transmission indication correspondence. The third identifier is a PDU session ID. The multiple access transmission indication may be a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granular offload indication. The third identifier is used to determine a PDU session for packet granularity splitting or TFCP protocol header encapsulation, and the multiple access transmission indication is used to indicate that all service flows of the PDU session support multiple access technology transmissions.
图9介绍的是RAN从3GPP发起更新Non-3GPP的请求消息的实施例,下面结合图11简单介绍RAN从3GPP发起更新3GPP和Non-3GPP的流程。FIG. 9 illustrates an embodiment in which the RAN initiates a request message for updating Non-3GPP from 3GPP. The flow of the RAN to initiate the update of 3GPP and Non-3GPP from the 3GPP is briefly described below with reference to FIG.
图11是本申请第四个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a fourth embodiment of the present application.
在本实施例的方法中,NG-RAN从3GPP技术侧发起网络状态上报,用于更新3GPP和Non-3GPP的示意图。In the method of this embodiment, the NG-RAN initiates a network status report from the 3GPP technology side, and is used to update the schematic diagrams of 3GPP and Non-3GPP.
S710,NG-RAN向AMF网元发送网络状态信息。用于指示NG-RAN对应的3GPP侧当前的网络连接状态。例如,可以是NG-RAN支持传输的带宽值或者时延值,或丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。S710. The NG-RAN sends network status information to the AMF network element. It is used to indicate the current network connection status of the 3GPP side corresponding to the NG-RAN. For example, it may be at least one of a bandwidth value or a delay value that the NG-RAN supports transmission, or a packet loss rate or a signal strength.
S720,AMF网元向SMF网元发送上述网络状态信息。S720. The AMF network element sends the foregoing network state information to the SMF network element.
SMF网元收到上述第一网络状态信息之后。会话管理功能网元需要根据该第一网络状态信息修改3GPP和Non-3GPP的QoS文件,并通知NG-RAN和N3IWF。该过程包括:After receiving the first network status information, the SMF network element. The session management function network element needs to modify the QoS files of 3GPP and Non-3GPP according to the first network state information, and notify the NG-RAN and the N3 IWF. The process includes:
方式一:method one:
S730,SMF向AMF网元发送第一消息,其中第一消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPP access、第一更新消息,该第一更新消息为第一N2会话管理信息(N2 Session Management information,N2 SM information),第一N2 SM information中包括基于第一网络状态信息为3GPP配置的QoS profile。S730, the SMF sends a first message to the AMF network element, where the first message includes an access technology type set to 3GPP access, a first update message, and the first update message is the first N2 session management information (N2). SM information), the first N2 SM information includes a QoS profile configured for the 3GPP based on the first network state information.
S740,SMF向AMF网元发送第二消息,其中第二消息包括接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access、第二更新消息,该第二更新消息为第二N2会话管理信息(Session Management information,N2 SM information),第二N2 SM information中包括为Non-3GPP配置的QoS profile。第二N2 SM information中包括基于第一网络状态信息为non-3GPP配置的QoS profile。S740, the SMF sends a second message to the AMF network element, where the second message includes an access technology type set to Non-3GPP access, a second update message, and the second update message is a second N2 session management information (Session Management information, N2 SM information), the second N2 SM information includes a QoS profile configured for Non-3GPP. The second N2 SM information includes a QoS profile configured for the non-3GPP based on the first network state information.
应理解,PDU会话修改响应(PDU session Modification command)也可以携带在第一消息或第二消息中。上述消息中携带业务流与第一接入技术和第二接入技术对应关系。以及每种接入技术对应的路由因子。上述路由因子基于第一网络状态信息设置。It should be understood that the PDU session modification command may also be carried in the first message or the second message. The foregoing message carries a correspondence between the service flow and the first access technology and the second access technology. And the routing factor corresponding to each access technology. The above routing factor is based on the first network state information setting.
S750,AMF网元向NG-RAN发送第一N2 SM information。用于指示NG-RAN更新3GPP当前的QoS文件。S750. The AMF network element sends the first N2 SM information to the NG-RAN. It is used to instruct the NG-RAN to update the current QoS file of the 3GPP.
S760,AMF网元向N3IWF发送第二N2 SM information。用于指示N3IWF更新Non-3GPP当前的QoS文件。S760. The AMF network element sends the second N2 SM information to the N3IWF. Used to instruct the N3IWF to update the current QoS file of Non-3GPP.
应理解,PDU会话修改响应(PDU session Modification command)由NG-RAN或N3IWF发送给UE。It should be understood that the PDU session Modification command is sent by the NG-RAN or N3IWF to the UE.
方式二:Method 2:
S730,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第三消息。其中第三消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPP access与第一N2 SM information相对应,以及接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access与第二N2 SM information相对应。应理解,PDU会话修改响应(PDU session Modification command)也可以与3GPP access或non-3GPPaccess相对应。上述消息中携带业务流与第一接入技术和第二接入技术对应关系。以及每种接入技术对应的路由因子。上述路由因子基于第一网络状态信息设置。S730. The SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element. The third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the first N2 SM information, and the access technology type is set to correspond to the second N2 SM information. It should be understood that the PDU session Modification command may also correspond to 3GPP access or non-3GPP access. The foregoing message carries a correspondence between the service flow and the first access technology and the second access technology. And the routing factor corresponding to each access technology. The above routing factor is based on the first network state information setting.
S750,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为3GPP access与第一N2 SM information相对应,向NG-RAN发送N2会话请求消息,其中包含第一N2 SM information。S750, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the first N2 SM information according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the first N2 SM information is included.
S760,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access与第二N2 SM information相对应,向N3IWF发送N2会话请求消息,其中包含第二N2 SM information。S760, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the second N2 SM information according to the access technology type, and sends an N2 session request message to the N3IWF, where the second N2 SM information is included.
S770,N3IWF向AMF网元发送N2会话回复消息,用于作为N2会话请求消息的回复,指示Non-3GPP的QoS文件已更新。S770. The N3IWF sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element, and is used as a reply of the N2 session request message, indicating that the QoS file of the Non-3GPP has been updated.
S780,NG-RAN网元向AMF网元发送N2会话回复消息,用于作为N2会话请求消息的回复,指示3GPP的QoS文件已更新。S780. The NG-RAN network element sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF network element for replying to the N2 session request message, indicating that the 3GPP QoS file has been updated.
应理解,PDU会话修改响应(PDU session Modification command)由NG-RAN或N3IWF发送给UE。It should be understood that the PDU session Modification command is sent by the NG-RAN or N3IWF to the UE.
S790,SMF网元向UPF网元发送会话修改消息确定多接入PDU会话已经被修改。S790: The SMF network element sends a session modification message to the UPF network element to determine that the multi-access PDU session has been modified.
图8介绍的是终端设备从第一接入技术发起更新第二接入技术的请求消息的实施例,下面结合图12简单介绍终端设备从第一接入技术发起删除第二接入技术的请求消息的流程。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a request for a terminal device to initiate a request to update a second access technology from a first access technology. The following is a brief description of a request for a terminal device to initiate a second access technology deletion from a first access technology. The flow of the message.
图12是本申请第五个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to a fifth embodiment of the present application.
在本实施例的方法中,终端设备通过3GPP接入技术发起PDU会话修改请求消息或PDU会话释放请求消息,用来删除多接入PDU会话中Non-3GPP侧的连接,使得多接入PDU会话更新为单接入PDU会话的示意图。In the method of the embodiment, the terminal device initiates a PDU session modification request message or a PDU session release request message by using the 3GPP access technology, and is used to delete the connection on the Non-3GPP side in the multiple access PDU session, so that the multiple access PDU session Updated as a schematic diagram of a single access PDU session.
S810,终端设备通过3GPP侧向NG-RAN发送请求消息,该请求消息为PDU会话修改请求消息或PDU会话释放请求消息,上述消息用于删除Non-3GPP侧连接。其中,PDU会话修改请求消息为图3中所述的请求消息的一个具体实施例。具体地,该请求消息中包括第一标识,以及可选的删除指示。第一标识指示删除的Non-3GPP access,删除指示表示删除第一标识指示的接入技术侧的会话连接。S810. The terminal device sends a request message to the NG-RAN through the 3GPP side, where the request message is a PDU session modification request message or a PDU session release request message, where the message is used to delete the Non-3GPP side connection. The PDU session modification request message is a specific embodiment of the request message described in FIG. Specifically, the request message includes a first identifier, and an optional deletion indication. The first identifier indicates the deleted Non-3GPP access, and the deletion indication indicates that the session connection on the access technology side indicated by the first identifier is deleted.
S820,NG-RAN向AMF网元发送上述PDU会话修改请求消息或PDU会话释放请求消息。S820. The NG-RAN sends the foregoing PDU session modification request message or PDU session release request message to the AMF network element.
S830,AMF网元向SMF网元发送上述PDU会话修改请求消息或PDU会话释放请求消息。网元S830. The AMF network element sends the foregoing PDU session modification request message or PDU session release request message to the SMF network element. Network element
S840,SMF网元根据上述PDU会话修改请求消息或PDU会话释放请求消息删除Non-3GPP侧的会话连接。S840. The SMF network element deletes the session connection on the Non-3GPP side according to the foregoing PDU session modification request message or the PDU session release request message.
SMF网元接收上述请求消息,并删除Non-3GPP侧的会话连接,包括需要通知N3IWF删除对应的会话资源以及给终端设备发送一个响应消息。该过程包括:The SMF network element receives the request message and deletes the session connection on the Non-3GPP side, including notifying the N3IWF to delete the corresponding session resource and sending a response message to the terminal device. The process includes:
方式一:method one:
S850,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第一消息。其中第一消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPP access、PDU会话修改响应消息或PDU会话释放响应消息。S850. The SMF network element sends a first message to the AMF network element. The first message includes an access technology type set to 3GPP access, a PDU session modification response message, or a PDU session release response message.
S860,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第二消息,其中第二消息包括接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access、N2资源释放请求。上述N2资源释放请求中含有PDU session ID。N3IWF基于上述PDU session ID确定删除的PDU会话资源。S860. The SMF network element sends a second message to the AMF network element, where the second message includes the access technology type set to Non-3GPP access and the N2 resource release request. The above N2 resource release request includes a PDU session ID. The N3IWF determines the deleted PDU session resource based on the PDU session ID.
S870,AMF网元向NG-RAN发送第一N2会话请求消息,其中携带PDU会话修改响应消息或PDU会话释放响应消息。S870. The AMF network element sends a first N2 session request message to the NG-RAN, where the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message is carried.
可选地,在Non-3GPP删除前,该Non-3GPP上传输业务流,需要再删除Non-3GPP之后,该业务流在3GPP上传输。则,PDU会话修改响应消息或PDU会话释放响应消息中包括该业务流的流描述信息与3GPP的对应关系,指示该业务流在3GPP上传输。Optionally, before the Non-3GPP is deleted, the service flow is transmitted on the Non-3GPP, and after the Non-3GPP needs to be deleted, the service flow is transmitted on the 3GPP. Then, the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message includes a correspondence between the flow description information of the service flow and the 3GPP, and indicates that the service flow is transmitted on the 3GPP.
S880,AMF网元向N3IWF发送第二N2会话请求消息,其中携带N2资源释放请求。用于指示N3IWF删除Non-3GPP侧的会话资源。上述N2资源释放请求中含有PDU session ID。N3IWF基于上述PDU session ID确定删除的PDU会话资源。S880. The AMF network element sends a second N2 session request message to the N3IWF, where the N2 resource release request is carried. It is used to instruct the N3IWF to delete the session resources of the Non-3GPP side. The above N2 resource release request includes a PDU session ID. The N3IWF determines the deleted PDU session resource based on the PDU session ID.
方式二:Method 2:
S850,SMF网元向AMF网元发送第三消息。其中第三消息包括接入技术类型设置为3GPP access与PDU会话修改响应消息或PDU会话释放响应消息相对应,以及接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access与N2资源释放请求相对应。S850. The SMF network element sends a third message to the AMF network element. The third message includes that the access technology type is set to correspond to the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message, and the access technology type is set to correspond to the Non-3GPP access and the N2 resource release request.
S870,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为3GPP access与PDU会话修改响应消息或PDU会话释放响应消息相对应,向NG-RAN发送PDU会话修改响应消息或PDU会话释放响应消息。S870, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message according to the access technology type, and send a PDU session modification response message or a PDU session release response message to the NG-RAN.
S880,AMF网元收到第三消息之后。AMF网元根据接入技术类型设置为Non-3GPP access与N2资源释放请求相对应,向N3IWF发送N2资源释放请求。用于指示N3IWF删除Non-3GPP侧的会话连接。上述N2资源释放请求中含有PDU session ID。N3IWF基于上述PDU session ID确定删除的PDU会话资源。S880, after the AMF network element receives the third message. The AMF network element is configured to correspond to the N2 resource release request according to the access technology type, and send an N2 resource release request to the N3IWF. Used to instruct the N3IWF to delete the session connection on the Non-3GPP side. The above N2 resource release request includes a PDU session ID. The N3IWF determines the deleted PDU session resource based on the PDU session ID.
S890,NG-RAN向终端设备发送PDU会话修改响应消息或PDU会话释放响应消息,用于指示终端设备Non-3GPP已删除。S890: The NG-RAN sends a PDU session modification response message or a PDU session release response message to the terminal device, to indicate that the terminal device Non-3GPP has been deleted.
或者,还指示Non-3GPP上传输的业务流从3GPP上传输。Or, the traffic flow transmitted on the Non-3GPP is also instructed to be transmitted from the 3GPP.
S891,NG-RAN向AMF发送N2会话回复消息。用于标识NG-RAN收到AMF发送的N2会话请求消息。S891, the NG-RAN sends an N2 session reply message to the AMF. It is used to identify that the NG-RAN receives the N2 session request message sent by the AMF.
S892,终端设备向SMF网元发送PDU会话修改响应消息或PDU会话释放响应消息的应答消息。S892. The terminal device sends a response message of the PDU session modification response message or the PDU session release response message to the SMF network element.
S893,SMF网元发送会话修改信息给UPF网元确定多接入PDU会话已经被修改。S893: The SMF network element sends session modification information to the UPF network element to determine that the multi-access PDU session has been modified.
在上述方法实施例的基础上,本申请实施例结合图13提供一种业务流分流方法。这里的业务流是指上述PDU会话中的业务流,或者,上述flow中的业务流,或者,新增加的业务流。On the basis of the foregoing method embodiments, the embodiment of the present application provides a service flow offloading method in conjunction with FIG. The service flow here refers to the service flow in the foregoing PDU session, or the service flow in the above flow, or the newly added service flow.
即,本实施例中的业务流分流可以为业务流粒度的包粒度分流,或者,QoS flow粒度的包粒度分流,或者,PDU会话粒度的包粒度分流。That is, the service flow offloading in this embodiment may be a packet granularity splitting of a service flow granularity, or a packet granularity splitting of a QoS flow granularity, or a packet granularity splitting of a PDU session granularity.
图13是本申请第六个具体实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图。包括数据发送网元1210、数据接收网元1220以及步骤S1210至S1230FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of a sixth embodiment of the present application. The data sending network element 1210, the data receiving network element 1220, and the steps S1210 to S1230 are included.
数据发送网元1210可以为终端设备,数据接收网元1220可以为UPF。或者,数据发送网元1210可以为UPF,数据接收网元1220可以为终端设备。The data sending network element 1210 can be a terminal device, and the data receiving network element 1220 can be a UPF. Alternatively, the data sending network element 1210 may be a UPF, and the data receiving network element 1220 may be a terminal device.
S1210,数据发送网元确定链路状态。S1210: The data sending network element determines a link status.
数据发送网元确定第一链路的链路状态和/或第二链路的链路状态。应理解,数据发送网元分流发送数据包之前。首先判断要发送数据包的多条链路是否满足分流发送的状态。The data transmitting network element determines a link state of the first link and/or a link state of the second link. It should be understood that the data transmission network element is streamed before the data packet is sent. First, it is determined whether the multiple links of the data packet to be transmitted satisfy the state of the offload transmission.
例如,数据发送网元确定所述第一链路的第一往返时间(Round Trip Time,RTT)以及所述第二链路的第二RTT满足第一预设条件。其中,第一预设条件可以是第一RTT与所述第二RTT的差值小于或等于第一预设阈值。第一预设阈值为大于或等于0的值。For example, the data sending network element determines that a first round trip time (RTT) of the first link and a second RTT of the second link satisfy a first preset condition. The first preset condition may be that a difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is less than or equal to a first preset threshold. The first preset threshold is a value greater than or equal to zero.
又例如,数据发送网元确定所述第一链路的第一链路时延以及所述第二链路的第二链路时延满足第二预设条件。其中,第二预设条件可以是第一链路时延与所述第二链路时延的差值小于或等于第二预设阈值。第二预设阈值为大于或等于0的值。For another example, the data sending network element determines that the first link delay of the first link and the second link delay of the second link meet the second preset condition. The second preset condition may be that the difference between the first link delay and the second link delay is less than or equal to a second preset threshold. The second preset threshold is a value greater than or equal to zero.
具体地,数据发送网元确定第一RTT与所述第二RTT的差值小于或等于第一预设阈值可以为,数据发送网元发送数据包的初始时刻通过第一链路和第二链路发送同等的数据量,然后分别增加第一链路和第二链路的发送数据量。直到第一链路和第二链路的RTT改变,或差值大于或接近第一预设阈值,或者,直到第一链路或第二链路的RTT值接近业务流可接受的最大RTT。Specifically, the data sending network element determines that the difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, and the initial time that the data sending network element sends the data packet passes through the first link and the second chain. The road transmits the same amount of data, and then increases the amount of transmitted data of the first link and the second link, respectively. Until the RTT of the first link and the second link changes, or the difference is greater than or close to the first predetermined threshold, or until the RTT value of the first link or the second link is close to the maximum RTT acceptable for the traffic flow.
上述第一预设阈值可以设置为0,则上述第一RTT与所述第二RTT的差值等于0的时候,第一链路和第二链路能够用于分流传输所述业务流。The first preset threshold may be set to 0. When the difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is equal to 0, the first link and the second link can be used to offload the service flow.
具体地,数据发送网元确定第一链路时延与所述第二链路时延的差值小于或等于第二预设阈值可以为,数据发送网元发送数据包的初始时刻通过第一链路和第二链路发送同等的数据量,然后分别增加第一链路和第二链路的发送数据量。直到第一链路和第二链路的链路时延差值大于或接近第一预设阈值,或者,直到第一链路或第二链路的链路时延值接近业务流可接受的最大链路时延。Specifically, the data sending network element determines that the difference between the first link delay and the second link delay is less than or equal to the second preset threshold, and the initial time that the data sending network element sends the data packet passes the first The link and the second link transmit the same amount of data, and then increase the amount of transmitted data of the first link and the second link, respectively. Until the link delay difference of the first link and the second link is greater than or close to the first preset threshold, or until the link delay value of the first link or the second link is close to the acceptable traffic flow Maximum link delay.
上述第二预设阈值可以设置为0,则上述第一链路时延与所述第二链路时延差值等于0的时候,第一链路和第二链路能够用于分流传输所述业务流。The second preset threshold may be set to 0, and when the first link delay and the second link delay difference are equal to 0, the first link and the second link can be used for the offload transmission. The business flow.
S1220,数据发送网元发送数据包。S1220: The data sending network element sends a data packet.
数据发送网元根据所述第一链路的链路状态和/或所述第二链路的链路状态通过所述第一链路传输第一数据包,通过所述第二链路传输第二数据包,其中,所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包属于相同的业务流,所述第一数据包包括第一TFCP头,所述第一TFCP头包括该第一数据包的序列号,所述第二数据包包括第二TFCP头,所述第二TFCP头包括该第二数据包的序列号。Transmitting, by the data transmission network element, the first data packet by using the first link according to the link state of the first link and/or the link state of the second link, and transmitting the second data packet by using the second link a data packet, wherein the first data packet and the second data packet belong to the same service flow, the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, and the first TFCP header includes the first data packet a sequence number, the second data packet includes a second TFCP header, and the second TFCP header includes a sequence number of the second data packet.
应理解,为了数据接收网元1220能够正确接收业务流,同一个业务流的不同数据包通过不同的链路传输时,数据包中需要携带能够表示该数据包在业务流中顺序的标识信息。It should be understood that, in order for the data receiving network element 1220 to correctly receive the service flow, when different data packets of the same service flow are transmitted through different links, the data packet needs to carry identification information indicating the order of the data packet in the service flow.
具体地,上述第一数据包和第二数据包可以是相同的数据包。在这种情况下,可以理解为数据发送网元将业务流同时在两条链路上发送,这种发送业务流的方法可以应用于该业务流为可靠性要求高的业务流。Specifically, the first data packet and the second data packet may be the same data packet. In this case, it can be understood that the data sending network element sends the service flow on the two links at the same time. The method for sending the service flow can be applied to the service flow, which is a service flow with high reliability requirements.
或者,该业务流为上述图3中所述的需要从第一侧链路上传输的状态转移到从第二侧链路传输的转态,在业务流从第一侧链路装移到第二侧链路的过程中,数据发送网元需要将业务流的数据包同时在两侧链路上发送。可选的当该业务流在第一侧链路传输完成,数据发送网元发送End Marked数据包,作为第一侧链路上传输的最后一个数据包。或者,可选的,当该业务流在第一侧链路与第二侧链路同时传输开始或/和完成时,数据发送网元在第一链路侧或/和第二链路侧发送End Marked数据包,作为同时传输开始 或/和结束的指示。其中,本实施例中对数据发送网元如何决定第一侧链路完成传输不做限制,可以是上述的发送End Marked数据包,还可以是第一侧链路传输数据的时长到达第一预设时长。Alternatively, the traffic flow is a transition from the state of being transmitted from the first side link to the state of being transmitted from the second side link as described in FIG. 3 above, and the traffic flow is moved from the first side link to the first In the process of the two-side link, the data sending network element needs to send the data packet of the service flow on both sides of the link at the same time. Optionally, when the service flow is completed on the first side link, the data sending network element sends an End Marked data packet as the last data packet transmitted on the first side link. Alternatively, optionally, when the service flow starts and/or completes the simultaneous transmission of the first side link and the second side link, the data sending network element is sent on the first link side or/and the second link side. End Marked packet as an indication of the start or/and end of simultaneous transmission. In this embodiment, the data transmission network element determines whether the first side link completes the transmission, and may be the foregoing sending the End Marked data packet, or may be the duration of the first side link transmission data reaching the first pre-preparation. Set the duration.
或者,若图3中所述的分流策略中所述第一链路和所述第二链路的分流比例均为100%,所述终端设备确定所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包为相同的数据包Or, if the split ratio of the first link and the second link in the offloading policy described in FIG. 3 is 100%, the terminal device determines the first data packet and the second data. Package is the same packet
S1230,数据接收网元缓存数据包。S1230: The data receiving network element caches the data packet.
数据接收网元从第一链路接收数据发送网元发送的第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括第一TFCP头,所述第一TFCP头包括所述第一数据包的序列号;所述数据接收网元从第二链路接收所述数据发送网元发送的第二数据包,所述第二数据包包括第二TFCP头,所述第二TFCP头包括该第二数据包的序列号,其中,所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包属于相同的业务流;所述数据接收网元根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包。Receiving, by the data receiving network element, the first data packet sent by the data sending network element from the first link, where the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, and the first TFCP header includes a sequence number of the first data packet; Receiving, by the data receiving network element, a second data packet sent by the data sending network element, where the second data packet includes a second TFCP header, where the second TFCP header includes the second data packet a serial number, wherein the first data packet and the second data packet belong to the same service flow; the data receiving network element is based on a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet Caching the first data packet and/or the second data packet.
应理解,当数据发送网元通过多条链路发送数据包的时候,数据接收网元应该根据接收到的数据包中的表示数据包序列的标识信息,按照数据包在业务流中的顺序正确缓存接收到的数据包,从而正确接收数据包组成的业务流。It should be understood that when the data sending network element sends the data packet through multiple links, the data receiving network element should correctly follow the order of the data packet in the service flow according to the identification information indicating the sequence of the data packet in the received data packet. The received data packet is buffered to correctly receive the service flow composed of the data packet.
数据接收网元根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,包括:所述数据接收网元根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号将所述第一数据包和第二数据包按序列号存储在缓存区中。The data receiving network element buffers the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the sequence number of the second data packet, including: the data receiving network element according to The sequence number of the first data packet and the sequence number of the second data packet store the first data packet and the second data packet in a buffer area by a sequence number.
例如,数据发送网元从第一链路发送序列号为的1、3数据包,从第二链路发送序列号为的2、4数据包,则,数据接收网元根据从第一链路和第二链路发送的数据包的序列号,缓存的时候按照数据包的序列号,按序缓存序列号为的1、2、3、4的数据包。For example, the data sending network element sends the first and third data packets of the sequence number from the first link, and the second and fourth data packets of the serial number are sent from the second link, and the data receiving network element is based on the first link. And the serial number of the data packet sent by the second link, when buffering, according to the serial number of the data packet, the data packets of the serial number 1, 2, 3, and 4 are sequentially cached.
可选地,在一些实施例中,数据接收网元根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,包括:Optionally, in some embodiments, the data receiving network element caches the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet. ,include:
若缓存区中包括所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,所述数据接收网元丢弃所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包。If the first data packet and/or the second data packet are included in the buffer area, the data receiving network element discards the first data packet and/or the second data packet.
例如,缓存区中已缓存序列号为1的数据包,若数据接收网元接收到序列号为1的第一数据包和/或第二数据包,则丢弃该第一数据包和/或第二数据包。For example, if the data packet with the sequence number 1 is cached in the buffer, if the data receiving network element receives the first data packet and/or the second data packet with the sequence number 1, the first data packet and/or the first data packet is discarded. Two packets.
具体地,数据接收网元设置上述缓存区的长度为L,并存储该缓存区的缓存的最小序列号的数据包的序列号X,X为正整数。Specifically, the data receiving network element sets the length of the buffer area to L, and stores the sequence number X of the data packet of the cached minimum sequence number of the buffer area, and X is a positive integer.
可选地,在一些实施例中,数据接收网元根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,包括:Optionally, in some embodiments, the data receiving network element caches the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet. ,include:
若所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包的序列号小于所述缓存区中最小的数据包序列号,所述数据接收网元丢弃所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包。If the sequence number of the first data packet and/or the second data packet is smaller than a minimum data packet sequence number in the buffer area, the data receiving network element discards the first data packet and/or the The second data packet.
例如,该缓存区的缓存的最小序列号的数据包的序列号X,若数据接收网元接收到序列号为M的第一数据包和/或第二数据包,且,M小于X,则丢弃该第一数据包和/或第二数据包。For example, the sequence number X of the data packet with the smallest sequence number of the buffer in the buffer area, if the data receiving network element receives the first data packet and/or the second data packet with the sequence number M, and M is smaller than X, then The first data packet and/or the second data packet are discarded.
应理解,上述第一数据包和第二数据包数据包可以为多个数据包,称之为第一、第 二只是为了区分从第一链路还是第二链路传输。It should be understood that the first data packet and the second data packet data packet may be a plurality of data packets, which are referred to as first and second only to distinguish transmissions from the first link or the second link.
具体地,数据接收网元确定所述缓存区中数据包的状态。其中数据包的状态包括丢失状态和缓存状态。Specifically, the data receiving network element determines the status of the data packet in the buffer area. The status of the packet includes the lost state and the cache state.
具体地,若所述数据接收网元超过预定时长没有收到所述数据包,所述数据接收网元确定所述数据包的状态为丢失状态。其中,数据接收网元根据所述第一链路和/或第二链路的链路时延确定所述预定时长;或者,所述数据接收网元根据所述第一链路和/或第二链路的往返时间RTT,确定所述预定时长。例如,预定时长可以设置为上述第一RRT的一半时长;或者,预定时长可以设置为上述第二RRT的一半时长;或者,预定时长可以设置为上述第一RRT的一半时长以及上述第二RRT的一半时长中的最大值。Specifically, if the data receiving network element does not receive the data packet for a predetermined duration, the data receiving network element determines that the state of the data packet is a lost state. The data receiving network element determines the predetermined duration according to the link delay of the first link and/or the second link; or the data receiving network element is configured according to the first link and/or the The round trip time RTT of the two links determines the predetermined duration. For example, the predetermined duration may be set to be half the duration of the first RRT; or, the predetermined duration may be set to be half the duration of the second RRT; or, the predetermined duration may be set to a half duration of the first RRT and the second RRT The maximum of half the length.
设,预定时长为L1,第一RRT为RRT1,第二RRT为RRT2,则,L1=max(RTT1/2,RTT2/2)。Let the predetermined duration be L1, the first RRT be RRT1, and the second RRT be RRT2, then L1=max(RTT1/2, RTT2/2).
还例如,预定时长可以设置为第一链路的链路时延D1;或者,预定时长可以设置为第二链路的时延D2;或者,预定时长可以设置为两条链路时延的最大值。For example, the predetermined duration may be set to the link delay D1 of the first link; or, the predetermined duration may be set to the delay D2 of the second link; or, the predetermined duration may be set to be the maximum of the two link delays. value.
设,预定时长为L1,L1=max(D1,D2),其中,D1和D2可以根据上述第一RRT和第二RRT计算得到,也可以是根据经验值获取,还可以是系统规定。The predetermined duration is L1, L1=max(D1, D2), wherein D1 and D2 may be calculated according to the first RRT and the second RRT, or may be obtained according to an empirical value, or may be a system specification.
具体地,超过上述预定时长为生存时长,所述生存时长为当前时间与所述数据包估计接收时间的差值,所述数据包估计接收时间基于数据包的前一个数据包接收时间或/和后一个数据包的接收时间获得。Specifically, the predetermined duration is longer than the predetermined duration, and the lifetime is the difference between the current time and the estimated reception time of the data packet, and the data packet estimation reception time is based on a previous packet reception time or/and of the data packet. The reception time of the latter packet is obtained.
例如,数据接收网元记录所述数据包的前一个数据包的接收时刻为T1,和/或,数据接收网元记录所述数据包的后一个数据包的接收时刻为T2。For example, the data receiving network element records the receiving time of the previous data packet of the data packet as T1, and/or the data receiving network element records the receiving time of the next data packet of the data packet as T2.
数据接收网元根据所述T1和/或T2计算所述数据包的接收时刻为T3;例如,T3=T1+l,其中,l是预设的每次数据包传输消耗的时间,或者,T2=T2-l,或者,当已知T1和T2时T3=T1+(T2-T1)/2,或,T3=T2-(T2-T1)/2。The data receiving network element calculates, according to the T1 and/or T2, that the receiving time of the data packet is T3; for example, T3=T1+l, where l is a preset time consumed by each data packet transmission, or, T2 = T2-l, or T3 = T1 + (T2-T1)/2, or T3 = T2-(T2-T1)/2 when T1 and T2 are known.
所述数据接收网元根据所述T3以及当前时刻T4计算所述数据包的生存时长L2;L2=T4-T3。The data receiving network element calculates a lifetime L2 of the data packet according to the T3 and the current time T4; L2=T4-T3.
当所述生存时长L2大于或者等于所述预定时长L1时,确定所述数据包处于丢失状态。When the survival time length L2 is greater than or equal to the predetermined time length L1, it is determined that the data packet is in a lost state.
还例如,数据接收网元根据数据包的前一个数据包的接收时刻或/和数据包的后一个数据包的接收时刻启动预订时长定时器,当上述预订时长定时器超时后,所述数据包处于丢失状态。具体的,数据包的前一个数据包的接收时刻为T1,则在T1启动数据包的预订时长定时器。或者,数据包的后一个数据包的接收时刻为T2,则在T2启动数据包的预订时长定时器。或者在T1到T2中间的任意时刻启动数据包的预订时长定时器。For example, the data receiving network element starts the subscription duration timer according to the reception time of the previous data packet of the data packet or/and the reception time of the next data packet of the data packet, and when the subscription duration timer expires, the data packet In a lost state. Specifically, when the receiving time of the previous data packet of the data packet is T1, the subscription duration timer of the data packet is started at T1. Alternatively, the receiving time of the next data packet of the data packet is T2, and the subscription duration timer of the data packet is started at T2. Or start the packet duration timer at any time between T1 and T2.
还例如,当序列号为N的数据包被数据接收网元缓存在上述缓存区中,并需要按序输出该序列号为N的数据包以及该序列号为N的数据包的前N-1个数据包时,如果,该N个数据包中有缺失的第三数据包时,该第三数据包认定为丢失状态,N为正整数。For example, when the data packet with the sequence number N is buffered by the data receiving network element in the buffer area, the data packet with the sequence number N and the first N-1 of the data packet with the sequence number N need to be sequentially output. In the case of a data packet, if there is a missing third data packet among the N data packets, the third data packet is considered to be in a lost state, and N is a positive integer.
可以理解为,在此情况下该第三数据包的生存时长L2小于或者等于所述预定时长L1,数据接收网元也不再等待接收该第三数据包。It can be understood that, in this case, the lifetime L2 of the third data packet is less than or equal to the predetermined duration L1, and the data receiving network element is no longer waiting to receive the third data packet.
具体地,数据接收网元输出该缓存区中的数据包包括:Specifically, the data receiving network element outputting the data packet in the buffer area includes:
数据接收网元接收序列号为Y的数据包,缓存该序列号为Y的数据包,且序列号小于Y的数据包均在缓存区中,数据接收网元将缓存区中该序列号为Y的数据包以及序列号小于Y的所有数据包输出缓存区,其中,Y大于或者等于上述X。或者,当序列号小于Y的数据包中有部分数据包处于上述丢失状态,序列号小于Y的所有数据包中未处于丢失状态的数据包均在缓存区中,数据接收网元将缓存区中该序列号为Y的数据包以及序列号小于Y的所有数据包中未处于丢失状态的数据包输出缓存区。The data receiving network element receives the data packet with the sequence number Y, buffers the data packet with the serial number Y, and the data packet whose serial number is smaller than Y is in the buffer area, and the data receiving network element will use the serial number in the buffer area as Y. The data packet and all packet output buffers whose sequence number is smaller than Y, where Y is greater than or equal to X above. Or, when some data packets whose sequence number is smaller than Y are in the above lost state, all the data packets whose serial number is smaller than Y are not in the lost state, and the data receiving network element is in the buffer area. The packet whose sequence number is Y and the packet output buffer that is not in the lost state among all the packets whose sequence number is smaller than Y.
进一步地,数据接收网元将上述X更新为上述Y+1。Further, the data receiving network element updates the above X to the above Y+1.
数据接收网元接收序列号为Y的数据包,且序列号小于Y的数据包均在缓存区中,数据接收网元将缓存区中序列号小于Y的所有数据包输出缓存区,其中,Y大于或者等于上述X。或者,当序列号小于Y的所数据包中有部分数据包处于上述丢失状态,序列号小于Y的所有数据包中未处于丢失状态的数据包均在缓存区中,数据接收网元将缓存区中序列号小于Y的所有数据包中未处于丢失状态的数据包输出缓存区。The data receiving network element receives the data packet with the sequence number Y, and the data packet whose serial number is smaller than Y is in the buffer area, and the data receiving network element outputs all the data packet output buffers whose sequence number is smaller than Y in the buffer area, where Y Greater than or equal to the above X. Alternatively, when some of the data packets whose sequence number is smaller than Y are in the above-mentioned lost state, all the data packets whose sequence numbers are smaller than Y are not in the lost state, and the data receiving network element will be in the buffer area. A packet output buffer that is not in a lost state in all packets whose sequence number is less than Y.
进一步地,数据接收网元将上述X更新为上述Y。Further, the data receiving network element updates the above X to the above Y.
上面结合图3-图13分别从单个设备的执行动作以及各个设备之间的交互行为介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法。下面结合图14-图16介绍本申请实施例提供的通信装置。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced from the execution actions of a single device and the interaction behavior between the devices, respectively, in conjunction with FIG. 3 and FIG. The communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to FIG. 14 to FIG.
图14给出了一种通信装置100的结构示意图。装置100可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。所述通信装置100可以是芯片,或者终端设备等。FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 100. The device 100 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the foregoing method embodiments. The communication device 100 may be a chip, or a terminal device or the like.
所述通信装置100包括一个或多个处理单元110。所述处理单元110可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、终端、或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The communication device 100 includes one or more processing units 110. The processing unit 110 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like. For example, it can be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor can be used to control communication devices (eg, base stations, terminals, or chips, etc.), execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
所述通信装置可以包括发送单元120,用以实现信号的输出(发送)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元120可以是芯片的输出电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于终端设备。又如,通信装置可以为终端设备,所述发送单元120可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a transmitting unit 120 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 120 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used for a terminal device. For another example, the communication device may be a terminal device, and the sending unit 120 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置可以包括接收单元130,用以实现信号的输入(接收)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元120可以是芯片的输入电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于终端设备。又如,通信装置可以为终端设备,所述接收单元130可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a receiving unit 130 for implementing input (reception) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 120 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used for a terminal device. For another example, the communication device may be a terminal device, and the receiving unit 130 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置100包括一个或多个所述处理单元110,所述一个或多个处理单元110可实现图3至图13所示各实施例中终端设备的通信方法。包括:The communication device 100 includes one or more of the processing units 110, and the one or more processing units 110 can implement a communication method of the terminal devices in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 13. include:
发送单元,用于通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流;a sending unit, configured to send, by using the first access technology, a request message to the first core network element, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow;
接收单元,用于通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术接收所述第一核心网网元发送的所述请求消息的响应消息;a receiving unit, configured to receive, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message sent by the first core network element;
所述发送单元,还用于根据所述响应消息采用所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入 技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The sending unit is further configured to use the second access technology according to the response message, or the first access technology and the second access technology to transmit the service flow.
在一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;In a possible design, the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identification information is used to determine the service flow;
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息、所述第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;In another possible design, the request message includes first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine The service flow;
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;In another possible design, the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow;
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息还包括:In another possible design, the request message further includes:
第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一核心网网元可以修改所述业务流对应的接入技术。The first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一标识信息包括:In a possible design, the first identification information includes:
所述业务流的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识中的至少一个。At least one of the description information of the service flow, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the packet data unit PDU session identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型;或者In a possible design, the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a second access type; or
所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型对应的QoS规则,或者The indication information of the first access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type, or
所述第一接入技术的指示信息和第二接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型和第二接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则。The indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
在一种可能的设计中,所述响应消息包括分流规则,处理单元,用于根据所述分流规则确定所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;所述发送单元根据所述响应消息通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流,包括:In a possible design, the response message includes a traffic distribution rule, and the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the traffic distribution rule, data that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology. The transmitting unit transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the response message, including:
所述发送单元根据所述数据量通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The sending unit transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the data amount.
在一种可能的设计中,所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;In a possible design, the offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology;
所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。The offloading rule includes a ratio of a ratio of data amounts or bandwidth values of the traffic flow transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology.
图14所示的通信装置100实现图3至图13所示各实施例中终端设备的通信方法,具体实现还包括:The communication device 100 shown in FIG. 14 implements the communication method of the terminal device in each embodiment shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
发送单元,用于通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求删除多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术;a sending unit, configured to send, by using the first access technology, a request message to the first core network element, where the request message is used to request to delete the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session;
接收单元,用于通过所述第一接入技术从所述第一核心网网元接收所述请求消息的响应消息,所述响应消息用于指示所述多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术删除成功。a receiving unit, configured to receive, by using the first access technology, a response message of the request message from the first core network element, where the response message is used to indicate a second connection in the multiple access PDU session The technical deletion was successful.
在一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息中还包括删除指示和第二接入技术的指示信息中的至少一个,所述删除指示表示删除所述多接入PDU会话中所述第二接入技术,所述第二接入技术的指示信息用于表示第二接入技术。In a possible design, the request message further includes at least one of a deletion indication and an indication information of the second access technology, where the deletion indication indicates deleting the second connection in the multiple access PDU session. In the technology, the indication information of the second access technology is used to indicate the second access technology.
在一种可能的设计中,所述响应消息包括第一标识和第一接入技术的指示信息,第一标识用于指示业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输,其中,所述业务流为所述第二接入技术未删除的时候,通过所述第二接入技术传输的业务流。In a possible design, the response message includes a first identifier and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted by using the first access technology, where the service flow is A service flow transmitted by the second access technology when the second access technology is not deleted.
图14所示的通信装置100实现图3至图13所示各实施例中终端设备的通信方法,具体实现还包括:The communication device 100 shown in FIG. 14 implements the communication method of the terminal device in each embodiment shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
发送单元,用于通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新第三业务流或用于请求建立PDU会话;a sending unit, configured to send, by using the first access technology, a request message to the first core network element, where the request message is used to request to add or update a third service flow or to request to establish a PDU session;
接收单元,用于通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术接收所述第一核心网网元发送的响应消息;a receiving unit, configured to receive, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message sent by the first core network element;
所述发送单元,还用于基于响应消息将所述第三业务流或所述PDU会话通过多个接入技术传输。The sending unit is further configured to transmit the third service flow or the PDU session by using multiple access technologies based on the response message.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第三标识包括:业务流描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识中的至少一个。In a possible design, the third identifier includes at least one of a service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a packet data unit PDU session identifier.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述多接入传输指示为TFCP协议指示,或TFCP协议封装指示,或包粒度分流指示。In another possible design, the multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, or a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granular offload indication.
在另一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于基于QFI确定数据包含有TFCP头,或基于数据包所属的PDU会话确定数据包含有TFCP头,或者,基于结束标识End marker数据包确定上述End marker数据包之后收到的数据包含有TFCP头。In another possible design, the processing unit is configured to determine that the data includes a TFCP header based on the QFI, or to determine that the data includes a TFCP header based on the PDU session to which the data packet belongs, or determine the End based on the end identifier End marker data packet. The data received after the marker packet contains the TFCP header.
在另一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于基于TFCP包头中含有的序列号对所述数据包排序。In another possible design, the processing unit is configured to sort the data packets based on a sequence number contained in a TFCP header.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置100还可能包括存储单元140,用于存储相应的指令。处理单元执行存储单元中的指令实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的操作。In one possible design, the communication device 100 may also include a storage unit 140 for storing corresponding instructions. The processing unit executes the instructions in the storage unit to implement the operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
图15给出了一种通信装置200的结构示意图。装置200可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。所述通信装置200可以是芯片,或者接入网设备等。FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 200. The device 200 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the foregoing method embodiments. The communication device 200 can be a chip, or an access network device or the like.
所述通信装置200包括一个或多个处理单元210。所述处理单元210可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、终端、或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The communication device 200 includes one or more processing units 210. The processing unit 210 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like. For example, it can be a baseband processor, or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor can be used to control communication devices (eg, base stations, terminals, or chips, etc.), execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
所述通信装置可以包括发送单元220,用以实现信号的输出(发送)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元220可以是芯片的输出电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于接入网设备。又如,通信装置可以为接入网设备,所述发送单元220可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a transmitting unit 220 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 220 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used for access network devices. For another example, the communication device may be an access network device, and the sending unit 220 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置可以包括接收单元230,用以实现信号的输入(接收)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元120可以是芯片的输入电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于接入网设备。又如,通信装置可以为接入网设备,所述接收单元230可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a receiving unit 230 for implementing input (reception) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 120 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used for access network devices. For another example, the communication device may be an access network device, and the receiving unit 230 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置200包括一个或多个所述处理单元210,所述一个或多个处理单元210可实现图3至图13所示各实施例中接入网设备的通信方法。包括:The communication device 200 includes one or more of the processing units 210, and the one or more processing units 210 can implement a communication method of an access network device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 13. include:
发送单元,用于向第一核心网网元发送网络状态信息,所述网络状态信息用于指示所述接入网设备的数据传输状态;a sending unit, configured to send network state information to the first core network element, where the network state information is used to indicate a data transmission state of the access network device;
接收单元,用于接收第一核心网网元发送的指示信息,所述指示信息包含发送给所述接入网设备的与所述网络状态信息相应的的服务质量QoS文件。The receiving unit is configured to receive indication information sent by the first core network element, where the indication information includes a quality of service QoS file that is sent to the access network device and that corresponds to the network status information.
处理单元,用于根据所述指示信息更新QoS。And a processing unit, configured to update the QoS according to the indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络状态信息包括所述第一接入网设备的负荷,带宽、时延、丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。In a possible design, the network state information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息包括第一标识以及接入技术的指示信息,用于指示业务流通过接入技术的指示信息指示的接入技术传输,其中,第一标识用于确定该业务流。In a possible design, the indication information includes the first identifier and the indication information of the access technology, and is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted by the access technology indicated by the indication information of the access technology, where the first identifier is used for Determine the business flow.
图15所示的通信装置200可实现图3至图13所示各实施例中接入网设备的通信方法,具体实现还包括:The communication device 200 shown in FIG. 15 can implement the communication method of the access network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
接收单元,用于接收终端设备发送的第一数据包,所述第一数据包的包头中携带有第五标识,所述第五标识用于指示所述第一数据包支持多个接入技术分流;a receiving unit, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the terminal device, where a packet header of the first data packet carries a fifth identifier, where the fifth identifier is used to indicate that the first data packet supports multiple access technologies Diversion
发送单元,用于向第一核心网网元发送第二数据包,所述第二数据包的包头包括第六标识;所述第六标识用于指示所述第二数据包支持多个接入技术分流,所述第二数据包包括所述第二数据包的数据内容。a sending unit, configured to send a second data packet to the first core network element, where a packet header of the second data packet includes a sixth identifier, and the sixth identifier is used to indicate that the second data packet supports multiple access The technology is offloaded, and the second data packet includes data content of the second data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第五标识或所述第六标识用于指示所述数据包支持多个接入技术分流,包括:所述第五标识或所述第六标识用于指示所述数据包支持TFCP协议,或所述数据包含有TFCP包头,或所述数据包的序列号。In a possible design, the fifth identifier or the sixth identifier is used to indicate that the data packet supports multiple access technology offloading, including: the fifth identifier or the sixth identifier is used to indicate The data packet supports the TFCP protocol, or the data includes a TFCP header, or a sequence number of the data packet.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述第一核心网网元根据所述第六标识获取所述数据包包括:所述第一核心网网元根据所述第六标识解析所述TFCP包头或对所述数据包排序。In another possible design, the acquiring, by the first core network element, the data packet according to the sixth identifier includes: the first core network element parsing the TFCP packet header according to the sixth identifier or Sort the packets.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置200还可能包括存储单元240,用于存储相应的指令。处理单元执行存储单元中的指令实现上述方法实施例中接入网设备的操作。In one possible design, the communication device 200 may also include a storage unit 240 for storing corresponding instructions. The processing unit executes the instructions in the storage unit to implement the operation of the access network device in the above method embodiment.
图16给出了一种通信装置300的结构示意图。装置300可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。所述通信装置300可以是芯片,或者核心网设备等。FIG. 16 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 300. The device 300 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the foregoing method embodiments. The communication device 300 can be a chip, or a core network device or the like.
所述通信装置300包括一个或多个处理单元310。所述处理单元310可以是通用处 理器或者专用处理器等。中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、终端、或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The communication device 300 includes one or more processing units 310. The processing unit 310 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like. The central processing unit can be used to control a communication device (eg, a base station, a terminal, or a chip, etc.), execute a software program, and process data of the software program.
所述通信装置可以包括发送单元320,用以实现信号的输出(发送)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元320可以是芯片的输出电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于核心网设备。又如,通信装置可以为核心网设备,所述发送单元320可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a transmitting unit 320 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 320 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used in a core network device. For another example, the communication device may be a core network device, and the sending unit 320 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置可以包括接收单元330,用以实现信号的输入(接收)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元320可以是芯片的输入电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于核心网设备。又如,通信装置可以为核心网设备,所述接收单元330可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a receiving unit 330 for implementing input (reception) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 320 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used in a core network device. For another example, the communication device may be a core network device, and the receiving unit 330 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置300包括一个或多个所述处理单元310,所述一个或多个处理单元310可实现图3至图13所示各实施例中核心网中第一核心网网元的通信方法。包括:The communication device 300 includes one or more processing units 310, and the one or more processing units 310 can implement the communication method of the first core network element in the core network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. . include:
接收单元,用于通过第一接入技术从终端设备接收请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流;a receiving unit, configured to receive, by using a first access technology, a request message from a terminal device, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow;
发送单元,用于通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述请求消息的响应消息;a sending unit, configured to send, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message to the terminal device;
所述响应消息用于指示所述终端设备通过所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The response message is used to indicate that the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology.
在一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;In a possible design, the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identification information is used to determine the service flow;
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息、所述第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;In another possible design, the request message includes first identifier information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine The service flow;
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;In another possible design, the request message includes first identifier information and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier information is used to determine the service flow;
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
在另一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息还包括:In another possible design, the request message further includes:
第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一核心网网元可以修改所述业务流对应的接入技术。The first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一标识信息包括:In a possible design, the first identification information includes:
所述业务流的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识中的至 少一个。At least one of the description information of the service flow, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the packet data unit PDU session identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型;或者In a possible design, the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a second access type; or
所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型对应的QoS规则;或者The indication information of the first access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type; or
所述第一接入技术的指示信息和第二接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型和第二接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则。The indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
在一种可能的设计中,所述响应消息包括分流规则,所述终端设备根据所述分流规则确定所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;In a possible design, the response message includes a traffic distribution rule, and the terminal device determines, according to the traffic distribution rule, the amount of data that is transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology. ;
所述终端设备根据所述响应消息通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流,包括:The terminal device transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the response message, including:
所述终端设备根据所述数据量通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The terminal device transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the data volume.
在一种可能的设计中,所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的数据量和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;或者In a possible design, the offloading rule includes an amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or an amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology; or
所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;The offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by using the second access technology;
所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。The offloading rule includes a ratio of a ratio of data amounts or bandwidth values of the traffic flow transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology.
处理单元330,还用于获取所述业务流的策略信息;The processing unit 330 is further configured to acquire policy information of the service flow.
所述发送单元,用于通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述请求消息的响应消息:The sending unit is configured to send, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message to the terminal device:
所述发送单元根据所述策略信息通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述请求消息的响应消息。And sending, by the sending unit, the response message of the request message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology according to the policy information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述策略信息包括:In one possible design, the policy information includes:
所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的数据量和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;或者The amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and/or the amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology; or
所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;a bandwidth value transmitted by the first access technology and/or a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology;
所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。The ratio of the ratio of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology or the bandwidth value.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通过所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流包括:In a possible design, the transmitting the service flow by using the second access technology includes:
所述发送单元,用于向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包括QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流相关的QoS参数。The sending unit is configured to send second indication information to a second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow. .
在另一种可能的设计中,所述通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流包括:In another possible design, the transmitting the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology includes:
所述发送单元,用于向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流相关的QoS参数;The sending unit is configured to send third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, where the third indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow. ;
所述发送单元,用于向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包含QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流相关的QoS参数。The sending unit is configured to send second indication information to a second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter related to the service flow. .
在一种可能的设计中,所述发送单元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息包括:In a possible design, the sending, by the sending unit, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes:
所述发送单元,用于向第二核心网网元发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第二接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二指示信息,所述第二接入技术的指示信息用于指示向所述第二接入技术对应的所述第二接入网设备发送所述第二指示信息。The sending unit is configured to send a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and the second indication information, and the indication of the second access technology The information is used to send the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology.
在一种可能的设计中,所述发送单元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息包括:In a possible design, the sending, by the sending unit, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology includes:
所述发送单元,用于向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括第三指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息、所述第二指示信息以及第二接入技术的指示信息;The sending unit is configured to send a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes third indication information, indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the second access Technical instructions;
所述第三消息中的所述第二指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,用于指示向所述第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送所述第二指示信息The second indication information in the third message and the indication information of the second access technology are used to send the second indication to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology. information
在一种可能的设计中,所述发送单元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息包括:In a possible design, the sending, by the sending unit, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology includes:
所述发送单元,用于向第二核心网网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第三指示信息,所述第一接入技术的指示信息用于指示向所述第一接入技术对应的所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三指示信息。The sending unit is configured to send a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information, and the indication of the first access technology The information is used to send the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology.
在一种可能的设计中,所述发送单元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息包括:In a possible design, the sending, by the sending unit, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology includes:
所述发送单元,用于向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述第三指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息、所述第二指示信息以及第二接入技术的指示信息;The sending unit is configured to send a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the third indication information, indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the second Indication information of the access technology;
所述第三消息中的所述第三指示信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,用于指示向所述第一接入技术对应的所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三指示信息。The third indication information in the third message and the indication information of the first access technology are used to send the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology to send the first Three instructions.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一消息,所述第二消息,和所述第三消息中的至少一个包括所述响应消息。In one possible design, at least one of the first message, the second message, and the third message includes the response message.
包括所述响应消息。The response message is included.
图16所示的通信装置300可实现图3至图13所示各实施例中核心网中第一核心网网元的通信方法,具体实现还包括:The communication device 300 shown in FIG. 16 can implement the communication method of the first core network element in the core network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
接收单元,用于通过第一接入技术从终端设备接收请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求删除多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术;a receiving unit, configured to receive, by using a first access technology, a request message from a terminal device, where the request message is used to request to delete a second access technology in a multiple access PDU session;
发送单元,用于通过所述第一接入技术向所述终端设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息用于指示所述多接入PDU会话中的第二接入技术删除成功。And a sending unit, configured to send, by using the first access technology, a response message to the terminal device, where the response message is used to indicate that the second access technology in the multiple access PDU session is successfully deleted.
在一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息中还包括删除指示和第二接入技术的指示信息中的至少一个,所述删除指示表示删除所述多接入PDU会话中所述第二接入技术,所述第二接入技术的指示信息用于表示第二接入技术。In a possible design, the request message further includes at least one of a deletion indication and an indication information of the second access technology, where the deletion indication indicates deleting the second connection in the multiple access PDU session. In the technology, the indication information of the second access technology is used to indicate the second access technology.
在一种可能的设计中,所述响应消息包括第一标识和第一接入技术的指示信息,第一标识用于指示业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输,其中,所述业务流为所述第二接入 技术未删除的时候,通过所述第二接入技术传输的业务流。In a possible design, the response message includes a first identifier and indication information of the first access technology, where the first identifier is used to indicate that the service flow is transmitted by using the first access technology, where the service flow is A service flow transmitted by the second access technology when the second access technology is not deleted.
图16所示的通信装置300可实现图3至图13所示各实施例中核心网中第一核心网网元的通信方法,具体实现还包括:The communication device 300 shown in FIG. 16 can implement the communication method of the first core network element in the core network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
接收单元,用于通过第一接入技术从第一接入网设备接收网络状态信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive network state information from the first access network device by using the first access technology;
处理单元,用于根据所述网络状态信息配置所述第一接入技术对应的QoS文件;a processing unit, configured to configure, according to the network state information, a QoS file corresponding to the first access technology;
发送单元,用于通过第一接入技术向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备更新所述第一接入技术的对应QoS文件。a sending unit, configured to send fourth indication information to the first access network device by using a first access technology, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the first access network device to update the first access The corresponding QoS file for the technology.
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络状态信息包括所述第一接入网设备的负荷、带宽、时延、丢包率或信号强度中的至少一个。In a possible design, the network status information includes at least one of a load, a bandwidth, a delay, a packet loss rate, or a signal strength of the first access network device.
图16所示的通信装置300可实现图3至图13所示各实施例中核心网中第一核心网网元的通信方法,具体实现还包括:The communication device 300 shown in FIG. 16 can implement the communication method of the first core network element in the core network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG.
接收单元,用于通过第一接入技术从终端设备接收请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新第三业务流或用于请求建立PDU会话;a receiving unit, configured to receive, by using a first access technology, a request message from a terminal device, where the request message is used to request to add or update a third service flow or to request to establish a PDU session;
发送单元,用于通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向终端设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息用于指示所述第三业务流或所述PDU会话允许多个接入技术传输。a sending unit, configured to send, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message, where the response message is used to indicate that the third service flow or the PDU session allows multiple connections Into technology transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,所述请求消息或所述响应消息还包括第三标识与多接入技术传输指示,上述多接入技术传输指示用于表示终端设备请求为第三标识确定第三业务流或PDU会话进行多接入技术传输或进行TFCP协议封装。In a possible design, the request message or the response message further includes a third identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication, where the multiple access technology transmission indication is used to indicate that the terminal device requests to determine the third identifier for the third identifier. The service flow or PDU session is transmitted by multiple access technologies or encapsulated by TFCP protocol.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第三标识包括:业务流描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或PDU会话标识中的至少一个。In a possible design, the third identifier includes at least one of service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,所述多接入传输指示为TFCP协议指示、TFCP协议封装指示或包粒度分流指示。In one possible design, the multiple access transmission indication is a TFCP protocol indication, a TFCP protocol encapsulation indication, or a packet granular offload indication.
在一种可能的设计中,所述发送单元,用于向用户面网元发送第四标识与多接入技术传输指示。In a possible design, the sending unit is configured to send a fourth identifier and a multiple access technology transmission indication to the user plane network element.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第四标识为业务流描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或PDU会话标识或N4会话标识中的至少一个。In a possible design, the fourth identifier is at least one of service flow description information, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a PDU session identifier or an N4 session identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,所述QFI用于所述终端设备确定数据包含有TFCP头,或者,所述隧道标识用于所述终端设备确定PDU会话的数据包含有TFCP头,或者,结束标识End marker数据包用于所述终端设备确定上述End marker数据包之后收到的数据包含有TFCP头。In a possible design, the QFI is used by the terminal device to determine that the data includes a TFCP header, or the tunnel identifier is used by the terminal device to determine that the data of the PDU session includes a TFCP header, or an end identifier. The end marker data packet is used by the terminal device to determine that the data received after the End marker data packet includes a TFCP header.
在一种可能的设计中,TFCP包头中含有的序列号用于对所述数据包排序。In one possible design, the sequence number contained in the TFCP header is used to order the packets.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置300还可能包括存储单元340,用于存储相应的指令。处理单元执行存储单元中的指令实现上述方法实施例中第一核心网网元的操作。In one possible design, the communication device 300 may also include a storage unit 340 for storing corresponding instructions. The processing unit executes the instructions in the storage unit to implement the operation of the first core network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
图17给出了一种通信装置400的结构示意图。装置400可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。所述通信装置400可以是芯片,或者数据发送网元等。FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 400. The device 400 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the above method embodiment. The communication device 400 can be a chip, or a data transmission network element or the like.
所述通信装置400包括一个或多个处理单元410。所述处理单元410可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。中央处理器可以用于通信装置(如,终端设备,或者UPF,或 者SMF)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The communication device 400 includes one or more processing units 410. The processing unit 410 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like. The central processing unit can be used for communication devices (e.g., terminal devices, or UPFs, or SMFs) to control, execute software programs, and process data for software programs.
所述通信装置可以包括发送单元420,用以实现信号的输出(发送)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元420可以是芯片的输出电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于核心网设备。又如,通信装置可以为终端设备,或者UPF,或者SMF,所述发送单元420可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a transmitting unit 420 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 420 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used in a core network device. For another example, the communication device may be a terminal device, or a UPF, or an SMF, and the sending unit 420 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置可以包括接收单元440,用以实现信号的输入(接收)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元420可以是芯片的输入电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于核心网设备。又如,通信装置可以为终端设备,或者UPF,或者SMF,所述接收单元440可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a receiving unit 440 for implementing input (reception) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 420 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used in a core network device. For another example, the communication device may be a terminal device, or an UPF, or an SMF, and the receiving unit 440 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置400包括一个或多个所述处理单元410,所述一个或多个处理单元410可实现图4和图13所示实施例中数据发送网元的通信方法。包括:The communication device 400 includes one or more of the processing units 410, and the one or more processing units 410 can implement a communication method of data transmission network elements in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 and 13. include:
发送单元,用于向数据接收网元发送多条链路传输数据的参数。And a sending unit, configured to send, to the data receiving network element, a parameter of the plurality of link transmission data.
接收单元,用于接收所述数据接收网元发送的多条链路传输数据的确认信息。The receiving unit is configured to receive the acknowledgement information of the plurality of link transmission data sent by the data receiving network element.
发送单元,用于向数据接收网元发送多条链路传输数据的参数,具体包括:The sending unit is configured to send, by the data receiving network element, a parameter of the multiple link transmission data, specifically:
所述发送单元通过控制面向所述数据接收网元发送所述多条链路传输数据的参数;或者,Transmitting, by the sending unit, a parameter that sends the multiple link transmission data to the data receiving network element; or
所述发送单元通过用户面向所述数据接收网元发送所述多条链路传输数据的参数。The sending unit sends the parameters of the multiple link transmission data to the data receiving network element by the user.
在一种可能的设计中,所述多条链路传输数据的参数包括:所述数据的标识信息以及指示所述数据通过多条链路传输的指示信息。In a possible design, the parameters of the multiple link transmission data include: identification information of the data and indication information indicating that the data is transmitted through multiple links.
在一种可能的设计中,所述多条链路传输数据的参数还包括:第一窗口长度,所述第一窗口长度用于指示所述数据发送网元的发送窗口长度,其中,数据发送网元为上述终端设备,所述数据接收网元为用户面网元,或者,所述数据发送网元为所述用户面网元,所述数据接收网元为所述终端设备,或者,所述数据发送网元为会话管理功能网元,所述数据接收网元为所述终端设备和所述用户面网元。In a possible design, the parameters of the multiple link transmission data further include: a first window length, where the first window length is used to indicate a transmission window length of the data transmission network element, where the data is sent. The network element is the terminal device, the data receiving network element is a user plane network element, or the data sending network element is the user plane network element, and the data receiving network element is the terminal device, or The data sending network element is a session management function network element, and the data receiving network element is the terminal device and the user plane network element.
在一种可能的设计中,所述数据的标识信息:数据的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识或N4会话标识中的至少一个。In one possible design, the identification information of the data: at least one of description information of the data, a quality of service flow identifier QFI, or a packet data unit PDU session identifier or an N4 session identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息包括:数据流控制协议TFCP指示、TFCP封装指示、包粒度分流指示、融合隧道指示、融合隧道标识或网元协议IP地址中的至少一个,其中,所述融合隧道指示用于指示为所述业务流建立了融合隧道,网元IP地址为数据发送网元或/和数据接收网元IP地址。In a possible design, the indication information includes: at least one of a data flow control protocol TFCP indication, a TFCP encapsulation indication, a packet granular offload indication, a converged tunnel indication, a converged tunnel identifier, or a network element protocol IP address, where The fused tunnel indication is used to indicate that a fused tunnel is established for the service flow, and the network element IP address is a data sending network element or/and a data receiving network element IP address.
在一种可能的设计中,所述多条链路传输数据的确认信息包括所述多条链路传输数据的参数;或者,所述多条链路传输数据的确认信息包括确认消息。In a possible design, the acknowledgement information of the plurality of link transmission data includes parameters of the plurality of link transmission data; or the acknowledgement information of the plurality of link transmission data includes an acknowledgement message.
在一种可能的设计中,所述数据发送网元为终端设备,所述数据接收网元为用户面网元,或者,所述数据发送网元为所述用户面网元,所述数据接收网元为所述终端设备,或者,所述数据发送网元为会话管理功能网元,所述数据接收网元为所述终端设备和所述用户面网元。In a possible design, the data sending network element is a terminal device, the data receiving network element is a user plane network element, or the data sending network element is the user plane network element, and the data receiving The network element is the terminal device, or the data sending network element is a session management function network element, and the data receiving network element is the terminal device and the user plane network element.
在一种可能的设计中,所述多条链路包括3GPP链路和非3GPP链路;或者,所述多条链路具体包括不同接入技术的不同接入网设备的链路;或者,所述多条链路具体包括 相同接入技术且不同接入网设备的链路。In a possible design, the multiple links include a 3GPP link and a non-3GPP link; or, the multiple links specifically include links of different access network devices of different access technologies; or The multiple links specifically include links of the same access technology and different access network devices.
图17所示的通信装置300可实现图4和图13所示实施例中数据发送网元的通信方法。具体实现包括:The communication device 300 shown in FIG. 17 can implement the communication method of the data transmission network element in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 4 and 13. Specific implementations include:
所述处理单元,还用于确定第一链路的链路状态和/或第二链路的链路状态。The processing unit is further configured to determine a link state of the first link and/or a link state of the second link.
所述发送单元,还用于根据所述第一链路的链路状态和/或所述第二链路的链路状态通过所述第一链路传输第一数据包,通过所述第二链路传输第二数据包,其中,所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包属于相同的业务流,所述第一数据包包括第一TFCP头,所述第一TFCP头包括该第一数据包的序列号,所述第二数据包包括第二TFCP头,所述第二TFCP头包括该第二数据包的序列号。The sending unit is further configured to transmit, by using the first link, the first data packet according to the link state of the first link and/or the link state of the second link, by using the second Transmitting a second data packet, wherein the first data packet and the second data packet belong to a same traffic flow, the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, and the first TFCP header includes the first data packet a sequence number of a data packet, the second data packet includes a second TFCP header, and the second TFCP header includes a sequence number of the second data packet.
所述处理单元,还用于确定所述第一链路的第一往返时间RTT以及所述第二链路的第二RTT满足第一预设条件;或者所述数据发送网元确定所述第一链路时延以及所述第二链路时延满足第二预设条件。The processing unit is further configured to determine that the first round trip time RTT of the first link and the second RTT of the second link meet a first preset condition; or the data sending network element determines the first A link delay and the second link delay satisfy a second preset condition.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一预设条件包括:所述第一RTT与所述第二RTT的差值小于或等于第一预设阈值;或者,所述第二预设条件包括:所述第一链路时延与所述第二链路时延的差值小于或等于第二预设阈值。In a possible design, the first preset condition includes: a difference between the first RTT and the second RTT is less than or equal to a first preset threshold; or, the second preset condition includes The difference between the first link delay and the second link delay is less than or equal to a second preset threshold.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包为相同的数据包。In one possible design, the first data packet and the second data packet are the same data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,若分流策略中所述第一链路和所述第二链路的分流比例均为100%,所述处理单元确定所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包为相同的数据包。In a possible design, if the split ratio of the first link and the second link in the splitting policy is 100%, the processing unit determines the first data packet and the second data The package is the same packet.
图18给出了一种通信装置500的结构示意图。装置500可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。所述通信装置500可以是芯片,或者数据接收网元等。FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 500. The device 500 can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiments, and can be referred to the description in the above method embodiment. The communication device 500 can be a chip, or a data receiving network element or the like.
所述通信装置500包括一个或多个处理单元510。所述处理单元510可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。中央处理器可以用于通信装置(如,终端设备,或者UPF,或者SMF)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The communication device 500 includes one or more processing units 510. The processing unit 510 can be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like. The central processing unit can be used for communication devices (e.g., terminal devices, or UPFs, or SMFs) to control, execute software programs, and process data for software programs.
所述通信装置可以包括发送单元520,用以实现信号的输出(发送)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元520可以是芯片的输出电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于核心网设备。又如,通信装置可以为终端设备,或者UPF,或者SMF,所述发送单元520可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a transmitting unit 520 for implementing output (transmission) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 520 can be an output circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used in a core network device. For another example, the communication device may be a terminal device, or a UPF, or an SMF, and the sending unit 520 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置可以包括接收单元550,用以实现信号的输入(接收)。例如,通信装置可以为芯片,所述发送单元520可以是芯片的输入电路,或者通信接口。所述芯片可以用于核心网设备。又如,通信装置可以为终端设备,或者UPF,或者SMF,所述接收单元550可以为收发器,射频芯片等。The communication device may include a receiving unit 550 for implementing input (reception) of a signal. For example, the communication device can be a chip, and the transmitting unit 520 can be an input circuit of the chip, or a communication interface. The chip can be used in a core network device. For another example, the communication device may be a terminal device, or an UPF, or an SMF, and the receiving unit 550 may be a transceiver, a radio frequency chip, or the like.
所述通信装置500包括一个或多个所述处理单元510,所述一个或多个处理单元510可实现图4和图13所示实施例中数据接收网元的通信方法。The communication device 500 includes one or more of the processing units 510, which can implement the communication method of the data receiving network elements in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 and 13.
接收单元,用于从第一链路接收数据发送网元发送的第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括第一TFCP头,所述第一TFCP头包括所述第一数据包的序列号;所述接收单元,还用于从第二链路接收所述数据发送网元发送的第二数据包,所述第二数据包包括第二TFCP头,所述第二TFCP头包括该第二数据包的序列号,其中,所述第一数据包和所述 第二数据包属于相同的业务流;a receiving unit, configured to receive, by the first link, a first data packet sent by the data sending network element, where the first data packet includes a first TFCP header, and the first TFCP header includes a sequence number of the first data packet The receiving unit is further configured to receive, by the second link, a second data packet sent by the data sending network element, where the second data packet includes a second TFCP header, and the second TFCP header includes the second data packet a serial number of the data packet, wherein the first data packet and the second data packet belong to the same service flow;
处理单元,用于根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包。a processing unit, configured to cache the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,包括:In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to cache the first data packet and/or the second data according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet. Package, including:
所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号将所述第一数据包和第二数据包按序列号存储在缓存区中。The processing unit is configured to store the first data packet and the second data packet in a buffer area according to a sequence number of the first data packet and a sequence number of the second data packet by a sequence number.
所述处理单元,还用于确定所述缓存区中数据包的状态。在一种可能的设计中,所述数据包的状态包括丢失状态,若所述接收单元超过预定时长没有收到所述数据包,所述处理单元确定所述数据包的状态为丢失状态。The processing unit is further configured to determine a status of the data packet in the buffer area. In a possible design, the state of the data packet includes a lost state, and if the receiving unit does not receive the data packet for more than a predetermined length of time, the processing unit determines that the state of the data packet is a lost state.
所述处理单元,还用于根据所述第一链路和/或第二链路的链路时延,确定所述预定时长;或者,所述数据接收网元根据所述第一链路和/或第二链路的往返时间RTT,确定所述预定时长。The processing unit is further configured to determine the predetermined duration according to a link delay of the first link and/or the second link; or, the data receiving network element is configured according to the first link and / or the round trip time RTT of the second link, determining the predetermined duration.
在一种可能的设计中,所述超过预定时长为生存时长,所述生存时长为当前时间与所述数据包估计接收时间的差值,所述数据包估计接收时间基于数据包的前一个数据包接收时间或/和后一个数据包的接收时间获得。In a possible design, the predetermined duration is a duration of survival, and the lifetime is a difference between a current time and an estimated reception time of the data packet, and the data packet is estimated to be received based on a previous data of the data packet. The packet reception time or / and the reception time of the latter packet are obtained.
所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一数据包的序列号和所述第二数据包的序列号缓存所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,包括:The processing unit, configured to cache the first data packet and/or the second data packet according to the sequence number of the first data packet and the sequence number of the second data packet, including:
若所述缓存区中包括所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包,所述接收单元丢弃所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包;或者,If the first data packet and/or the second data packet are included in the buffer area, the receiving unit discards the first data packet and/or the second data packet; or
若所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包的序列号小于所述缓存区中最小的数据包序列号,所述接收单元丢弃所述第一数据包和/或所述第二数据包。If the sequence number of the first data packet and/or the second data packet is smaller than a minimum data packet sequence number in the buffer area, the receiving unit discards the first data packet and/or the second data pack.
应理解,本申请实施例中,处理单元可以为中央处理网元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the processing unit may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and dedicated integration. Application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, etc. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储单元可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储 器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory unit in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic randomness. Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous DRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented in software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable medium can be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium can be a solid state hard drive.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" herein is merely an association relationship describing an associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution sequence, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be applied to the embodiment of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的网元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和网元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述网元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个网元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或网元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the network elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application. A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the network element described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again. In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the network element is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple network elements or components may be used. Combinations can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or network element, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
所述作为分离部件说明的网元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为网元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理网元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络网元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部网元来实现本实施例方案的目的。另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能网元可以集成在一个处理网元中,也可以是各个网元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上网元集成在一个网元中。所述功能如果以软件功能网元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机 可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者第一核心网网元等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The network elements described as the separate components may or may not be physically separated. The components displayed as network elements may or may not be physical network elements, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple networks. On the network element. Some or all of the network elements may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment. In addition, the function network elements in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing network element, or each network element may exist physically separately, or two or two network elements may be integrated into one network element. The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software function network element and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a first core network element, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a removable hard disk, a read only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. It should be covered by the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (38)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    终端设备通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流;The terminal device sends a request message to the first core network element by using the first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow;
    所述终端设备通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术接收所述第一核心网网元发送的所述请求消息的响应消息;Receiving, by the first access technology and/or the second access technology, the response message of the request message sent by the first core network element;
    所述终端设备根据所述响应消息采用所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The terminal device uses the second access technology according to the response message, or the first access technology and the second access technology to transmit the service flow.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;The communication method according to claim 1, wherein the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identification information is used to determine the service flow;
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息、所述第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;The communication method according to claim 1, wherein the request message includes first identification information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology, the first The identification information is used to determine the service flow;
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;The communication method according to claim 1, wherein the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the first access technology, and the first identification information is used to determine the service flow;
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4中任意一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一标识信息包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the first identification information comprises:
    所述业务流的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识中的至少一个。At least one of the description information of the service flow, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the packet data unit PDU session identifier.
  6. 根据权利要求2-5中任意一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型;或者The communication method according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a second Access type; or
    所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型对应的QoS规则,或者The indication information of the first access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type, or
    所述第一接入技术的指示信息和第二接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型和第二接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则。The indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
  7. 根据权利要求2-6中任意一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述请求消息还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 2-6, wherein the request message further comprises:
    第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一核心网网元可以修改所述业务流对应的接入技术。The first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
  8. 根据权利要求2-7中任意一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述响应消息包括 分流规则,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 2-7, wherein the response message includes a traffic distribution rule, the method further comprising:
    所述终端设备根据所述分流规则确定所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;Determining, by the terminal device, the amount of data transmitted by the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the offloading rule;
    所述终端设备根据所述响应消息通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流,包括:The terminal device transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the response message, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述数据量通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The terminal device transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the data volume.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的通信方法,其特征在于,The communication method according to claim 8, wherein
    所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的数据量和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;或者The offloading rule includes an amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or a quantity of data transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology; or
    所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;The offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by using the second access technology;
    所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。The offloading rule includes a ratio of a ratio of data amounts or bandwidth values of the traffic flow transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology.
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    第一核心网网元通过第一接入技术从终端设备接收请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流;The first core network element receives a request message from the terminal device by using a first access technology, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow;
    所述第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述请求消息的响应消息;The first core network element sends a response message of the request message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology;
    所述响应消息用于指示所述终端设备通过所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The response message is used to indicate that the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一核心网网元获取所述业务流的策略信息;The first core network element acquires policy information of the service flow;
    所述第一核心网网元通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述请求消息的响应消息,包括:The sending, by the first core network element, the response message of the request message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, including:
    所述第一核心网网元根据所述策略信息生成分流规则并通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述请求消息的响应消息。The first core network element generates a traffic distribution rule according to the policy information, and sends a response message of the request message to the terminal device by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述策略信息包括:The communication method according to claim 11, wherein the policy information comprises:
    所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的数据量和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;或者The amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and/or the amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology; or
    所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;a bandwidth value transmitted by the first access technology and/or a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology;
    所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。The ratio of the ratio of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology or the bandwidth value.
  13. 根据权利要求10-12中任意一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一核心网网元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包括QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数。The first core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes the QoS corresponding to the service flow. parameter.
  14. 根据权利要求10-12中任意一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一核心网网元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数;The first core network element sends the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, where the third indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes the QoS corresponding to the service flow. parameter;
    所述第一核心网网元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包含QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数。The first core network element sends the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes the QoS corresponding to the service flow. parameter.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一核心网网元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息包括:The communication method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the sending, by the first core network element, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology comprises:
    所述第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第二接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二指示信息,所述第二接入技术的指示信息用于指示向所述第二接入技术对应的所述第二接入网设备发送所述第二指示信息。The first core network element sends a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and the second indication information, where the second access technology The indication information is used to send the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology.
  16. 根据权利要求13或14所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一核心网网元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息包括:The communication method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the sending, by the first core network element, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology comprises:
    所述第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括第三指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息、所述第二指示信息以及第二接入技术的指示信息;The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes third indication information, indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the second connection. Indication of the technology;
    所述第三消息中的所述第二指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,用于指示向所述第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送所述第二指示信息。The second indication information in the third message and the indication information of the second access technology are used to send the second indication to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology. information.
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一核心网网元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息包括:The communication method according to claim 14, wherein the sending, by the first core network element, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology comprises:
    所述第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第三指示信息,所述第一接入技术的指示信息用于指示向所述第一接入技术对应的所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三指示信息。The first core network element sends a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information, where the first access technology The indication information is used to send the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology.
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一核心网网元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息包括:The communication method according to claim 14, wherein the sending, by the first core network element, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology comprises:
    所述第一核心网网元向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述第三指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息、所述第二指示信息以及第二接入技术的指示信息;The first core network element sends a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the third indication information, the indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the Two indication information of the access technology;
    所述第三消息中的所述第三指示信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,用于指示向所述第一接入技术对应的所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三指示信息。The third indication information in the third message and the indication information of the first access technology are used to send the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology to send the first Three instructions.
  19. 根据权利要求15-18中任意一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息,所述第二消息,和所述第三消息中的至少一个包括所述响应消息。The communication method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, characterized in that at least one of the first message, the second message, and the third message comprises the response message.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于通过第一接入技术向第一核心网网元发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流;a sending unit, configured to send, by using the first access technology, a request message to the first core network element, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow;
    接收单元,用于通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术接收所述第一核心网网元发送的所述请求消息的响应消息;a receiving unit, configured to receive, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message sent by the first core network element;
    所述发送单元还用于根据所述响应消息采用所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The sending unit is further configured to use the second access technology according to the response message, or the first access technology and the second access technology to transmit the service flow.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the second access technology, where the first identification information is used to determine the service flow;
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息、所述第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the request message includes first identification information, indication information of the first access technology, and indication information of the second access technology, the first The identification information is used to determine the service flow;
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括第一标识信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,所述第一标识信息用于确定所述业务流;The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the request message includes first identification information and indication information of the first access technology, and the first identification information is used to determine the service flow;
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息;或者,The response message includes the first identifier information and the indication information of the second access technology; or
    所述响应消息包括所述第一标识信息、以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息和所述第二接入技术的指示信息。The response message includes the first identifier information, and the indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology.
  24. 根据权利要求21-23中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一标识信息包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the first identification information comprises:
    所述业务流的描述信息、服务质量流标识QFI或分组数据单元PDU会话标识中的至少一个。At least one of the description information of the service flow, the quality of service flow identifier QFI, or the packet data unit PDU session identifier.
  25. 根据权利要求21-24中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型;或者The communication device according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein the indication information of the first access technology is a first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a second Access type; or
    所述第一接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则,所述第二接入技术的指示信息为第二接入类型对应的QoS规则,或者The indication information of the first access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the first access type, and the indication information of the second access technology is a QoS rule corresponding to the second access type, or
    所述第一接入技术的指示信息和第二接入技术的指示信息为第一接入类型和第二接入类型对应的服务质量QoS规则。The indication information of the first access technology and the indication information of the second access technology are quality of service QoS rules corresponding to the first access type and the second access type.
  26. 根据权利要求21-25中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述请求消息还包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 21 to 25, wherein the request message further comprises:
    第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一核心网网元可以修改所述业务流对应的接入技术。The first indication information is used to indicate that the first core network element can modify an access technology corresponding to the service flow.
  27. 根据权利要求21-26中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述响应消息包括分流规则,所述通信装置还包括处理单元,用于根据所述分流规则确定所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;所述发送单元根据所述数据量通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The communication device according to any one of claims 21 to 26, wherein the response message includes a traffic distribution rule, and the communication device further includes a processing unit, configured to determine, by the traffic distribution rule, that the service flow passes The amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the second access technology; the sending unit transmits the service flow by using the first access technology and the second access technology according to the data volume .
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 27, wherein
    所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的数据量和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;或者The offloading rule includes an amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or a quantity of data transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology; or
    所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;The offloading rule includes a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the first access technology and/or a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by using the second access technology;
    所述分流规则包括所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。The offloading rule includes a ratio of a ratio of data amounts or bandwidth values of the traffic flow transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于通过第一接入技术从终端设备接收请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求新增或更新业务流;a receiving unit, configured to receive, by using a first access technology, a request message from a terminal device, where the request message is used to request to add or update a service flow;
    发送单元,用于通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述 请求消息的响应消息;a sending unit, configured to send, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message to the terminal device;
    所述响应消息用于指示所述终端设备通过所述第二接入技术,或所述第一接入技术和所述第二接入技术传输所述业务流。The response message is used to indicate that the terminal device transmits the service flow by using the second access technology, or the first access technology and the second access technology.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The communication device of claim 29, wherein the device further comprises:
    处理单元,用于获取所述业务流的策略信息;a processing unit, configured to acquire policy information of the service flow;
    所述发送单元用于根据所述策略信息通过所述第一接入技术和/或第二接入技术向所述终端设备发送所述请求消息的响应消息。The sending unit is configured to send, by using the first access technology and/or the second access technology, a response message of the request message to the terminal device according to the policy information.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述策略信息包括:The communication device according to claim 30, wherein the policy information comprises:
    所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的数据量和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的数据量;或者The amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and/or the amount of data transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology; or
    所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术传输的带宽值和/或所述业务流通过所述第二接入技术传输的带宽值;a bandwidth value transmitted by the first access technology and/or a bandwidth value transmitted by the service flow by the second access technology;
    所述业务流通过所述第一接入技术和所述第二技术传输的数据量的比值或带宽值的比值。The ratio of the ratio of the amount of data transmitted by the first access technology and the second technology or the bandwidth value.
  32. 根据权利要求29-31中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包括QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数。The communication device according to any one of claims 29 to 31, wherein the transmitting unit is further configured to send second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the The second indication information includes a QoS file, and the QoS file includes a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow.
  33. 根据权利要求29-31中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数;The communication device according to any one of claims 29 to 31, wherein the transmitting unit is further configured to send third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology, where the The third indication information includes a QoS file, where the QoS file includes a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow;
    所述发送单元还用于向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包含QoS文件,所述QoS文件包括所述业务流对应的QoS参数。The sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology, where the second indication information includes a QoS file, where the QoS file includes a QoS parameter corresponding to the service flow. .
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息包括:The communication device according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the sending, by the sending unit, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology comprises:
    所述发送单元,用于向第二核心网网元发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第二接入技术的指示信息以及所述第二指示信息,所述第二接入技术的指示信息用于指示向所述第二接入技术对应的所述第二接入网设备发送所述第二指示信息。The sending unit is configured to send a second message to the second core network element, where the second message includes indication information of the second access technology and the second indication information, and the indication of the second access technology The information is used to send the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology.
  35. 根据权利要求32或33所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元向第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送第二指示信息包括:The communication device according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the sending, by the sending unit, the second indication information to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology comprises:
    所述发送单元,用于向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括第三指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息、所述第二指示信息以及第二接入技术的指示信息;The sending unit is configured to send a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes third indication information, indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the second access Technical instructions;
    所述第三消息中的所述第二指示信息以及所述第二接入技术的指示信息,用于指示向所述第二接入技术对应的第二接入网设备发送所述第二指示信息。The second indication information in the third message and the indication information of the second access technology are used to send the second indication to the second access network device corresponding to the second access technology. information.
  36. 根据权利要求33所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息包括:The communication device according to claim 33, wherein the sending, by the sending unit, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology comprises:
    所述发送单元,用于向第二核心网网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第一接入技术的指示信息以及所述第三指示信息,所述第一接入技术的指示信息用于指示向所述第一接入技术对应的所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三指示信息。The sending unit is configured to send a first message to the second core network element, where the first message includes indication information of the first access technology and the third indication information, and the indication of the first access technology The information is used to send the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology.
  37. 根据权利要求33所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元向第一接入技术对应的第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息包括:The communication device according to claim 33, wherein the sending, by the sending unit, the third indication information to the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology comprises:
    所述发送单元,用于向第二核心网网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述第三指示信息、第一接入技术的指示信息、所述第二指示信息以及第二接入技术的指示信息;The sending unit is configured to send a third message to the second core network element, where the third message includes the third indication information, indication information of the first access technology, the second indication information, and the second Indication information of the access technology;
    所述第三消息中的所述第三指示信息以及所述第一接入技术的指示信息,用于指示向所述第一接入技术对应的所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三指示信息。The third indication information in the third message and the indication information of the first access technology are used to send the first access network device corresponding to the first access technology to send the first Three instructions.
  38. 根据权利要求34-37中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一消息,所述第二消息,和所述第三消息中的至少一个包括所述响应消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 34-37, wherein at least one of the first message, the second message, and the third message comprises the response message.
PCT/CN2019/081733 2018-04-10 2019-04-08 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2019196788A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021503194A JP7118237B2 (en) 2018-04-10 2019-04-08 Communication method and communication device
EP19786099.2A EP3755117B1 (en) 2018-04-10 2019-04-08 Communication method and communication apparatus
BR112020019138-8A BR112020019138A2 (en) 2018-04-10 2019-04-08 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS
KR1020207027773A KR102389683B1 (en) 2018-04-10 2019-04-08 Communication method and communication device
US17/020,004 US11445559B2 (en) 2018-04-10 2020-09-14 Communication method and communications apparatus
US17/889,824 US11825540B2 (en) 2018-04-10 2022-08-17 Communication method and communications apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810317721.3 2018-04-10
CN201810317721 2018-04-10
CN201810487920.9A CN110366271B (en) 2018-04-10 2018-05-21 Communication method and communication device
CN201810487920.9 2018-05-21

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/020,004 Continuation US11445559B2 (en) 2018-04-10 2020-09-14 Communication method and communications apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019196788A1 true WO2019196788A1 (en) 2019-10-17

Family

ID=68162965

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/081733 WO2019196788A1 (en) 2018-04-10 2019-04-08 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019196788A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113365267A (en) * 2020-03-06 2021-09-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113543219A (en) * 2020-04-13 2021-10-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN114079932A (en) * 2020-08-11 2022-02-22 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 5G network quality guarantee system and method
CN114115157A (en) * 2021-11-26 2022-03-01 厦门大学 Optimization control method, system and device for uncertain packet loss of intelligent agent cluster
EP4099758A4 (en) * 2020-02-29 2023-07-19 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and device

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Procedures for the 5G System; Stage 2 (Release 15)", 3GPP TS 23.502, V15.1.0., 31 March 2018 (2018-03-31), XP055640341 *
"Study on Access Traffic Steering, Switching and Splitting support in the 5G system architecture (Release 16)", 3GPP TR 23.793, V0.3.0., 31 March 2018 (2018-03-31), XP055642998 *
LG ELECTRONICS ET AL.: "TS 23.502: Applicability of Handover between 3GPP and N3GPP", SA WG2 MEETING #122BIS, S2-175787, 25 August 2017 (2017-08-25), XP051325635 *

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4099758A4 (en) * 2020-02-29 2023-07-19 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and device
CN113365267A (en) * 2020-03-06 2021-09-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113543219A (en) * 2020-04-13 2021-10-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113543219B (en) * 2020-04-13 2023-08-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN114079932A (en) * 2020-08-11 2022-02-22 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 5G network quality guarantee system and method
CN114079932B (en) * 2020-08-11 2023-11-14 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 5G network quality assurance system and method
CN114115157A (en) * 2021-11-26 2022-03-01 厦门大学 Optimization control method, system and device for uncertain packet loss of intelligent agent cluster
CN114115157B (en) * 2021-11-26 2024-03-08 厦门大学 Optimal control method, system and device for uncertain packet loss of intelligent agent cluster

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN112153758B (en) Communication method and communication device
US11510131B2 (en) Configuration method, data transmission method, and apparatus
AU2019273268C1 (en) Method and apparatus for establishing gbr qos flow in session
WO2019196788A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20190223154A1 (en) Message Sending Method And Apparatus
WO2020199896A1 (en) Service flow routing control method, apparatus and system
US20240098572A1 (en) Systems and methods for user plane handling
WO2014117376A1 (en) Customizable mobile broadband network system, and method for customizing mobile broadband network
WO2020143061A1 (en) Resource establishing method, and device
WO2018127018A1 (en) Multi-link communication method and device, and terminal
WO2021218888A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2018126692A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling data transmission
US20230116578A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN111436057B (en) Session management method and device
WO2021088074A1 (en) Method for dual connectivity establishment of iab node, and communication device
CN113766534A (en) Network slice mapping method and related device
CN110138685B (en) Communication method and device
WO2020252710A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
US20220210690A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, system, and storage medium
RU2787511C2 (en) Communication method and communication device
US11968565B2 (en) User plane information reporting method and apparatus
US20220174546A1 (en) User Plane Information Reporting Method And Apparatus
WO2022160861A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022047675A1 (en) Data transmission method and device therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19786099

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019786099

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20200915

Ref document number: 20207027773

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021503194

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112020019138

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2020135051

Country of ref document: RU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112020019138

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20200923